Attitude Director Indicator - 48-60V5, 48-60V5M1

, :~:S
:.~- A V
~NT
ION I QUE
F9111
ATIITUDE DIRECTOR INDICATOR
PART NUMBER
48..60V5
48..60V5M1
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

WITH
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
34-25-24
~:a(1!1fGctured by ~;;,~A!!!" 1(1 cRANCE TP Page 1
I ~ CO~f~IGHT SEXTANT A.1Dniq~e 1999 JAN 15/99
~~~~Iff
COMPONENT MAINTfHANCE MANUAL

48-60V5
• Tne list below shows the revised pages 1nd the highlight of the revision
Please include this revision in the manual as follows
1) Make sure that the last revision is included
2) Remove the old pages and include the new ones
3) Make a note of this revision in the RECORD OF REVISIONS
4) Keep these "REV1SIO~ INSTRUCTIONS" in the manual.
l
_ _ _•_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _p_a_g_e_a_dd_e--,d ~ Page replaced and modified
Page removed 1111 ~ Page ,eplaced but not modified
SECTION/PAGE HIGHLIGHTS
OF REVISION
1/
Titl e Page
Page 1 x - New date, new manufacturer
name.
List of Effective pages

Pages 1 to 4 x
Page 5 x
\I · . . _. -1-···___1_ _ _ _ _ _ _··_ _
...... -·"'---·-----l~----······· .
Record of Service Bulletins
Page 1 x
Page 2 X - Correction of text.
Special Toois, Fixtures

I and Equipment
Page 901 x
Page 902 X
- Inclusion of special tooi
part number.
Revisions Instructions
• Rev1:;ion No. 11
34-25-24
RI Page 1
JAN 15/99
SFENA.

48-60V5
Pages which have been revised are outlined below~ together with the highlights
of the Revision. Please:
1) Ensure that the preceding Revision has been incorporated
2) Delete the affected pages and insert the new ones
. 3) Record the incorporation of this revision in RECORD OF REVISIONS
4) Retain these "REVISION INSTRUCTIONS".
Cl
·TO BE
UJ
.....J
Cl
UJ REPL.
I
PAGE
DESIGNATION
.....J
UJ
u
z:
0::
UJ
V')
. . HIGHLIGHTS
OF REVISION
c:c z:
..... .....
V') V')
1- .....
u > 0>
UJ z: UJ
0:: 0::
List of Effective Pages )

Pages 1 to 4 X )
)
Record of Service Bulletins )
Page 1 X )
Page 2 X )
List of Approved Repair )
Facilities }
Page 1 X )
}
List of Illustrations )
Page 1 X )
Page 2 X ) - Modification of Testing and
Testing and Trouble Shootinc ) Trouble Shooting
Page 107 X ) - Incorporation of modifica-
Page 108 X ) tion for easier replacement
) of DH WARNING LIGHT LAMPS
Disassembly )
Page 207 X )
Pages 208 and 209 X )
Page 210 X )
Repair )
Page 501 X )
Page 502 X )
)
Assemb ly );
Page 623 X
Pages 624 and 627 X Y
)
Page 628 X
Illustrated Parts List )
) Revision due to incorporation
Equipment Designator Index ) of SB 48-60V5-34-013 to
Pages 1 to 3 X ) SB 48-60V5-34-017 in
Page 4 X ) IPL section
Revision Instructions
34-25-24
RI Paqe 1
Revision No. 10 NOV 4/85
SFENA.

48-60Y5
TO BE
c c REPL.
UJ
.....J UJ
t
PAGE
.....J
HIGHLIGHTS
DESIGNATION
UJ
u
z:
c:::
I..i.J
Vl Vl
. Vl
. OF REVISION
c( z:
...... ...... t- ......
u > 0>
UJ z: UJ
c::: c:::
Numerical Index (Alpha) )

Pages 1 and 2 X )
)
Numerical Index (Num) )
Pages 1 to 12 X )
Page 13 X )
)
Parts List )
Page 1001-0 X )
Pages 1001-1 to 1001-5 X )
) Revision due to incorpora
Page 1002-0 X ) tion of S8 48-60V5-34-013
Pages 1002-1 to 1002-4 X ) to SB 48-60V5-34-017 "in
Page 1002-5 X ) IPL section.
)
Page 1003-0 X )
Pages 1003-1 to 1003-4 X )
)
Pages 1004-1 and 1004-2 X )
)
Pages 1005-1 to 1005-3 X )
)
Page 1006-0 X )
Pages 1006-1 to 1006-3 X· ) -.
)
Page 1007-0 X )
Pages 1007-1 and 1007-2 X )
34-25-24
Revision Instructions RI Page 2
Revision No. 10 NOV 4/85
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV. REVISION INSErtTION REV. REVISION INSERTION

DATE DATE BY BY
NO. NO. DATE DATE
1 ~EP 15/73
2 pUN 30/74
3 FEB 15/7~
4 t~AY 25/71
5 JUN 30/7,
i
6 DEC t; / 77j
7 NOV 2/7J
I
I i AP~ )s(&J1
I
9
! AU
!
i ,
1
i !
I! I
34-25-24
ROR Pages 1/2
NOV 2/79
('
(
\.
,
\
;~;!':;f~~g~~'~t~~~;~~~~~;;:'i~~,ij[~it11~ilf~~f····· :. i.. !,,:
~IST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

. . . .."
. ....
··~<PAGE',,··.
, ;
SUBJECT ' DATE SUBJECT PAGE

-.-,
Title Page li st of .. ... '.~ .....
." ,'
I 11 us t rat ;0 Ii s, ' ~---,-----,--'~~~""--.

. '.
~:
.'
.'
... ..~ ·tr~-~ ~;i\Ar,;tj~i~!~::m~

NOV 2/79' LI 4 "~ 61 ank
Blank _._.,-'~-:,,:.
Introduction' '
Record of Tem ' . . INTRa •.,'1. APR 15/81 ' '

·'porary Revi's; ons"~ ...... . INTRa
. ,;' :
'2 ':APR 15/81 '
. RTR :.
1 . ,: .AUG 16/73 INTRO 3 .. ' " .;. APR 15/81
RTR' 2 B1 ank INTRO . 4 81 ank
.. :. "
, Record ~~~Servi~~~ Descrip~ion

. . : . ·1 ·.. DEC ·5/71
•Bull etin·, ., .... and Operation 2, . . AUG 16/73
'DEC. 5/77 . 3 . • ..... .,:. FEBIS/75 .
. . ...jf:'~;~~Wi:~'fitmIi .
JAN·
'. 15/99*
.. _.
..
"":.','"
'
)
':.' li st'
. ti vePiiges,
··LEP····::··.~ ~,.~.1 JAN 15/99*
··io'~i,i3;·'f'm t~~-----··----·>-
tEpi:';:;;/~(t:1:5F:;{i~'~' ~2'
JAN 15/99*
LEP, "'1 JAN 15/99*
LEP, , JAN 15/99* ll·"h .• ,.',,,, DEC .' 5/77

JAN'15/99*
Blank ····iHm~;!J~;f~~f ;~~~~ (
.14:, .. AUG 16/73
· ListofAp~roved . '1,s,.i;};',:;','--::;,CFEB:15/75.·. '.~o
Repa i r.Jaci Tltl es ,·16';':·',"':;·?;;; FEB':'15/7 '.," E
. .~.;~~l~}~'i i
Deleted
Del.eted
.•;.~!;I~~~l£~~~ct~~;;i',
11 st . of.:,", *. ' : Soeci'al
Ma teri a'l S'
LSMI .
LSM 2
JUN 30/74
Blank
.~~ .' . ~~~'1~;;~ '.:
23 '. ". FEB 15/75
. 24 .·fEB15/75
li st of Contents 25 FEB 15/75
LC 1 DEC 5/77 26. Blank
LC 2 JUN 30/77 27 . FEB 15/75
* indicates pages modified, deleted or inserted by last revision '34-25-24.

LEP Page l'
C! COPTRIGlfT SUTAIIT Avlonjq.. ~ 1999
..t: . . ' "JANlS/99 ;,
'~s'mANir
. - A. V I 0 !III I Q U I . .
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE IJ!ANUAl
48-60V5 ..
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE
28 FEB 15/75 64 Blank
29 AUG 16/73 '. " . -.- -65 'DEC 5/77'
30 61ank 66 ·.MOY. 2/79
31 FEB 15/75 67 FEB 15/75
32 FEB 15/75 68 NOV'. 2/79 . J. .
33 AUG 16/73 69 FEB 15/75
34 Bank 70 FEB 15/75
35 fEB 15/75 .71 NOV . 2/79
36 NOV 2/79 72 Blank
37 AUG 16/73 73 FEB 15/75
38 Blank 74 Blank
39 FEB 15/75
40 FEB,15/75 Testing and 101 APR 15/81
41 NOV 2/79 Trouble 102 FEB 15/75
42 Blank Shoot i ng 103 DEC 5/77
43 FEB 15/75. . 104' DEC 5/77
44 AUG 16(73 '·105 APR 15/81 "-I,.
45 DEC 5/77 '106 DEC 5/77

46 B1ank 107 DEC 5/77
47 FEB 15/75 108 NOV 4/85
48 FEB 15/75 .109 APR 15/81
-------DEC--5777 no ~EB'-T577S---'
50 APR 15/81 111 DEC. 5/77 .
51 FEB 15/75 112 DEC 5/77 ~1
52 FEB 15i75 ' .' 113 DcC . 5/77 ' -==]:--
~. -~*
~
53 FEB 15/75 114 DEC 5/77 'i:i-i
~V_
54 'FEB 15/75 115 . DEC 5/77 ~iE
...
5",J DEC 5/77 116 DEC 5/77
, ."0_
'-~'ii
I!:-- .
56 APR 15/81 117 ," '!"1!i'
DEC 5/77 . '. gi~ri .
56-1 APR i5/a1 118 FEB 15/75 ; ~!-...
56-2 Blank 119 DEC 5/77 . . ~8~~
57 DEC 5/77 120 DEC 5/77 -"'~
>.... >
. ""0
58 Blank 121 FEB 15/75
... ~<
2,-_~
58-1 APR 15/81 122 . 8t - g
DEC 5/77 -""
iii
""
::~
58-2 Blank 123 DEC 5/77
59 DEC 5/77 124 DEC 5/77
60 NOV 2/79 125 NOV 2/79
61 NOV 2/79 126 FEB 15/75
62 DEC 5/77 127 . ::!-.
FEB 15/75
63 NOV 2/79 128 Blank
* indicates pages modified, deleted or inserted by last revision 34-25-24

CI. ClPYiiG.nT ~rlTJJCT ',.,'r-.I\\thU' \Q~q
LEP Page 2
UN 1:;/00
".: .-:::'.:.": . ' .
.~ .... ;: ..-,".
•.........
: :
~.:. .
129 APR 15/81 218 DEC 5/77

. 130 Blank .. ._...:_2l9--"~,,,.,. DEC S/n .
131 NOV 2/79 .' " .220 . . . DEC 5/77
'132 GEC 5/77 .'. '>2i1 NOV" 2/79
133 NOV 2/79 222 NOV 2179
I
134 Blank '-~~ .
135 NOV 2/79 Cleaning 301 DEC 5/77 '.
136 NOV 2/79 302 Blank

137 NOV 2/79
138 Blank Check 401 DEC 5/77
139 JUN 30/77 402 Blank
140 Blank
141 JUN 30/77 Repair ·501
.,
NOV .4/85
142 Blank 502
.' ,
NOV 4/85 •..
143 DEC 5/77 .~
144 APR 15/81 Assembly .601 APR lS/81~'
145 DEC 5/77 .-, 602 ".'i."
JUN30/7,4c~~
146 Blank 503 DEC S/77}
147 DEC 5/77 ··,'604 Blank ::'.';~::'
148 Blank 605 DEC 5/77
149 APR 15/81 '.'
'696 DEC 5/77
..
150 __~ ..Bl a nk_, _'.' ___ ' '". ~ .
,60Z DEC 51-77 .
--.----.---
'. ::":60'8"" '. Blank
Disassembly .201 APR 15/81 ' . ····.609 ...
. DEC 5/77
202 DEC 5/77 "'610·. DEC ·5/77
203 DEC 5/77 :'6'11 DEC' 5/77 -- :
204 Blank 612 DEC 5/77

205 DEC 5/77 613 DEC 5/77 .. ~
,. .. ::;
206 DEC 5/77 '.614 Blank 1

207 SEP 15/73 615 DEC 5/77
208 NOV 4/85 '616 DEC 5/77.
209 NOV 4/B5 617 DEC 5/77
210 DEC 5/77 618 DEC 5/77
211 DEC 5/77 619 DEC 5/77
212 , DEC 5/77 ,620 DEC 5/77
213 SEP 15/73 621 DEC 5/77
214 D=C 5/77 622 DEC 5/77
215 NOV 2/79 623 DEC 5/77
216 NOV 2/79 624 NOV 4/85
217 DEC 5/77 625 NOV 2/79
* indicates pages modified, deleted or inser_:~ by last revision .34-25-24

LEP Page 3
JAN 15/~9
--'-"~~- ..
~SEXTANT
~AVIO""IQUE
48-60V5

626 B1ank 666 DE.C 5/77
627 NOV 4/85 667 DEC 5/77
628 DEC 5/77 668 Blank
629 NOV 2/79
630 NOV 2/79 Fits and 701 DEC 5/77
631 JUN 30/74 Clearances 702 Blank
632 DEC 5/77
633 DEC 5/77 Storage 801 DEC 5/77
634 DEC 5/77 Instructions 802 Blank
635 DEC 5/77
636 DEC 5/77 Special Tools, 901 APR 15/cl1
637 JUN 30/77 and Equipment 902 JAN 15/99*
638 DEC 5/77 903 APR 15/81.
639 JUN 30/77 904 Blank ,~
JlJN 30/n
~i«;
640 905 APR 15/81

.""
;;~
641 . JUN30/77 906 Blaok

642
«
JUN 30/77 907 APR 15/81
643 JUN 30/77 908 .APR 15/81 .
644 JUN 30/77 909 APR 15/81
645 NOV 2/79 910 Blank
.. _._ .... _-- . 646 JUN 30/77 911 APR 15/81
647 JUN 30777 . '-9T2 .Blank
648 JUN 30/77 .,
., .~ 1
649 APR 15/81 IPL Title 1 SEP 15/73 :: ~.
650 APR 15/81 Pa.ge -

"'~-'
... "n &I
651 JUN 30/77 le~ r,f y
652 NOV 2/79 ~~~ 1

Introduction 1 MAY 25/77
653 JUN 30/77 2 MAY 25/77 ~~l:-~
-s"tf
654 JUN 30/77 3 JUN 1/82 ~;: t
~~
'
655 JUN 30/77 4 JUN 1/82
-<.".
LUte t
656 APR 15/81 5 . JUN. 1/82 .. "
-2'~~
~i
657 NOV 2/79 6 JUN 1/8? ~'O L:

... ...1
658 JUN 30/77 7 JUN' 1/82 ~t:_
~ ... <
659 JUN 30/77 8 Blank ~~~
Q c..~
.660 JUN 30/77
661 JUN 30/77
662 . 1: : ~ ; ~.: ,', .' -; :'~;i i pille n t

........ i ' ...,; :_:: '
1
NOV 4/85
663 APR 15/81 Jesi0nator 2 NOV 4/85 l
664 JUN 30/77 Index 3 NOV 4/85
~
665 DEC 5/77 4 Blank
w indic2tes p~ges modified, deleted or inserted by lest revision -34-25-24

LEP Page 4
" .... , .. ,... t,'1 r.
~SEXTANT
~AVIO"'IQUE
eOMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
48-60VS

Numerical 1 NOV 4/85 1005-1 NOV 4/85
Index (Alpha) 2 .. NOV 4/85 1005-2 NOV 4/85
1005-3 NOV . 4/85
Numerical 1 NOV 4/85
Index (Num) 2 NOV 4/85 1006-0 MAY 25/77 .•.•.
3 NOV 4/85 1006-1 NOV 4/85·
4 NOV 4/85 1006-2 NOV 4/85
5 NOV 4/85 1006-3 NOV 4/85
6 NOV 4/85
7 NOV 4/85 1007-0 MAY 25/77
8 NOV 4/85 1007 -1 NOV 4/85
9 NOV 4/85 1007-2 NOV 4/85
10 NOV 4/85
11 NOV 4/85
12 NOV 4/85
Parts Li st 1001-0 MAY 25/77

1001-1 NOV 4/85
1001-2 . NOV. 4/85
1001-3 NOV 4/85
1001-4 NOV 4/85
1001-5 . NOV
1002-0 MAY 25/77

1002.;.1 . NOV 4/85
. 1002-2 NOV 4/85
1002-3 NOV 4/85
1002-4 NOV 4/85
1003-0 JUN 1/82
1003-1 NOV 4/65
1003-2 NOV 4/85
1003-3 NOV 4/85
1003-.4 NOV 4/85
1004-0 SEP 15/73
1004-1 NOV 4/85
1004-2 NOV 4/85
1005-0 MAY 25/77
* indicates pages mOdified. deleted or inserted by last revision 34-25-24

LEP Page 5
~ CQPYR!GI!T Sf.XTANT A,ioniqu< 1999
JAN 15/99
SFENA.
( 48-60V5
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS
MOD
SERVICE STATE DATE DESCRIPTION
BULLETIN IDENT
48-60V5 without MAY 1977 Use of standard manufactured

34-001 electro failure warning devices
48-60V5 amdt K DEC 1975 Improving the sealing of the

34-002 front face glass.
48-60V5
34-003 amdt L DEC 1975 Decreasing the sensitivity of
Re v. 1 DEC 76 the ADI's to supply transients
by modifying the time constant
on the PCB 157-1024 and
157-1099Vl.
48-60V5
34-004 amdt J DEC 1976 Increasing the time constant of
the FD flag by adding an RC
circuit on the PCB 157-1028V3.
48-60V5
34-005 M1 JAN 1977 Replacing two PCB (see figure
101) to avoid random and vio
lent motions of the ADI in roll
and pitch during alignment of
the INS DELCO unit.
48-60V5
34-006 amdt N APR 1977 Replacement of modules
- 157-1024M2 by 157-1024M3
- 157-1025M1 by 157-1025M2
- 157-1026M1 by 157-1026M2
These modules have been modi
fied to confirm the high logic
state.
48-60V5 amdt Q JUN 1977 Replacement of module 157-1026M2
34-007 FEB 1978 by 157-1026M3. to prevent de
tecting a position deviation
when ILS indices start from the
retracted position
34-25-24
RSB Page 1
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS
(
MOD \.
SERVICE STATE DATE
BULLETIN DESCRIPTION
IDENT
48-60V5 amdt S JUN 1977 Replacement of module 157-904M1

34-008 FEB 1978 by 157-904M2 to prevent yaw
index from being blocked behind
flag G.
48-60V5 none DEC 1977 Replacing manufacturer's label
34-009
48-60V5 Amendt I~OV 1978 Improving reliability by incor
34-010 T poration of speed compensated
servo galvanometers.
48-60V5 Increase in length of Glide
34-011 Amendt U DEC 80 Slope galvanometer pointer
mask.
48-60V5 Amendt W MAR 81 Improvement of tendency indica
34-012 tion control signal loss detec
tion.
48-60V5
(
34-013 Amendt Y IvlAR 81 Increase of time constant for

detecting peripheral index
failures.
48-60V5
34- 0 14 None OCT 82 Easier adjustment of peripheral
pointers
48-60V5
34-015 Amendt Z DEC 82 Easier replacement of DH warninc
light lamps
48-60V5
34 016 No ne JAN 83 To permit clean retraction of
the peripheral indexes
48- 60 V5
34-017 AmendtAA JUN 85 Replacinq silver case tantalum
capacitors
34-25-24
RSB Page 2
NOV 4/85
SFENA.
( 48-60V5
1ST OF A ROVED REPAIR FACILITIES
TRADE-NAME ADDRESS
SFENA PRODUCT SUPPORT DIVISION ORLY SUD N° 306

94544 ORLY AEROGARE CEDEX
Tel. : (1) 48-84-38-96
Telex: 270343F
34-25-24
LARF Page 1
NOV 4/85 .
(
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
LIST OF SPECIAL MATERIALS
DESIGNATION OF SUPPLIER
SPECIAL MATERIAL TRADE-NAME ADDRESS
Special Materials are

listed in the Manual
STANDARD PRACTICES
FOR ADI 48-60 and
VARIANTS ATA No.
20-00-01
34-25-24
LSM Pages 1/2 .

JUN 30/74
(
\,
'"
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
LIST OF CONTENTS
PAGES
INTRODUCTION 1
I-Composition of the Publication 1
2-Instrument Identification - Identification of
Modifications - Warranty 2
3-Electronic Component Reference Designations within the
Han~al dealing with the Instrument Assembly 3/4
DESCRIPTION AND OPERAT_ON 1
I-General 1
2-Display Presentation 5
3-General Characteristics and PerforMance Data 15
4-Internal Description 21
5-Electro-mechanical operation 40
TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING 101
1-General 101
2-Testing for ADI 48-60V5 101
3-Trouble Shooting for ADI 48-60V5 143
4-Testing for ADI 48-60V5Ml 144
5-Trouble Shooting for ADI 48-60V5Ml 145/146
DISASSEMBLY 201
I-General 201
2-Procedure of Disassembly 201
CLEANING 301/302
CHECK 401/402
RE P AI R 501/502
ASSEMBLY 601
I-General 601
2-Procedure of Assembly 601
3-Final Adjustment Electronic Calibration for
ADI 48-60V5 638
4-Final Adjustment Electronic Calibration for
ADI 48-60V5M1 665
34-25-24
LC Page 1
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
4S-00VS (
PAGES
FITS AND CLEARANCES 701/702
(
STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS 801/802
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 901/902
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST 1
Title Page 1
I-Introduction 1
A-Catalog Purpose 1
B- Fo rma t 1
C-General Requirements 2
(
OPTIONAL PARTS LIST 3
VENDOR'S CODE LIST 4
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX 1
NUMERICAL INDEX (ALPHA) 1
NUMERICAL INDEX (NUM) 1

(
PARTS LIST 1001-0
34-25-24
LC Page 2
JUN 30/77
SFENA.
( 48-60V5
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGES
Figure 1 - Connections to the Aircraft 2
Figure 2 - General Presentation 4
Figure 3 - Display Presentation 6

Figure 4 - Failure Warning Devices/Test Pushbutton 13
Figure 5 - Overall Dimensions 17/18
Figure 6 - Internal Structure 22
Figure 7 - Front Face Assembly 25/26
Figure 8 - Spherical Display Drum Assembly 29/30
Figure 9 - Chassis Assembly/Roll Fork Assembly 33/34
Figure 10 - Flight Director (Tendency Indications),
Slow Fast, Glide Slope and Localizer
Galvanometers 37/38
Figure 11 - Electronic Unit 41/42
Figure 12 - Block Diagram of the Horizon Assembly
and of the Slow Fast Channel 44
Figure 13 - Block Diagram of the Flight Director
Assembly and of the ILS Information
Channels 45/46
Figure 14 - Principle of Transolver 47
Figure 15 - Control Signal Phase 48
Figure 16 - Roll Information Mechanical Transmission 49
Figure 17 - Pitch Information Mechanical Transmission 52
Figure 18 - Principle of Anamorphosis 53
Figure 19 - Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the Horizon
Assembly in ADI 48-60V5 (Sheet 1/2) 57/58
Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the Horizon
Assembly in ADI 48-60V5Ml (Sheet 2/2) 58-1/2
Figure 20 - Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the Pitch
and Roll FD Channels 63/64
Figure 21 - Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the Yaw
FD Channels 66
Figure 22 - Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the
Fast/Slow Information 68
Figure 23 - Electro-Mechanical Diagram of th e ILS
Receiver Assembly 71/72
34-25-24
LI Page 1
DEC 5/77
SFENA+
4S-60Y5 (
PA
PAGES
Figure 101 - Attitude Pointer and Indicator Lamps
(
Electrical Diagram for ADI 4S-60V5 129/130
Figure 102 - Tendancy Bars-Electric
Diagram (Sheet 1/2) 132
Tendancy Bars-Electric
Diagram (Sheet 2/2) 133/134
Figure 103 - Peripheral Pointers-Electric
Diagram (Sheet 1/2) 136
Peripheral Pointers-Electric
Diagram (Sheet 2/2) 137/138
Figure 104 - Connection for External Master Synchros
for sting Pitch and Roll Servo-System 141/142
Figure 105 - Attitude Pointer and Indicator Lamps
Electrical Diagram for ADI 48-60V5M1 149/150
Figure 201 - Disassembly Block Diagram 203
Figure 202 - Installing the Support for Electronic Unit 207
Figure 203 - Removing the Glass 210
Figure 204 - Extracting the Ball Bearing 213
Figure 205 - Removing the Driving Motor 215 (
Figure 206 - Removing the Synchro 216
Figure 207 - Installing the Spring for Loading the
Circular Spring of the Antibacklash Gear
Assembly Associated with the Synchros 218
Figure 501 - DH WARNING LIGHT (Variant) 502
Figure 601 -
Assembly Block Dia9ram 603/604
Figure 602 -
Fork Internal Wiring 606
Figure 603 -
Wiring Diagram Related to the fork assembly 607/608
Figure 604 -
Installing the Cable Harness on the Chassis 609
Figure 605 -
Identifying the wires Associated With
the Transistors 611
Figure 606 - Cable Harne$s on the Chassis 613/614
Figure 607 - Connecting the Coil Spring 619
Figure 60S - Adjusting the Synchro to Zero - Aligning
the Spherical Display Drum 620
34-25-24
LI Pa(1e 2
NOV 4/85
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
PAGES
Figure 609 - Circuit Diagram for Adjusting the
Synchros to Zero 621
Figure 610 - Connecting the Wires of Chassis Assembly

and Front Face Assembly 625/626
Figure 611 - Installing the Lighting Lamps 628
Figure 612 - Location of the Terminals of

Transformers T1 and T2 630
Figure 613 - Distribution Printed Board Wiring 632
Figure 614 - Location of the Printed Circuit Boards 637/638
Figure 901 -
Tooling 903/904
Figure 902 -
Tooling 905/906
Figure 903 -
Tooling (Pointer pattern) 907
Figure 904 -
Test Unit 908
Figure 905 -
Special Tools: supports, gauthier
feed-through terminal installation tools 909/910

Figure 906 - Special Tools sight, switching unit
module adapter 911/912
Figure 1 - Attitude Director Indicator Assy 1001-0
Figure 2 - Galvanometers, Assy 1002-0
Figure 3 - Panel 1003-0
Figure 4 - Yoke 1004-0
Figure 5 - Drum 1005-0
Figure 6 - Frame 1006-0
Figure 7 - Electronic Unit Assy 1007-0
34-25-24
; LI Page 3
" APR 15/81

(
\
SFENA~
COMPONENT IVIAINTENANCE IVIANUAL
('
48-60V5
INTRODUCTION
I-Publication Breakdown
The publication dealing with the Attitude Director Indicator (ADI)
has been prepared in accordance with ATA Specification No. 100.
This publications has been prepared in modular form, i.e. it con
sists of one manual for the ADI as a whole and a separate manual
for each different Printed Circuit Board (PCB) which is part of
the ADI.
This manual deals with the ADI as a whole, a detailed breakdown
of which is given is the following table (Figure 3).
This table provides:
- the list of PCB incorporated in the ADI (Title and Part Number),
- the list of changes made to the ADI (modification MI and amend
ments J, L, N... ) with their repercussions on PCB development,
- the topological reference for the installation of each PCB in
the ADI, _
- the ATA number of the separate manual for each PCB.
2-Identification - Modification State
The identification label located on the Instrument gives the
following instructions:
Manufacturer's name and country
Designation of equipment
Inspection stamp Insp.
Equipment Part Number PIN
Equipment Serial Number 5/ N
Date of final factory inspection Date (month and year)
~Jeight in Lbs
T.S.O Compliance 1. S. a
Code Code number delivered by
Aerospatiale
_51,1,!1,,11.
34-25-24
Identification Label
INTRa Page 1
Figure 1
APR 15/81
SFENA~
48-60V5
Modifications incorporated are then indicated as follows: (
- Major changes, called "~10difications", are first identified by
adding the suffix "Ml" to the Part Number, then, for the follow
ing modifications by increasing the suffix number:
Example: Ml becomes M2, M2 becomes M3 and so on ...

- f,1inor modifications, called "Amendments", are identified on a
second label by encircling the letter corresponding to the
amendment to the equipment.
Example: Becomes :
Amendment Label
Figure 2
3-Electronic Component Reference Designations within the Manual
dealing with the Instrument Assembly
When mentioned in the text the electronic components are referred /
to by their alphanumeric reference designations as per USA Stan \
dard Y 32-16-1968.
These reference designations may be preceded, if need be, by the
alphanumeric reference designation of the printed circuit board
carrying the components involved.
For example: A4 ARI means Amplifier ARI mounted on board A4.

(
34-25-24
INTRO Page 2 (
APR 15/81
SFENA~

48-60V5
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
( I-General
This publication contains the description and detailed operation
of the instruments referred to as
ATTITUDE-DIRECTOR INDICATOR 48-60 V5 (A.D.I)
ATTITUDE-DIRECTOR INDICATOR 48-60 V5Ml (A.D.I.)
manufactured by :
Societe Fran9aise d'Equipements pour la Navigation Aerienne.
A-Purpose (Figure 1)
The Attitude-Director Indicator superimposes flight director

information over a conventional artificial horizon; it can be
used :
- either as an autopilot checking unit in automatic flight,

- or as the main flight control instrument in manual flight.
To this end, the Indicator provides the pilot with the following
information
- pitch and roll attitude of the aircraft relative to straight

and level flight. These attitude displays are presented by
means of a spherical drum (1) as pitch angles e and roll an
gles 0. The information comes from a remote vertical gyro
reference unit which is connected to the Indicator through
monitored servo mechanisms.
- pitch steering commands (horizontal command bar (3)) and roll
steering commands 1vertical command bar (4)) elaborated by the
flight director computers. These steering commands are called
"tendency indications", and take into account the selected
flight mode and the flight control profile of the aircraft on
which the Indicator is mounted,
- apparent bank information presented by means of a ball level
indicator (5),
When the aircraft is in an approach configuration, the Attitude
Director Indicator provides the pilot with the following addi
tional information :
34-25-24
Page 1
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
(
GYROSCOPIC VERTICAL
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
REFERENCE UNIT
, , r
'1 7 4 3
AUTOTHROTTLE
COMPUTER
•
•
(,
ILS RECEIVER
34-25-24
Connections to the Aircraft Page 2
Figure 1 AUG 16/73
SFENA~
( COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
48-60V5
- yaw steering command signals for decrabbing and aircraft run
( on runway. These command signals are computed in the flight
director computers and are presented by means of a pointer
(7) which thus displays a third "tendency indication ll
•
- the aircraft position relative to the two ILS radio beams

that are displayed by a triangular pointer (8) (Glide Slope)
and by a trapezoidal index (9) (Localizer). These indexes are
controlled by signals from the aircraft ILS Receiver.
Finally, according to the flight mode selected by the

Autothrottle system (cruise, descent, holding, approach,
flare-out, take-off or climb), a circular marker (10)
controlled by the autothrottle computer indicates to the
pilot that the aircraft is flying faster ("FAST") or slower
("SLOW") than the commanded speed.
I-B-General Description (Figure 2)
The Attitude-Director Indicator is a panel instrument
contained in a 5-inch 5 ATI (Air Transport Indicator) case whose
dimensions are in compliance with ARINC (Aeronautical Radio Inc.)
Specification No.408.
In accordance with this specification, the Indicator front face
is a square measuring 128.5 x 128.5 mm. This front face has a
window closed by a glass (12) through which there appear the
display components peculiar to the flight director which are
superimposed on the conventional display components of a spheri
cal artificial horizon.
The dial assembly is provided with a built-in white lighting
the lamps of which are mounted in lampholders (13) and are di
rectly accessible from the Indicator front face.
The lower part of the front face is fitted with a ball level
indicator (5) and with a "TEST" pushbutton (14) located at the
right-hand corner. This pushbutton makes it possible to quickly
check the attitude servo mechanisms for operation.
The upper part of the Indicator front face comprises
- on the LH-side, an red Comparison Warning Light (15) indi

cating to the pilots any discrepancy between the attitude
information given by the pilot s and co-pilot s instruments
1 1
- on the RH-side, an amber, triangular Decision Height Warning

Light (16) which illuminates when the aircraft reaches the
decision height.
34-25-24
Page 3
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
(
17
16
19
(
12 \
14
KEY
5 Ball Level Indicator
11 Front Face
12 Glass
13 Lighting Lamp Holder
14 Test "Pushbutton"
15 Comparison 'Vlarning Light
16 Decision Height Warning Light
17 Protective Housing
18 Housing Inclined Face
19 Connectors Supporting Panel
34-25-24
General Presentation Page 4

Figure 2 AUG 16/73
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
The Attitude-Director Indicator is provided with a protective
(
housing (17) of square cross-section and whose edges are rounded
!
off. This housing is fitted over the Indicator from the rear.
The housing, made of light alloy, is protected by matt black

paint; it is attached to the Indicator front face assembly by
means of eight screws. The housing rear part has a slightly in
clined face (18) above a right-angle recess whose vertical side
(19) has two square apertures provided for the passing through
of the electrical connectors Jl and J2.
When looking at the Indicator from the rear (see Figure 5) there
can be seen :
- on the LH-side, a 31-pin connector (Jl), which makes the

electrical connections to the Horizon assembly,
- on the RH-side, a 55-pin connector (J2), which makes the

electrical connections to the Flight Director assembly (ten
tency indications).
2-Display Presentation
Because of the slope of the instrument panel on which the Attitude

Director Indicator is to be mounted, the Indicator has been des
igned to be looked at from an angle of 18°, as shown in Figure 5.
This angle is measured with respect to the perpendicular passing
through the fixed aircraft symbol center (see below) and in the
vertical plane containing this perpendicular.
Despite this slope the pilot can read the displayed information
regardless of the parallax since the display components such as
the horizon line on the spherical drum, the fixed aircraft symbol,
and the horizontal command bar are so set that the pilot can see
them all in the same alignment when the attitude and pitch com
mand are zero.
However, this alignment. as achieved when looking at the Indicator

from a 18° angle. results in misalignment of the display components
whenever the Indicator is viewed directly from the front.
34-25-24
Page 5 .
. FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5
(
(
24 22 25 23 7
20
10 (
~+--21
26
3 (
KEY
1 Spherical Display Drum 20 Aircraft Symbol
3 Horizontal Command Bar 21 Circular Window
4 Vertical Command Bar 22 Roll Pointer
5 Ball Level Indicator 23 Roll Scale
7 Yaw Command Pointer 24 Lunules
8 Glide Slope Pointer 25 Zero Marker on Roll Scale
9 Localizer Index 26 Annunciator "FD2"
10 Fast Slow Index
34-25-24
Display Presentation Page 6
Figure 3 FEB 15/75
SFENA~

('
48-60V5
2-A-Attitude Display (Figure 3)

The aircraft attitudes are displayed on a convex drum (1) which
appears as a sphere moving behind a fixed aircraft symbol (20)
representing the aircraft.
The aircraft symbol assumes a horizontal position in the middle
of a circular window (21) measuring 84 mm in diameter. It is
secured to the Indicator and thus associated with the motions
of the aircraft. The aircraft symbol center dot represents the
aircraft longitudinal axis and is used as a reference to read
the aircraft pitch attitude by coincidence of the center dot
with one of the drum generating lines {Refer to paragraph 2-A
(1) below).
The fixed aircraft symbol is fitted with two horizontal bars on
either side of the center dot, which represent the aircraft
wings and permit a roll angle reading by comparison with the
drum generating lines.
The magnitude of the roll angle is displayed by a pointer (22)
associated with the drum roll movements and moving against a
graduated scale at the top of the circular window (21).
(l)Pitch Attitude Display

The spherical drum/whose largest diameter is 94~mm/is provid
ed with two scales graduated from 0° to 90° either side of
the zero degree marking.
The upper drum portion corresponding to pitch-up attitudes
(climb) is blue with black markings.
The lower drum portion corresponding to pitch-down attitudes
(dive) is dark grey with white markings.
At the equator, a white generating line "0" represents the
horizon line. As the fixed aircraft symbol is secured to the
Indicator chassis its position is set once and for all, and
whenever the pitch attitude is zero the fixed aircraft symbol
center dot and wings as seen by the pilot coincide with the
origin "0" marking (horizon line).
According to conventional practice, during a dive the horizon
line moves upward in relation to the aircraft symbol whose
center dot then appears on the dark grey portion of the spher~
ical drum. During a climb, the horizon line moves downward
and the aircraft symbol center dot appears in the blue por
tion.
( 34-25-24
Page 7
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL ('
48-60V5 .
Under unusual flying conditions, when the horizon line disap- ('
pears from view and only one colour appears on the spherical
drum (high angles in dive or climb), the pilot's interpreta
tion of the aircraft position is made easier by means of two
small segments or lunules (24) which are located above and
below the spherical drum and are painted light blue and matt
grey, respectively. The drum rotation in pitch as a function
of the aircraft pitch attitude conforms to a non-linear law
determined by an anamorphic device which makes it possible
to expand the scale of the drum markings near zero degree
and to gradually decrease pitch sensitivity to 90°.
The drum freedom of motion in pitch is limited by a mechani

cal stop.
c
The drum markings corresponding to climb and dive
attitudes are as follows:
- small dashes spaced every 2.5 to 25°.
- generating lines spaced every 5 degrees to 45°.
- generating lines spaced every 10 degrees to 90°.
The length of these generating lines decreases as the dis (

tance of the latter from the origin generatrix (horizon
line) increases.
2-A-(2)Roll Attitude Display

The roll angles are displayed by a white pointer (22) locat ('
ed above the blue portion of the spherical drum on the blue
segment or lunule (24), and which moves along with the drum
in roll. The roll pointer moves against a graduated circular
scale (23) located at the top of the dial, and displays roll
angle values.
As the moving roll pointer is located at the top of the dial,
it moves in the direction opposite to that of the roll angle.
The roll scale has a white marker (25) for the zero (roll
angle is zero) and white markings located on both sides of
the zero marker at 10, 20, 30, 45, 60 and 90 degrees. The
drum freedom of motion in roll is not limited and the roll
sensitivity is constant.
34-25-24
Page 8
AUG 16/73
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
( 2-B-Tendency Indications (Figure 3)

The tendency indications are displayed on the Indicator dial
by means of :
- two command bars: one horizontal command bar (3) and one
vertical command bar (4) which are painted saturn-yellow and
move in front of the attitude display elements.
- a diamond-shaped pointer (7),which is also saturn-yellow,
located at the top of the dial.
(l)Pitch
The pitch steering commands are computed by the Flight Di
rector pitch computer. They are displayed on the Indicator
dial by means of the horizontal command bar (3) which is
displaced vertically and controlled by a servo-controlled
gal vanometer.
The maximum useful vertical travel of the horizontal command
bar is 16 + 1.6 mm either side of the fixed aircraft symbol
center dot used as a reference. The middle portion of this
command bar has been made thinner (O.5 mm) to facilitate the
pilot's reading of the alignment of this bar with the center
dot of the aircraft symbol.
(
The horizontal command bar is driven from view toward the top
of the Indicator when not in use, or upon a failure of its
servo-mechanism. Upon such a failure the other tendency
display components disappear from view simultaneously with
the horizontal command bar.
(2)Roll
The roll steering commands are computed by the Flight Direc
tor lateral computer. They are displayed on the Indicator
dial by means of the vertical command bar (4) whose horizon
tal displacement is controlled by a servoed galvanometer.
rh-emaximum useful horizontal travel of this vertical command
bar is 16 + 1.6 mm either side of the fixed aircraft symbol
center dot used as a reference. The middle portion of this
command bar has been made thinner (0.5 mm) to facilitate
the pilot's reading of the vertical command bar alignment
with the center dot of the fixed aircraft symbol.
The vertical command bar is driven from view to the right when
not in use, or upon a failure of its servo mechanism. In the
event of such a failure, the other tendency display compo
nents disappear from view simultaneously with the vertical
command bar.
34-25-24
Page 9 .
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5
2-B-(3)Yaw
The yaw steering commands are displayed by means of a
(
diamond-shaped, saturn yellow pointer (7) which moves hori

zontally at the top of the dial to the right and to the left
of the zero marking represented by the zero marker (25) on
the roll scale (Refer to paragraph 2-A-(2)). This pointer is
controlled by a galvanometer deflected by a signal computed
by the Flight Director yaw computer.
The maximum useful travel of the yaw pointer is 26 + 2.6 mm
on either side of the zero marking.
The yaw pointer is driven out of view to the left when not
in use, or upon a failure of its servo mechanism. Upon such
a failure, the other tendency display components disappear
from view simultaneously with the yaw pointer. (
(4)"FD1-FD2" Annunciator
An annunciator shutter (26) painted saturn-yellow is operated
by an electro-magnet and controlled by the Flight Director
computer selector. It is provided to remind the pilot of the
number of the computer(FDl or FD2)to which the Attitude
Director Indicator is connected.
(
C-Glide Slope Deviation Display (Figure 3)

Glide slope deviation is presented by a pale yellow painted,
triangular pointer (8) which moves along a fixed vertical scale
located on the right side of the attitude display dial. The
glide slope vertical scale has:
- in the middle, a white center index mark representing the (
glide slope beam axis,
- two white dots above the center index mark and two white dots
below the center index mark, which correspond to glide slope
deviations.
The Glide Slope pointer is operated by a galvanometer controlled
by a signal from the ILS Receiver.
The maximum useful travel of the glide slope pointer is 16
+ 1.6 mm above and below the center index mark.
When the glide slope display is not desired, or upon a failure

of the glide slope pointer servo mechanism, the glide slope
pointer is driven out of view toward the top of the Indicator.
34-25-24
Page 10
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
c COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

48-60V5
The "LOC.NOT TUNED" signal which is supplied by the ILS Receiver
\ . whenever the latter is not tuned to the radio beacon, also causes
the Glide Slope pointer and the Localizer index to disappear.
Simultaneously, this "LOC.NOT TUNED" sign ves the "G/S"
and "LOC" flags out of view in order to cl he Indica~~edial
(Refer to paragraph 2-G).
2-D-Localizer Deviation Display (Figure 3)
The localizer deviation is presented by a black and whTte index

(9) in the shape of an isosceles trapezoid whose shorter base
is upwards and symbolizes a runway perspective. This trapezoidal
index moves left or right across a fixed horizontal scale having
a center index mark and two lateral deviation marks (dots), which
are painted white, on the lower part of the Indicator front face.
Like the Glide Slope pointer, the Localizer index ;s controlled
by a galvanometer servoed to a signal from the IlS Receiver.
The maximum useful travel of the Localizer index ;s 14 + 1.4mm to
the right and to the left of the center index mark.
When the Localizer display is not required, or upon a failure of
the Localizer ihdex servo mechanism, the Localizer index is dri
ven out of view to the right.
Like the Glide Slope pointer, the Localizer index disappears
from view under the action of a "LOC. NOT TUNED signal.
II
E-Speed Deviation (Fast-Slow) Display (Figure 3)
Speed deviation is presented by a circular marker (10) which

is painted pale yellow and moves along a vertical, fixed scale
marked !IF" liS" ; this scale consists of a center index and of
four lateral deviation indexes painted white on the mask on
the left side of the attitude display.
The circular marker of the speed deviation is controlled
by a galvanometer servoed to a signal from the autothrottle
computer.
The maximum useful travel of the circular marker is 14 + 1.4mm
on either side of the center index.
The "Fast-Slow" marker can be driven out of view upwards when
its indication is not used or upon a failure of its servome
chanism.
( 34-25-24
Page 11·
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
2-F-Ball Level Indicator (Figure 3)

(
The aircraft apparent bank is displayed by a conventional ball

level (5) located transversely at the bottom of the Indicator
front face.
The ball level consists of a curved tube, made of glass, contai
ning a black ball floating in a damping fluid.
The ball moves transversely to the right or to the left of the
zero marking represented on the tube by two black lines.
G-Fai1ure Warning Flags - Warning Lights (Figure 4)

(
The failure warning devices of the Attitude-Director Indica
tor mainly consist of :
- four flags marked IIG II , liFO", IIG/S" and IILOC II .• respectively.

These warning flags are referred to as "GYRO FLAG" (28).
IIFLIGHT DIRECTOR FLAG II (29), "GLIDE-SLOPE FLAG (31). and
II
LOCALIZER FLAG" (32). respectively.
- two warning lights marked "ATT." and "DH" which are referred
to as "ATTITUDE COMPARISON WARNING LIGHT" (15) and "DECISION
HEIGHT WARNING LIGHT" (16), respectively. They are located
at the upper left-hand and right-hand corners of the Indicator
front face. respectively.
(l)Gyro Flag "Gil

(
The fire-orange and black striped Gyro Flag IIGII (28) is
assigned to the Horizon section (attitude information 0
and ~ of the Indicator).
It is kept out of view by an electro-magnet controlled by
an input validity signal coming from the vertical reference
unit. Upon lack of this validity signal, or upon a fail
ure detected by internal monitoring devices, a magnetic
restoring device causes the flag "Gil to come into view in
the upper left-hand portion of the Indicator dial.
The appearance of this flag indicates to the pilot that
he must not take the attitude information inta account.
However. the information given by the pointers and indexes
can still be utilized.
34-25-24
Page 12
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
(
15
KEY
14 "Test ". Pushbutton
15 Comparison Warning Light
1'6 Decision Height Warning Light
28 Flag "G"
29 Flag "FD"
31 Flag "G/S"
32 Flag !fLOC"
Failure Warning Devices/Test Pushbutton

34-25-24
Page 13
Figure 4 FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-G-(2)Flight Director Flag "FD"
The Flight Director Flag "FD" (29) painted fire-orange is
(
assigned to the "tendency" assembly (pitch, roll and yaw

FD commands) of the Attitude-Director Indicator.
It is driven out of view by a validity signal supplied by
the Flight Director.
A magnetic restoring device causes this "FD" flag to
appear at the lower left-hand corner of the Indicator dial
upon a failure of the Flight Director computers, or upon
a failure detected by the internal monitoring devices.
This flag comes into view to indicate that the tendency
information is no longer reliable.
When the "FD" Flag appears, it covers such a p€ J rtion of
the "FD1 - FD2" Annunciator as to enable the pilot to (
read the FD number (lor 2).
NOTE The "FD" Flag goes out of view as soon as the
aircraft power supply is switched on even though
the "Flight Director" mode is not engaged, provid
ed that the computers are in good working condi
tion.
(3)Glide-Slope Flag "GIS" (
The fir e - 0 ran g e G1 i d eJ. Slop e F1 a g "G IS" (3 1) i s ass 0 cia ted
with the glide slope pointer.
The "GIS" flag is kept out of sight under the action of
a validity signal or a "LOC.NOT TUNED" signal from the
the ILS receiver.
A magnetic restoring device causes the "GIS" flag to
appear in view at the upper right-hand corner of the
Indicator dial upon vanishing of the validity signal, or
upon a failure detected by the internal monitoring device.
The appearance of the "GIS" flag indicates to the pilot
that the glide slope deviation information is no longer
reliable.
(4)Localizer Flag "LaC"
The fire-orange Localizer flag "LaC" (32) is associated
with the Localizer index.
It is kept out of view by a validity signal or a "LaC.
NOT TUNED" signal from the ILS receiver.
34-25-24
Page 14
AUG 16/73
SFENA~
48-60V5
A magnetic restoring device causes the "LOC" flag to come
( into view at the lower left-hand corner of the Indicator
dial upon disappearance of the validity signal, or upon a
failure detected by the internal monitoring device.
The "LOC" flag appears in view to indicate that the Loca
lizer deviation information is no longer reliable.
2-G-(5)Warning Lights
The warning light IIATT" (15) is controlled by a safety

system external to the Indicator. This warning light is
designed to indicate any discrepancy between the attitude
information (pitch and roll) given by the respective
pilot's and co-pilot's Attitude-Director Indicators on the
instrument panel.
The second warning light marked "DH" (16) illuminates
upon receiving an external input signal when the aircraft
reaches the decision height.
H Test Pushbutton (Figure 4)

The attitude servo mechanisms are tested by pressing the test
pushbutton (14) located at the lower right-hand corner of the
Indicator front face.
When pressing the Test Pushbutton:
- the "Gil flag comes into view under the action of the failure
detector of the pitch and roll servo channels.
- the spherical display drum moves counter clockwise (turn to
the right) and upward (pitch up).
3-General Characteristics and Performance Data

A-General Characteristics
(l)Overall Dimensions Refer to Figure 5
(2)Weight ~ 4.300 Kg
(3)Power Supplies and Consumption:

(a)26V, 400Hz, A.C. input voltage to
Horizon Assembly
- maximum power consumption 500 rnA
- nominal power consumption 300 rnA
Flight Director Assembly and Peripheral Display
- nominal power consumption : 830 rnA
34-25-24
Page 15
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 ('
(b)28 V D.C. for the control of the warning lights "ATT"
and uDH u ,
- nominal power consumption 120 mA
(
(c)5 V A.C. to the dial lighting
Power consumption <1.15 A
3-B-Leading Particulars and Performance Data

(l)Attitude Information
(a)Pitch G
Display drum diameter 94 mm
Pitch markings graduated to + 90° ('
Pitch mechanical limit stops at about +91°
Pitch Sensitivity 1.8mm/deg.either side
of zero, then decrease
in pitch sensitivity.
Maximum display error 30' between -10° and
+20°,1 i near increase
above + 20° and below
-10° (up to 1° increase
at + 90°)
(
Signal to be applied ARINC 407-1
(b)Roll <P
Freedom total
Sensitivity on the scale 0.74mm/deg. {
Maximum display error 30'

Signal to be applied ARINC 407-1
(2)Tendency Indications (Flight Director Assembly)
(a)Pitch 8
Horizontal command bar displacement proportional to input

signal.
Positive input voltage climb command (horizontal bar
above aircraft symbol)
Maximum travel +16 +1.6mm with +0.500mV applied
Input resistance 1 kQ +10%
Disappearing (upwards) +1.8 +0.6V
34-25-24
Page 16
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5
3-8-(2)(b)Roll <P
Vertical command bar displacements proportional to input
signal.
Positive input voltage right-hand turn command (vertical
bar on the right af the aircraft
symbol)
Maximum travel +1 6 + 1 . 6 mm wit h +5 00 mV a p p 1 i e d .
Input resistance 1 krl +10%
Disappearing to the
right with +1.8 +0.6V applied
(c)Yaw IjI
Yaw pointer displacements proportional to input signal
Positive input voltage right heading command (yaw point
er on the right of zero marking)
Maximum travel + 26 + 2.6mm with + 500mV
applied.
Input resistance lKrl+10%
Disappearing to the right: with +1.8 +0.6V applied
(3)Glide Slope Deviation
Display
Maximum travel +16 + 1.6mm with + 2V
applTed.
Maximum error + 10%
Signal to be applied ARINC 578
Input resistance 1krl +3%
Disappearing upwards +8V
(4)Localizer Deviation Display
Maximum travel + 14 + 1 .4mm with + 0.5V
applied.
Maximum error + 10%
Signal to be app1 ied ARINC 578
Input resistance lkrl+3%
Disappearing to the right
34-25-24
Page 19
AUG 16/73
SFENA~

48-60V5
3-S-(5)"FAST-SLOW'Display
Index displacements proportional to input signal
Maximum travel + 14 + 1.4 mm with
+ 2.2-mA applied
Maximum display error + 10 %
Input resistance 1 kn + 10%
Disappearing upwards + 4.3 rnA
(6)Sall Level Indicator

Sensitivity 2.25 + 0.2mmlo
Travel + 6.5 0 min.
Damping 1 sec. < t < 2 sec. for
a deviation of 6°
Zero adjustment + 1°30'
Threshold ~ 0.5°
(7)Failure Warning Devices

(a)Attitude
Vertical Reference Unit validity
Signal +28V DC(18.5 to 31V DC)
Input Resistance >14kn
Threshold Adjustable in labora
tory from 2° to 6° in
roll or pitch
Attitude Display
valid output signal +28V DC(18.5 to 31V DC)
(b)Flight Director
Computer valid input signal +28V DC(18.5 to 31V DC)
Input Resistance 7kn
:;?>
Threshold Laboratory adjustable
from 35mV to 100 mV
FD valid output signal +28V DC(18.5 to 31V DC)
(c)Glide-Slope
ILS Receiver valid input signal +28V DC(18.5 to 31V DC)
Input Resistance :;?> 7kn
Threshold Laboratory-adjustable
between 130mV and
400mV.
34-25-24
Page 20
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5
3-B-(7)(d)Localizer
ILS Receiver valid input signal +2BV DC(IB.5 to 31V DC)
Input Resistance :;:, 7kn
LaC NOT TUNED signal +28VDC (18.5 to 31V DC)
Input Resistance ~ 4.5 kn
between 35mV and
lOOmV
(e)FAST-SLOW
Validity signal +2BVDC (18.5 to 31V DC)
Input resistance :;:, 14 kn
between l50mV and
500mV
(8)Synchros
(a)Servo Transvolvers
Model : CSF - 26 VOB RCT4 PSOK
(b)Comparison Transolvers (differential resolvers)
Model : CSF - 12 V08 RCT4 KN5K34
(c)Law governing the rotation of the comparison transolvers
(differential resolvers).
The comparison transolver rotation is associated with
the roll and pitch attitude information according to a
1 : 1 ratio.
4-Internal Description (Figures 6 and 12)

It has been seen in paragraph IB above that the Attitude-Director
Indicator is provided with a housing made of light alloy which
is fitted over the Indicator from the rear.
With the housing removed, the following sub-assemblies may be seen,
from front to rear: .
- the front face assembly (11) equipp~d with the ball level indi
cator (5), the Test pushbutton (14) together with the various
display, warning and lighting components that will be described
in detail in the following paragraph.
the spherical drum (1) together with its internal pitch rotation
control mechanism; its shaft (36) is secured to the roll fork(34).
34-25-24
Page 21
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
11
5 14
KEY
1 Spherical Display Drum
5 Ball Level
11 Front Face
14 "Test" Pushbutton
32 Chassis Assembly
34 Roll Fork
35 Electronic Unit
36 Spherical Drum Shaft
34-25-24
Internal Structure Page 22
Figure 6 AUG 16/73
SFENA~

48-60V5
- the roll fork assembly (34) which is pivoted on its longitudinal
suspension shaft perpendicular to the spherical drum shaft.
- the chassis (32) which constitutes the main support assembly
of the instrument and is fitted with six galvanometers arrang
ed on its sides.
- finally, the electronic unit (35) containing the power supply,
amplifier and failure detection circuits of the instrument.
4-A-Front Face Assembly (Figure 7)

The front face assembly of the Attitude-Director Indicator
consists of a square bezel (1) made of light alloy and whose
corners are cut off. Its outside dimensions comply with ARINC
Specification No 408.
It is protected by a matt dark-grey "Amiraute paint. It is
ll
attached to the instrument chassis by means of four support

posts ((5) Figure 9) located at the four corners.
As indicated above (paragraph I-B) the front face assembly has
a wide aperture enclosed by a glass (2). The bezel glass is made
up of two wedge-shaped parts, which are joined side by side
along an oblique plane.
The glass is held in the bezel by two springs (3) and a mask,
(4) painted in the same colour as the bezel, which presses onto
the bezel.
The ball level indicator (5) is located in a separate stamped,
kidney-shaped housing screwed to the lower part of the dial
mask. This housing is also coated with IIAmiraute matte dark
li
grey paint; a window in this housing shows the ball level

display portion which has been described in paragraph 2-F.
(l)Lighting
At the top of the dial mask, along the aperture, there is a
mosaic of ten lamp holders (6). Each lamp-holder can be
pulled straight out and off the bezel assembly in order to
replace the lamp.
Each lamp holder ;s housed at the top of the bezel glass in a
housing secured to the bezel (1) in such a manner that the
light passes through the edge of the bezel glass. The ball
level indicator (5) ;s illuminated from the rear through a
rectangular aperture in the dial mask (4). A light diffuser
located in this aperture ensures a good distribution of the
1 ight on the ball 1 evel.
34-25-24
Page 23
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5
4-A-(2)Roll Dial Assembly

The roll dial assembly (7) is installed behind the bezel
between the bearing surfaces on the support posts (5, Figure
9) and spacers (8) fitted over each support post from the
front. The roll dial is in the shape of a square with a cir
cular central aperture 84 mm in diameter in which appear the
fixed aircraft symbol, secured to the dial, and the spherical
display drum.
The roll scale markings (see paragraph 2-A) are painted
white on the periphery of the central circular aperture.
On the sides and at the bottom of the roll dial there are
several secondary cut-outs provided for the passing through
of the pOinters and indexes ; these cut-outs are covered by
masks which are superposed on the roll dial.
(3)Failure Warning Devices
As indicated in paragraph 2G (1), the failure warning flags
IIG II , IIFD II , "G/S and lilaC" are controll ed by electro
II
magnets.
The flag mounting sleeve is force fitted over the electro
magnet output shaft. Each flag which has been described in
the above-mentioned paragraph is balanced by means of a ba
lance weight.
The electro-magnet IIG II (9) whose output shaft is directed
toward the front of the instrument, is attached at the upper
left-hand corner of the roll dial by two screws. Its flag is
shaped to fit the drum shape and disappears from view to the
left of the instrument dial when the electro-magnet is ener
gized.
The 0 u t put s h aft 0 f the e 1e c t r 0 - mag net II FOil (10), con t r a r y to
the above electro-magnet IIG", is oriented toward the inside
of the instrument. It fits into a recess in the lower left
hand corner of the bezel to which it is attached by two
screws. When it is energized its flag disappears from view
toward the bottom of the instrument dial.
The electro-magnet "GIS" (12) whose output shaft is oriented
toward the front of the instrument is attached at the upper
right-hand corner of the roll dial by two screws. When it is
energized, its flag disappears from view to the right of the
instrument dial.
last of all, the electro-magnet "LOCI! (13) whose output shaft

is directed toward the rear of the instrument is secured
to the left-hand corner of the bezel. When it is ~nergized,
its flag disappears from view toward the bottom of the ins
trument dial.
34-25-24
Page 24
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
The Comparison Warning Light "ATT" (14) is attached by means
of an insulating fixture at the upper left-hand corner of the
bezel (1). Its cap can be screwed out forward and off so as
to give access to the lamp.
The am be r - colo ured par t 0 f the war n ; n g 1 i g h t "D H" (1 5) i s

attached to the upper right-hand corner of the dial mask (4)
by two screws. It covers two lamps soldered to a small pr;n
te.d-circuit board (16) secured to the bezel (1).
4-A-(4)"FDI-FD2" Annunciator
The "FDI-FD2" Annunciator is controlled by an electro-magnet

(17) whose output shaft is oriented toward the front of the
instrument; it is attached by two screws to the lower left
hand corner of the roll dial (7). Its shutter is marked
"FD2"; when the electromagnet is energized the Annunciator
shutter disappears from view to the left so as to let the
marking "FDI" come into view.
(5)Test Pushbutton
The test pushbutton appears as a cylindrical rod (18). It can

slide longitudinally in a hole in the lower right-hand corner
of the dial mask (4) and in the bezel (1). It is kept in its
extended position by a spring (19). When the test pushbutton
is pressed it actuates the contact pushbutton of ~wo micros
witches (Sl, S2).
B-Spherical Display Drum

(I)Pitch Attitude Information (Figure 8)
The drum pitch rotation control mechanism is located inside

the spherical drum.
This control mechanism assembly basically consists of :

- a set of stationary parts secured to the drum suspension
shaft (2) which is rigidly held in position by shaft holders
(28)(Figure 9) located on the roll fork. '
- a set of moving parts rotating about the drum suspension
shaft.
34-25-24
Page 27
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-6DV5
4-B-(I)(a)Stationary Parts
The stationary parts include
- a hollow shaft (2), or suspension shaft, through which
the leads connecting the drum electrical components pass.
- a support (4) made of light alloy and fitted onto the

shaft; it supports three small motors. (Size 08)
a D.C. motor (5) whose output plnlon directly drives

a gearwheel (6) mechanically connected with the spher
ical drum (1).
a comparison transolver (8), and a servo transolver
(7) provided for controlling the display drum position (
with respect to the information from the remote ver

tical gyro. The rotors of these two synchros are fit
ted with an anti-backlash gear (9) which f~llows the
drum rotation according to a variable law determined
by the anamorphic device as will be described later.
(b)Moving Parts
(
The set of moving parts of the pitch mechanism consists of

an assembly of light-alloy parts contained within the
spherical drum (1).
The drum is fitted onto a cylindrical inner cage, or body
(10). It is clamped between an end plate (11) and an end
cover (12), which are secured to the ends of the body.
The gear wheel (6), provided for transmitting the rota

(
tional motion of the motor, is secured to a partition

within the body and is aligned with the drum shaft. Its
step-down ratio with respect to the motor is 1 : 13.
The pitch mechanism moving assembly has three per
fectly aligned pivoting points provided by three ball
bearings.
The first ball bearing (13) allows the end plate (11) to
rotate on the shaft (2) ; it is longitudinally held ln
position by one of the shaft holders (28, Figure 9) on the
roll fork.
34-25-24
Page 28
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
The second ball bearing (14) is held in position by means
(, of a circlip (15) on the end cover (12) and fits into a
recess provided for it in the corresponding end of the roll
fork (Refer to paragraph 4-C).
The third ball bearing (16) is housed in the drum driving
gear wheel (6) and it is used as a support bearing for the
inner end of shaft (2) so as to align this shaft with the
first two ball bearings. A circlip (34) retains this third
ball bearing on the shaft.
4-B-(I)(c)Anamorphic Device
The anamorphic device mechanically connects the spherical
drum (1) to the respective rotors of the servo transolver
(7) and of the comparison transolver (8). It mainly con
sists of a disc, called "finger-holding disc" (17) staked
on a pinion (19) which pivots on a secondary shaft (18) by
means of two ball-bearings; this secondary shaft is secu
red to the support (4) and is eccentric relative to the
main shaft (2) of the spherical drum; the pinion (19)
directly drives the anti-backlash gears (9) associated
with the rotors of the transolvers (7) and (8), with a
step-down ratio of ~.
46
As denoted by its name the finger-holding disc holds a
finger (20) which fits into a radial slot formed between
two small rectangular plates (21) secured to the body (10).
When the end plate (11), secured to the display drum, is
caused to rotate by the motor (5), it rotates the finger
(20). As the respective shafts of the drum and finger-hold
ing disc are eccentric relative to each other, the finger
is caused to slide in the slot. As a result, there
is a change in the lever arm determined by the finger and
the drum shaft, which results in a variation of the gear
ratio between the spherical drum and the finger-holding
disc.
A coil spring (22) attached between the finger and a hole
in the end plate (11) permits to take up the play by hold
ing the finger in permanent contact with one of the small
plates (21), whatever the direction of rotation of the
spherical display drum.
Two marks engraved on the end plate (11) and on the finger-'
holding disc (17), respectively, determine the null posi
tion of the spherical drum when facing each other.
It should be further noted that the finger-holding disc
contains an aperture in the shape of a kidney slot through
which the drum shaft passes.
~
I
34-25-24
Page 31
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5 (,
Moreover, a stop on the end plate (11) limits the
mechanical travel of the drum to 193 degrees by coming
into contact with a second stop (29, Figure 9) made of
light alloy and rigidly secured to the roll fork.
(
4-C-Chassis Assembly/Roll Fork Assembly (Figure 9)

The frame or chassis (1) of the Instrument is made up of a light
alloy casting.
Roughly, it appears as a square, ribbed support plate whose rear
part has four extension legs (2). The electronic unit is secured
to the ends of these legs which also support the tendency indi
cations, glide slope, localizer and Fast-Slow servoed galvano
meters. Two ballast transistors (3), insulated by plates (4)
made of Beryllium, are attached to the underside of each lower
leg (2).
This support plate is fitted with four support posts (5) located (
at the four corners and provided for attaching the front face
assembly (refer to paragraph 4-A) ; four roughly rectangular
cutouts (6) machined in the sides of this plate allow the galva
nometer pointers to pass through it.
As seen from the front,the chassis has a series of internal steps
arranged around its longitudinal axis and extended rearward by a
sleeve (7). This whole sub-assembly is funnel-shaped.
The various cuttings are machined to accommodate the roll fork
(
(8) fitted with its two driving and servo gears and to hold the
two ball bearings(ll and 14) which are provided for pivoting the
fork assembly about the instrument longitudinal axis (see below).
At the lower left-hand corner of the front rib a clamp is atta

ched to the chassis by two screws and is used to secure an elap
sed time indicator (9).
Like the chassis, the roll fork is made of a light alloy casting.
It appears as a wide-mouthed, hollow cone whose base is fitted
with two extension arms for carrying the spherical drum (refer
to paragraph 4-B). The inner part of the cone is so machined as
to make maximum room for the spherical drum; the outer part of
the cone fits into the chassis which has been machined accord
ingly in the shape of a funnel as indicated above.
The point of the cone is extended so as to form a shaft (10)
to the end of which a ball bearing (11) ;s attached by a circlip
(12). This ball bearing is one of the two points on which the
roll fork pivots. The outer ring of the ball bearing is housed
in the end of the chassis sleeve (7). A guard plate (13), made
of light alloy, ensures the mechanical separation between the
shaft (10) and the wiring.
34-25-24
Page 32
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
(
48-60VS
The second annular ball bearing (14) is located half way up on

the cone between the chassis and the roll fork, to which it is
secured by three clamps (IS).
On each side of this ball bearing, the roll fork is provided
with:
a gear wheel (16) which is directly driven by the pinion of
a DC motor (17), with a step-down ratio of 13 : 494. This
motor is the same as the drum motor. It is secured to the
chassis at the upper rear part of the support platform.
- a gear (18) attached to the end of shaft (10) is provided for
driving the rotors of the servo transolver {19), of the roll
fork, and of the comparison transolver (20). These two synchros
are identical with those of the drum; they are attached
to a small auxiliary support plate located on the chassis
next to the sleeve; two apertures allow their gear assembly
~21 through 24) to pass through this plate. This gear assembly
1S attached to the rotors by means of clamps and like the
drum gear wheels it is fitted with an anti-baklash mechanism.
The gear ratio between each of these gears and the roll fork
pinion is 1 : 1.
The electrical connections between the roll fork assembly and

the chassis assembly are made through a 2S-slip ring assembly
(2S) fitted onto the shaft (10) and through a brush-holder
(26) which is mounted longitudinally on an aperture in the
chassis sleeve (7). This whole assembly is dust-proof.
The leads from the slip ring assembly are bound together in
two bundles which are routed in two diametrically opposite
directions. They terminate on two terminal strips (27) located
on the periphery of the roll fork and to which the electrical
leads, passing through the drum hollow shaft, are connected
(See paragraph 4-B).
As described above, the right arm of the roll fork is fitted
with a shaft holder (28), provided for attaching the shaft
(2 • Figure 8) of the drum and with a stop (29) made of light
alloy. The left arm of the fork is so machined as to accomo
date the second suspension ball bearing (14, Figure 8) of the
spherical drum.
Each arm of the roll fork is also provided with two spacers
(30) and (31) on which a ring-shaped. stamped mask (32) is
mounted in order to mask the drum periphery. This mask has
two segments painted grey and blue, respectively, which appear
in the form of lunules on the instrument dial (refer to para
graph 2-A-(1)). The white painted, fixed, roll marker is
riveted in the middle of the blue lunule.
,
(
34-25-24
Page 35 .
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
4-D-Flight Director Commands (1,4 and 6), Slow-Fast (7). Glide
Slope (3), and Localizer (5) Galvanometers (Figure 10) (
The six servoed galvanometers of similar characteristics are

secured to the chassis by means of insulating cleats (17).
They are distributed over the four faces of the chassis, each
galvanometer being fitted with mounting plate (16) accommodating
two miniature connectors (14) and (15).
The pointers are secured to the moving element by means of in
sulating bracket (9) and plate (10).
The moving element includes a spindle (13), wiper and coil (12)
having a 1,0000hm resistance moving within the air gap of a
permanent magnet (11). (
The wiper forms the moving part of a plastic track potentiometer

which slaves the moving element in position. The potentiometer
track ;s secured to the galvanometer body.
Current input to the wiper and to the coil is through three

hairsprings, two of them are so wound as to cause the moving
element to retract to its stop when the galvanometer is dee (
nergized.
In ADIs incorporating amendment T, the galvanometers are fitted

with built-in electronics and coil (12) feactures an additional
winding wound onto the first one and where an electro-motive
force proportional to the rate of displacement within the magnet
field ;s developed. The electronic circuit sums up the position
and rate signals and delivers the position feedback signal.
(
E-Electronic Unit (Figure 11)
As indicated in paragraph 4-C, the electronic unit (1) is atta
ched to the rear of the chassis. to the ends of the four chassis
legs (Ref.2, Fig. 9)
It consists of metal sheets made of light alloy. These sheets
are cut, bent and spot-welded; they divide the electronic unit
into two compartments. The first compartment, which is open at
the top, is designed to house the ten printed-circuit boards
(2 through 11) which are mounted lengthwise in a vertical po
sition.
34-25-24
Page 36
NOV 2/79
SFENA~

( 4S-60V5
/ When looking at the front of the instrument, the following

i printed-circuit boards can be seen (from right to left) :
- +15V Power Supply Printed-Circuit Board (Horizon Assembly)

(2)(Al).
- +15V Power Supply Printed-Circuit Board (Peripheral Display)
(3)(A2).
- Double Servo Amplifier Printed-Circuit Board (Pitch and Roll
Attitude) (4) (A3).
- Failure Detection Printed-Circuit Board (Attitude) (5)
(A4).
- Servo Amplifier Printed-Circuit Board (Fast-Slow) (6) (A5).
- Double Failure Detection Printed-Circuit Board (Yaw and Slow-
Fast) (7) (A6).
- T~iple Servo Amplifier Printed-Circuit Board (FD Command
indexes (S) (A7).
- Double Failure Detection Printed-Circuit Board (Pitch and Roll
FD Command Bars)(9)(AS).
- Double Failure Detection Printed-Circuit Board (LOC and Glide)
(10)(A9).
- Double Servo Amplifier Printed-Circuit Board (LOC and Glide)
(11)(A10).
These boards are electrically insulated from one another by means
of a sheet (12 and 13) made of Mylar. Each board is guided into
two slots provided in guides (14) made of Rilsan which are atta
ched by screws within the compartment (to the front and rear
sides of this compartment).
They are electrically connected. by means of "ELCOMICROCON"
cross contacts, to a board called a "mother-board" (15) which
is mounted in a horizontal position on seven spacers at the
bottom of the compartment.
The second compartment is located in the lower portion of the
electronic unit. The rear panel (17) is fitted with the Horizon
Assembly electrical receptacle connector (IS) and the Flight
Director Assembly electrical receptacle connector (19).
The following component parts are attached on the compartment
sides :
- on the R.H-side, at the front. a power supply transformer (20)
potted in a rectangular-shaped insulating moulding for use
in the Flight Director assembly.
- on the L.H-side. a second transformer (21) provided for the
Horizon Assembly only.
- at the rear, two printed-circuit boards called
test printed-circuit board (22)(AI4), located on the right,
and
logic printed-circuit board (FD commands) (23)(AI5) located
on the left, respectively.
34-25-24
Page 39_
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
Each of these two boards is attached by means of two riveted
spacers. (
They are electrically connected via two connectors (24). Each
connector is attached to a small plate which is rigidly secured
to the compartment side by means of two screws. A circular aper
ture makes it easier to gain access to these connectors.
Three printed-circuit boards are mounted upright and lengthwise
in the instrument.between the two transformers. The boards are
mechanically connected together by spacers (25) and bear the
following respective designations:
Switching Board (FD Commands and Fast-Slow) (26)(All) on the

right .
. Switching Board (LOC and Glide)(27)(Ali)in the middle
Switching (Attitude) and +5V Power Supply Board (28)(A13)
on the left.
(
They are electrically connected through three connectors (29)
provided with pins and attached on the underside of the parti
tion between the lower and upper compartments.
At the top and front of the electronic unit there is a printed

circuit board called "distributor board!! (30).
This board is the central point of the cable loom which consists
partly of Teflon leads a~d partly of flexible circuits. (
The flexible circuits are used in particular to connect the
"distributor board" to the "mother board and to the two elec
ll
trical receptacle connectors of the instrument; these components

constitute a sub-assembly (31) that cannot be separated.
5-Electro-mechanical operation
A-General (Figures 12 and 13)
The Attitude Director-Indicator contains eight servo assemblies,
each of them being of the position feedback type. However, some
structural differences or similarities existing between these
servo assemblies allow to classify them into groups. which makes
it easier to examine their operation. Thus, two of these servo
assemblies require, in addition to the amplifier. a transolver
(84 and 86) and a DC motor (81 and 82).
These two servo channels, relating to the Horizon Assembly
of the instrument, repeat:
- the roll angles ¢, and
- the pitch angles G , respectively.
34-25-24
Page 40
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

(
4S-60V5
The other six servo channels are applicable to the galvano
meters (M2 through MS) each of them being servoed by means of
a follow-up potentiometer and a servo amplifier. These six
channels are as follows:
- the three servo channels for the tendency (command)
indexes: pitch and roll command bars and yaw pointer.
- the three servo channels for the peripheral display indexes
ILS display indexes: Localizer and Glide Slope.
Speed deviation display: Fast-Slow
All these servo channels are provided with failure detection
circuitry.
The failure detection devices that are connected with the first
group control the coming into view of the IlG" flag in case of
any anomaly. The failure detection devices that are con
nected with the second group control the coming into view of
the "FOil, IILOC" and "G/SI! fl ags (refer to paragraph 2-G)
respectively.
Furthermore, it should be noted that the Indicator is provided
with two stabilised, insulated power supplies, to the follow ,
ing circuits:
- the circuits of the Horizon Assembly,
- the circuits of the Flight Director Assembly and of the
Localizer, Glide Slope and Fast-Slow Channels.
Figures 12 and 13 show a diagram of the servo assemblies together
with their associated failure detection devices. The electronic
circuit patterns on the printed-circuit boards (AI to A15) can
also be seen in these figures.
5-B-Pitch and Roll Attitude (Figures 12 and 19)
At first approximation the servo channels following the roll

angles ~ and pitch angles 8 may be regarded as identical in
principle: the transolvers (B4 and B6) employed in each chan
nel, as we1l as the motors (Bl and B2) are identical; the
amplifiers constitute two separate, parallel channels the com
ponents of which are arranged on the same printed-circuit board
(A3). located in the electronic unit.
The components of the failure detection devices are grouped on

a second printed-circuit board (A4) which is located alongside
the first printed-circuit board (A3).
34-25-24
Page 43
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
COMPARISON
r--------~£~--------,
SIGNALS
(
B
TRANSOlVER
;TTITUDE ~DICATORS FAST/SLOW

83 ROLL G FLAG INFORMATION
~ 1 ~ ~
1=-=0
!
ANAMORPHIC
DS1
II
MOTOR
MOTOA CIRCUIT
II
A3
liP ~~H- A1~1~
~I
________
I41 .-----\ I
•
II' "---r--' I II 1 I
II ~
II
II (
II
II I TEST fUNCTION
II J ~14 S1
86
TRANSOlVER TRANSOlVER
II (
L
PUSHBUTTON
VERTICAL REFERENCE
L~~
B1 0 C k 0 i a g ram 0 f the H0 r i Z 0 n Ass e ,..

and of the Fast/Slow Channel
y 34-25-24
Page 44
Figure 12 AUG 16/73
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
The only differences between the pitch assembly and the roll
c assembly are in the mechanical transmission, which has been
described above (refer to paragraphs 4B and 4C). and in the
presence of a device for protecting the pitch motor when the
display drum reaches its mechanical limit position (i.e. when
it abuts against its mechanical stop).
As the roll servo channel is less sophisticated it will be
described first.
5-B-(1)Roll (Figures 12 and 19)
The roll servo channel is designed to follow the roll
attitude information ¢,computed by the vertical reference
unit and to display this information by the means described
in paragraph 2-Display Presentation. Any error in the control
led attitude output causes a signal to appear. This signal is
amplified to drive a motor (Bl), which repositions the display
and servo assembly components as commanded by the input si
gna 1, unt i 1 the error becomes zero.
(a)Transolver (Figures 14 and 15)
The error detecting device in the roll servo channel
consists of the transolver (84) whose stator is attached
to the instrument chassis (refer to paragraph 4-C) and
I
who s e rot 0 r isme c han i c a, rry con n e c ted tom 0 tor (B 1) t h r 0 ugh
a gear train.
The three 120 0 apart, star-connected windings of the
rotor of transo1ver (B4) are connected, wire by wire, to
the stator of the roll synchro-transmitter of the vertical
reference unit. The three a-c voltages (400 Hz) from the
synchro-transmitter are carried by these three wires and
establish, in transolver (84), a magnetic field that is
defined by a vector H the relative direction of which
varies, like the voltages, as a fonction of the roll atti
tude.
TRANSMITTER TRANSOlVER
CONTROL
(Null induced voltage)
MONITORING
(Maximu!1 induced vollage)
ROTOR STATOR
34-25-24
Principle of Transolver Page 47·
Figure 14 FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
At the level of the two transolver stator windings, which
are at right angles to each other this magnetic field gives (
rise to two separate, induced voltages which are sinusofda1 "
functions of the angle between the magnetic field and each
respective winding (see Figure 15).
e, e2
e2 Eo sin (-<X:!)
e2 = Eo sin 0<2
(
1
Control Signal Phase

Figure 15
(
The first stator winding, called "control winding", nor
mally forms an angle of 90° with the magnetic field; in
such a position the voltage induced in this winding is
minimum or even null. Any change in the roll attitude
causes the magnetic field vector H to rotate, which re
sults in a signal applied across the terminals of the
control winding.
This signal is amplified and then "controls" the rotation
of the motor which drives the transolver rotor until the
signal becomes zero. This amounts to rotating the rotor
and the display components through an angle equal to the
rotation angle of vector H and in a corresponding direction.
The second stator winding of transolver (B4) is called
mon itoring" winding; under the normal servoeing condi
II
tions it is parallel to the magnetic field vector Hand

the voltage induced in this winding is maximum. Its use
will be detailed in paragraph 5-B-(3)- Failure Detection.
Before dealing with the amplifier operation it is advi
sable to note that, when an error signal is present, the
control signal phase, as compared with a reference signal,
depends on the direction of the error, as shown in
Figure 15, and that these two signals are shifted in
phase by 180°.
34-25-24
Page 48
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
5-8-(1)(b)Amplifier (Figure 19)
Before driving the amplifier proper, the control signal is
demodulated in a demodulator, controlled by a pulse gene
rator that is common to both roll and pitch channels
(see Figure 19, printed-circuit board A3). According to
the control signal phase the polarity of the resulting
d-c signal is positive or negative.
The d-c output voltage, is partly filtered and pre-amplified
in AR 102 (Fig. 19 - sheet 1/2) or AR4 (Fig. 19 - sheet 2/2)
and its power is then amplified so as to enable this signal
to drive the motor (81).
(c)Mechanical Transmission (Figure 16)
The control signal is applied to the armature of motor
(B1), the field of which is a permanent magnet, and the
signal polarity determines the direction of rotation of
the output gear. This gear drives the gear wheel (1)
attached to the roll fork, with a step-down ratio of 13
494.
"TTl TUDE INFORMATION <t>
TRANSOLVER B3 TRANSOLVER B4
COMPARISON AnnUDE INFORMATION ql
Roll Information Mechanical Transmission

Figure 16
34-25-24
Page 49
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
The gear (2), rigidly secured to the fork assembly, drives ('
in turn, with a direct gear ratio (1 : 1), the anti- ,
backlash gear (4), mounted on the rotor of trans?lver (B4).
The direction of rotation imparted by the motor to
this gear is such that it tends to return the transolver
rotor to a position where its output signal, called
"control" signal, is zero.
At this time the motor stops running until a new change
occurs in the roll attitude.
The display components,mounted on the fork assembly
(roll pointer, spherical drum),display the roll attitude
by comparison with the roll scale and the fixed aircraft
symbol.
In addition to the rotor of servo transolver (B4) the
gear (2) attached to the roll fork assembly drives, with (
a direct gear ratio (1 : 1), the anti-backlash gear (3)
mounted on the rotor of the comparison transolver (B3).
The latter includes, like the servo transolver, two stator
windings arranged at right angles to each other and three
star-connected rotor windings which receive the attitude
information.
On the two stator windings there appear two induced output
~oltages which are sinusoidal functions of the relative ('
rotor position with respect to the stator windings. These
induced voltages are used by a safety device, external to
the instrument, which compares them to the voltages supplied
by the roll comparison transolver of the second Indicator
on the instrument panel. Should both Indicators disagree,
the safety device causes the warning light "ATT" (14, see
Figure 7) to illuminate.
5-B-(2)Pitch (Figure 19)

The pitch servo channel is designed to follow the pitch
attitude information 8, computed by the vertical reference
unit, and to display this information through the means
detailed in paragraph 2-0isplay Presentation.
As explained at the beginning of paragraph 5-B, the pitch
servo channel consists of a transolver (B6), an amplifier and
a motor (B2) which are identical with those of the roll chan
nel, the following being excepted:
- on the one hand, the installation of resistor (A3R21) which
permits injecting an AC component intended to pre-sensitize
the pitch motor (B2).
NOTE This does not apply to the AOI 48-60V5M1 (Module A3
is di fferent).
34-25-24
Page 50
APR 15/81
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
- on the other hand, the electrical interconnection between
the amplifier and the pitch motor is routed through the
normally-open contacts of relay (AI3K2) which is permanent
ly energized in normal operation. Upon a failure detected
by the monitoring device (refer to paragraph 5-B-(3)), the
relay(AI3K2} is de-energized and the amplifier to motor
connection is then made through a resistor (AI3R5) which
is parallel-connected with the relay contacts.
This resistor which is introduced upon a failure in order
to limit the control current in the motor, protects the
latter as well as the amplifier, in particular when the
display drum reaches its mechanical limit position.
5-B-(2)(a)Mechanical Transmission - Anamorphosis (Figures 17 and 18)

The mechanical linkage between the pitch motor (B2) and its
servo transolver (86) is made through an assembly of
components including the anomorphic device described in
paragraph 4-B. Starting from the motor there can be seen
successively
- the output gear of motor (82) and the gear wheel (2)
associated with the spherical display drum, the step
down ratio being 1 : 13,
- the slot in the right end plate of the display drum and
the finger (3) carried by the finger-holding disc (4)
the shaft (1) of which is offset with respect to the
drum suspension shaft (5).
- the gear (6), secured to the finger-holding disc, which

in turn drives the anti-backlash gears (7 and 8) mounted
on the rotors of servo transolver (B6) and comparison
transolver (B5), respectively.
The finger-and-slot transmission system is the essential

part of the anamorphic device. This system allows the
sensitivity variation, as a function of the pitch attitude,
to be introduced in accordance with the control profile
and the engravings on the drum. Figure 18 shows the prin
ciple of operation in three cases:
- In the position corresponding to the zero of the
anamorphic device, the finger (3) is closest to the
drum suspension shaft (5), which is achieved when the
finger, the drum shaft and the finger-holding disc
shaft (1) are aligned (Figure 18A).
34-25-24
Page 51'
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
- When the drum moves away from the zero it drives the
finger (3) which then slides within the slot on account
of the offset position of the drum shaft (5) with res
(
pect to the finger-holding disc shaft (1) (Figure 18 B).
Sliding within the slot the finger (3) gradually moves
away from the drum shaft (5) ; the maximum distance
between the finger and the drum shaft is obtained when
the drum reaches its limit position (i.e. abuts against
its mechanical stop).
DISPLAY DRUM (
¥ (
COMPARISON
ATTITUDE INFORMATION 0
ATTITUDE INFORMATION 0
Pitch Information Mechanical Transmission
Figure 17
- The tneoretical maximum distance between the finger and

the drum shaft (should no mechanical stop be provided)
would be obtained if the finger (3), the disc shaft (1)
and the drum shaft (5) were aligned again (Figure 18 C)
but in a different order from that corresponding to the
zero position (Figure 18 A).
34-25-24
Page 52
AUG 16/73
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
i It is understood that the finger is driven by a lever arm

\
whose length, determined by the distance between the finger
(3) and the drum shaft (5), increases more and more as the
drum and the finger move away from the zero position.
This means that, for the same angular displacement a of
the drum, the accompanying angular displacement B of the
finger-holding disc gradually increases as the drum moves
away from the zero position. As the transolver (B6) is
driven by the finger-holding disc it follows that,
for a given repositioning of the transolver, by 5° for
example, the drum rotation will have to be greater if it
is close to the zero position than if it is in another
position, and all the more if it is close to the mechani
cal stop.
A: Display drum at 0 0 B : Display drum at 105 0
C: Display drum at 180 0
Principle of Anamorphosis
Figure 18
34-25-2"4
Page 53
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
Of course, all the preceding explanations are applicable to (~
the dive as well as to the climb attitudes.
Finally, it is important to note that in the position corres
ponding to the zero of the anamorphic device the drum reads
7° in dive. Taking the anamorphosis law into account, this
display difference permits expansion of the climb scale that
is visible on the instrument dial.
As in the case of the roll channel the comparison transolver
(B5) provides information to the external safety device desi
gned to compare the pitch attitude information displayed by
the two Indicators on the instrument panel.
The transolver rotor is equipped with an anti-backlash gear
(8) which is directly driven by the gear (6) secured to the
finger-holding disc. As a result, the angular data determined
by the output signals from the transolver follow the data (
supplied by transolver (B6).
5-B-(3)Failure detection (Figure 19)
As explained in the preceding paragraphs, the control signal
from both the roll transolver (B4) and the pitch transolver
(B6) is substantially zero during normal operation.
Any permanent control signal in roll as well as in pitch ('/
shows a servomechanism failure or trouble that should be pre- ,
sented to the pilot by the appearance of the flag "Gil.
At the same time, it is advisable to ensure that the loss of
the signal is not caused by an open circuit or an excitation
loss. This is the purpose of the monitoring signal.
The a t tit u dell f ail ured e t e c t ion c i r cui t s are put tog e the r
II
on the printed-circuit board called lIFailure Detection

(Attitude)1I (A4).
Before dealing with the operation of the servo channels fai
lure detection circuits it should be noted that the flag
"Gil is normally in its out-of-view position when receiving
a "+28V int hll from the +15V h power supply printed-circuit
board (Al). The ground return of this "+28V int hI! is through
a switching transistor (A13Q3) controlled by the signal from
the normally-open contacts of the relay (A13K2) which is
constantly energized in normal operation.
The de-energising of relay K2 is controlled by the failure
detection circuit as will be described below.
34-25-24
Page 54
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
The "control" signal, as already used for the servo-operation,
I
is applied to the printed-circuit board (A4) where it is am
\ plified, then rectified (AR2 and CR8 for the roll channel,
ARl and CR4 for the pitch channel). It is then applied to a
level detector common to both channels; above a given thres
hold this level detector supplies a failure signal. The lat
ter passes through a time-delay circuit (R31, CR15, C5) and
controls a transistorized power circuit which cuts off the
energization circuit of relay (A13K2).
As the flag "G" is no longer supplied, it comes into

view on the instrument dial and the resistor (A13R5) is in
serted into the pitch motor power supply circuit (refer to
paragraph 5-B-2) ).
The time delay enables the roll and pitch servo channels to
follow the changes in attitude without the flag "G" appear
ing in view.
Like the control signal, the monitoring signal from the tran
solver is also used to detect the failures. Upon loss of the
transmitter excitation the servo-mechanism will no longer
operate and the portion of the failure detection device that
monitors the control signal will notice nothing irregular.
In order to obviate this drawback, the monitoring signal is
constantly monitored by a circuit which provides a maximum
voltage in normal operation. Below a certain level the moni
toring circuit of the board A4 delivers a failure signal
that has the same effect on the transistorized power circuit
as the failure signal from the level detector which has been
dealt with above.
The possibility of a discontinuity in the control windings
of transolvers (B4 and B6) is guarded against by a low cir
culating current which flows, during normal operation, through
the control winding. Should this control winding be open
circuited then the current flow is stopped and the failure
detection operates, as in the presence of a too high control
signal.
This calibrated leak current (15VDC) through the winding is
determined by A4Rl and A4Rll.
In short, the circuits of the board A4 are designed to
detect :
the failures of the pitch and roll servo channels, by moni
toring the control signals,
- the transmitters excitation losses, by detecting the voltage
drops that may affect the monitoring signals,
- the open-circuited windi!lg5____on rotors of transolvers (84
and 86).
34-25-24
Page 55
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
Furthermore, the circuits and the flag are so designed as to
(
let the flag appear upon a loss of the power supply to the
flag itself or to the circuits controlling the flag.
In version 48-60V5, a failure of the pulse generator of
printed-circuit board (A3) is also provided against, by means
of a pulse-interruption detector in order to prevent any
continuous rotation of the display drum and of the roll fork
assembly. In this event, upon a failure this detector applies
the signal from (A3 AR102 and A3 AR2) to the power supply
ground, to short-circuit the control signals to motors (81
and 82) and consequently to switch off the Roll and Pitch
servo channels.
In version 48-60V5M1, an OR circuit on board A3 monitors the
pulse generator and the presence of the "ATT VALID" signal. (
NOTE Input pin 25 of connector J1 is a wlrlng spare;
transistor A3-Q6 still effects the electrical con
nection between amplifier A3-AR2 and the Power Ampli
fier.
In normal operation, the signals coming from amplifiers A3-AR2
and A3-AR4 are sent to the Power Amplifiers in order to com
mand motors 82 and 81. (
"
The OR circuit detects a failure in the following cases:

- Failure of the pulse generator. The signals from amplifiers
A3-AR2 and A3-AR4 are sensed at the power supply low point
so as to short-circuit the command signals of motors B2 and
Bl. The PITCH and ROLL servo channels are switched off.
- Loss of the "ATT VALID" signal. As above, the PITCH and ROLL
servo channels are switched off, but in addition the command
for extension of the G flag is cut off (transistor A13-Q3
blocked).
34-25-24
Page 56
APR 15/81
SFENA~
48-60V5
5-B-(4)Horizon Assembly Power Supply (Figure 19)
The "Horizon Assembly" of the Attitude-Director Indicator is
supplied with power from transformer (T2) the primary winding
of which is connected to a 26V, 400Hz, a-c power source.
The secondary of transformer (T2) consists of two identical
windings which are insulated from each other, and a third
winding which is centre-tapped and insulated.
The first two windings of the transformer secondary supply
two voltage regulating devices equipped with ballast tran
sistors Q3 and Q4 which constitute two sources of +15V re
gulated d-c voltage.
By connecting the ground side of one of the voltage sources
to the power side of the other a double regulated power supply
is obtained which is symmetrical about the common point.
called Phf (Horizon Assembly Ground). This ground is insulated
from both the 26V power supply and the instrument ground.
On the other hand, it is connected to the ground of the al
titude and horizon validity signals.
One end (terminal 1) of the third winding of transformer (T2)
secondary is connected to the Horizon Assembly ground Phf.
The other end (terminal 5) is connected to the pulse gene
rator of printed-circuit board A3 in order to ensure the
control of the generator; the voltage from the centre tap
(terminal 6) is used to test the Horizon Assembly as will be
detailed below.
Las t 0 f all. not e t hat the + 28 V i nth ,r i nput tot h e fl a 9 s
II
"G" (OSl) and "ALT" (OS2) ;s taken from the collector of Q3

on printed-circuit board (AI).
34-25-24
Page 56-1/2
APR 15/81 _
(
(,
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
S-B-(S)Testing (Figure 19)
Tests on the ADI consist of momentarily applying, at the
input of the servo and fault detection circuits in the roll
and pitch channels of the Horizon part of the instrument, a
signal which causes the display drum to move some ten degrees
in pitch and in roll and the "Gil Flag to appear.
When the IITEST" pushbutton is depressed, contacts SI comple
te the -ISVhDC supply circuit and relay (A14Kl) closes. Kl
being energised, transmits the test signal generated from an
AC voltage which is tapped from transformer (T2, terminal 6).
The test signal is superimposed onto the control signal coming

from transolvers B4 Croll) and B6 (pitch). The resultant thus
constitutes a simulated error signal. Each servo channel will
now attempt to cancel out this error signal, which results
in the transolver rotor moving to a position where its output
opposes the test signal. The rotor resetting motor also drives
the display drum, the movement of which, in pitch and roll,
is therefore proportional to the amplitude of the test signal.
In the ADI 48-60V5, resistors (AI4-Rl and R2) and capacitors
(AI4-Cl and C2) in series determine the amplitude of the AC
test signal. In addition, capacitors (AI4-Cl and C2) introdu
ce a phase difference between the test signal and the command
signal. Because of this phase difference, a residual voltage
(
will remain, even after the transolver has reset. The resi
dual voltage will be detected by the failure detection cir
cuit and, in accordance with the procedure described in para
graph S-8-(3), will cause the Gil Flag to appear.
II
In the ADI 48-60VSMl, the AC tapped from transformer (T2,

terminal 6) is half-wave rectified and the signal is main
tained at the desired level by (AI4-Rl, R2 and Cl to C4). The
AC component is of sufficient amplitude to give the neces
sary movement of the display drum, while the DC component,
which is greater than the threshold of the level switch on
module A4, causes the "G" Flag to appear.
Throughout the test, switch S2, also operated by the "TEST II
pushbutton, takes over the function of relay (A13K2) to

maintain the +28V "Attitude Valid Output" signal.
C-Tendency Indications (figure 13)
The three servo channels for the tendency or command indexes
(pitch and roll command bars and yaw command pointer) are rigo
rously identical. As detailed in paragraph S-A each of them
consists of a servoed galvanometer, an amplifier, and a
failure detection device. The command signal controlling each
channel comes from the Flight Director Assembly that corresponds
to the channel involved, pitch, roll, and yaw FD, respectively.
34-25-24
Page 59
DEC S/77
SFENA~

48-6DV5 (
5-C-The components of the tendency or command amplifiers are put
tog e the ron the boa r d A7, calle d "T rip 1e Se r V0 Am p 1 i fie r p r i n t (
ed-circuit board (FD command indexes)".
The board A6~ called "Double Failure Detection printed-circuit
board" (Yaw and Slow-Fast) carries the failure detection cir
cuits for the yaw and speed (Slow-Fast) channels (refer to
paragraph 5-0).
The Board A8, called "Double Failure Detection printed-circuit
board (Pitch and Roll FD commands)" groups the failure detection
circuits for the pitch and roll channels.
An additional device whose components are grouped on board
A15~ called "Logic Printed-Circuit Board (FD Commands)", and on
board All, called "Switching Printed-Circuit Board (FD com
mands)". makes it possible to restart the three command channels
upon lack of an input validity signal or upon replacement of a
computer of the Flight Director.
(
To avoid repetitions only the circuit applicable to the pitch
tendency indication (pitch command) will be detailed in the
following text.
(l)Galvanometer - Amplifier (Figures 20 and 21)
The pitch channel amplifier consists of two operational am
plifiers (A7-ARl and A7-AR2) and power circuit (A7-Q2 and
A7-Q3).
The command signal issued from the pitch computer is ampli (\1
fied by circuit A7-ARl and is then compared in summer A7-AR2
with the position feedback signal available on the potentio
meter wiper; the resulting deviation signal is applied to
power amplifier (A7-Q2 and A7-Q3) which commands the galva
nometer the mowing element of which is connected to the
servo galvanometer wiper supplied with the +15V and -15V po
tentials.
Any deviation signal corresponds to a displacement of the
moving coil until a position of equilibrium is reached
where the deviation signal zeroes the command signal. However, (
in this position~ a low current is still flowing and genera
tes an electro-magnectic flux which cancels the hairspring
ret urn t 0 rq ue .
The use of the servo-amplifier and of the follow-up poten
tiometer allows the use of hairsprings developing a high re
turn torque; this whole assembly is a determining factor
of the damping quality and the rapidity and accuracy of the
moving element control.
NOTE: Operation of the tachometric galvanometers in the ADIs
incorporating amendment T.
The additional winding of the coil develops an
electro-motive force which is proportional to its rate
of displacement within the field of the magnet.
34-25-24
Page 60
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
( 48-60\f5
Amplifier M2-ARI sums-up this rate signal with the

position signal delivered by the first winding and
delivers the position feedback signal which is compa
red in summer A7-AR2 with the command signal delivered
by the pitch computer. This rate term improves damping.
The pitch channel amplifier comprises three adjusting re
sistors :
- adjustable resistor (A7 R14), to set the pitch command bar
to zero ;
- adjustable resistor (A7 R8), to adjust the displacement
- adjustable resistor (A7 R20), to adjust the restoring
torque (only for ADI without Amendment T).
5-C-(2)Failure detection (Figures 20 and 21)

The failure detection device is intended to ensure that the
commands from the Flight Director are properly carried out.
The three cases when the galvanometer pointer is driven out

of view will be described below.
(a)Servo channel failure

As in the case of the amplifier controlling the galvano
meter, the command signal is amplified (A8 AR1) and then
compared with the position feedback signal in amplifier
(A8 AR2) which produces an error signal. Above a certain
threshold the level detector supplies a signal that passes
through a safety logic circuit and turns on transistor (A8
02) after a time delay determined by a time-delay circuit
(AS R22, C6 and CRS).
The signal from the collector of (A8 02) controls the

servo amplifier printed circuit board field-effect tran
sistor (A7 04) which ;s turned on and then transmits the
pitch channel amplifier output signal to the ground side
of the power supply.
The galvanometer (M2) in then no longer controlled and

its pointer is restored to its out-of-view limit position
under the action of the restoring torque.
The time-delay circuit, inserted between the level detec

tor and the safety logic circuit, allows the galvanometer
pointer to move quickly during a pointer servo operation
without operating the safety logic.
34-25-24
Page 61 .
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
5-C-(2)(b)Open Circuits
It is essential to differentiate the case in which the
(
signal is zero from the case in which the loss of the
signal is caused either by a faulty operation or a fai
lure of the Flight Director.
To do this, the field effect transistor (A7 01) which is
normally conducting is intermittently turned off.
This forces a calibrate leak current, determined by resis
tor A7R2, to pass through the Flight Director generator.
With an open circuit or upon a Flight Director failure this

calibrated current no longer flows through the generator;
in the failure detection device this current gives rise
to a signal that drives the command bar out of view as
in the case of a faulty servo channel operation.
(
(c)Switching Logic
During normal operation the flag "FD" is driven from view
by a "+28V int til signal from the +15Vt power supply
printed-circuit board (A2). The ground return of this
"+28V int til signal is through a switching transistor
(All Q3). This transistor is controlled by a +28V "FO"
validity signal coming from the Flight Oirector and pas- <
sing through the normally-open contacts of relay (AllKl) \
which, in normal operation, is constantly energized.
Upon loss of the FO validity signal, transistor (AllQ3)
cuts off the power supply to the "FOil flag (OS4) which
appears in view on the instrument dial to indicate to the
pilot that the tendency (command) information is not
usable.
Should a servo-mechanism failure occur in one chan- (
nel. the corresponding safety logic circuit produces a
second command signal Ze,applied to the switching logic
circuit. The latter then stops energizing relay (AllKl)
which causes the "FD flag to appear in view according to
JI
the procedure described above.
In a way, the flag constitutes the warning signal which
appears as soon as an external or internal failure is
detected on anyone of the tendency (command) channels.
At the same time the switching logic produces a signal Z

which is simultaneously applied to a level detector and
to the safety logic circuit of each of the command chan
ne 1s.
34-25-24
Page 62
OEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
I
i·
The level detector of each channel transmits a "retraction"
command to the corresponding safety logic circuit.
When the retraction command signal vanishes, a time-delay,
determined by (A8R26-C7 and CR6), causes servo failure de
tection inhibition during the period of time required for
resetting the galvanometer to zero.
When receiving on the one hand the signal Z and, on the
other hand the signal from the level detector, the safety
logic circuit of each channel causes the corresponding
galvanometer pointer to disappear from view as detailed
above.
Moreover, it should be noted that the switching logic
circuit is informed of the absence or presence of the
+28V "FO" validity signal through switching transistor
(AllQl).
In the absence of this +28V signal, the signal Z appears,

causing the command indexes to disappear in the manner
described above.
In short, a servo channel failure or an open circuit on

anyone of the tendency or command channels automatically
causes the galvanometer pointers of all the command chan
nels to disappear from view.
After the loss of the +28V "FO" validity signal, due to
the replacement of a computer of the Flight Oirector for
example, it is possible to reset the command channels to
work through the circuit of printed-circuit board (A15).
When this +28V validity signal appears again, transistor
(All Ql) controls the circuit of printed-circuit board
(AI5) in order that this circuit introduces a delay in
the switching logic.
This time constant delays the possible occurence of si
gnal Z, which enables the galvanometers to be put under
control without setting the safety logics into operation.
The number of the Flight Oirector computer that produces
the tendency commands is indicated by the "F02" Annuncia
tor (OS3) (refer to paragraph 2-B-(4) ).
Like the flag "FO" (OS4), the "F02" Annunciator (OS3)
shutter is driven out of view by a "+28V int t" signal
which is returned to ground through a switching transis
tor (AIIQ4), which is itself controlled by an external
"F02 Annunciator" signal.
34-25-24
Page 65
OEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
ADI with amendment T

YAW
(
~
Diagram of galvanometer
M5 with tachometer
compensation.
I
pit
!II
.I
+15VtOC
(,
Ii 25 22
+1SVtDC -l~VtDC
A6 A7
41....o;,-+-<sv:';';,o'-c _<>1-.8:1_0_-_-_..1_ _ _ _ _ _-' 10
-LLl
+IIVIOC -l5V,OC
-;>:;;:........"....
I p!, I
+15V,OC -IIV,OC
z'l:' Z
{SEE BOARD All I
n
8 9
11/ I I
-+-~-
OfCRA9
WHLECTS RIG";I
Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the

Yaw FD Channel
34-25-24
Page 66
Figure 21 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
(
4S-60V5
5-C-(2)(d)Intentional retraction of the command indexes

Anyone of the command indexes can be intentionally
caused to disappear from view by superimposing a signal
bet wee n + 1 . 2 Van d + 2 . 4 Von the co mm and s i gn a 1 fro m the
Flight Director.
In such a case, the amplifier (A7 AR1) produces a signal
exceeding the threshold of the level detector. As in the
preceding case, the level detector provides an output
signal which, being applied to the safety logic through
the time-delay circuit (AS R25, C7, CR6) causes the com
mand index to disappear from view.
However, as the safety logic receives no signal Z it ap
plies no second command signal Zg to the switching logic,
and the other command channels keep operating indepen
dently of the command channel whose index goes out of
view.
O-Speed Deviation (Fast-Slow) (Figure 22)
The servo channel controlling the speed deviation (Fast-Slow)

marker is very similar to the servo channels controlling the
tendency or command indexes. This channel contains a galvanome
ter (MS) and a three-stage servo amplifier (A5 AR1, AR2, Q1
and Q2).
This channel is provided with a three-stage failure detection
circuit (A6 AR4, AR5 and level detector) similar to that describ
ed in paragraph 5-C-(2), together with an inhibition circuit
that neutralizes the signal from the failure detection device
whenever the aircraft speed is too IIfastli or too " s 10w ll
•
The components of the servo channel are arranged together on the

board (AS), called IIS ervo Amplifier Printed-Circuit Board (Fast
Slow)", and the components of the failure detection and inhibition
circuits are grouped on board (A6), called "Double Failure
Detection Printed-Circuit Board ll
•
The command signals produced by the amplifier and the failure detec
tion device are applied to galvanometer (MS) through a switching
circuit which mainly consists of a relay K2 located on board (All).
Before dealing with the operation of the inhibition circuit which
is the original part of the "FAST-SLOW!! servo channel, it is advis
able to note that relay A11K2 is constantly energized during normal
operation. This relay is precisely controlled by the failure detec
tion circuit.
34-25-24
Page 67
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5
FA Sf SLOW VALID
,NPUT OUTPUT
J2 +
--""
AD! with amendment T :
Diagram of galvanometer
M8 with tachometer
compensation.
Ph + llV, DC
J PI!
sJ
(
KI
'+.tr
A11
+15VroC -15V, DC
I TI 1~5
_ _ _ _ -_
rrrF
A5 A6 (
CRlI
J I CHI
J2
+
fAST SLOW
DATA :NPUT
IOfflfCTS UP,
Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the 34-25-24

Page 68
Fast/Slow Information
Figure 22 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
(
4S-60V5
Upon a failure, relay (AIIK2) cuts off the connection between
the servo amplifier and galvanometer (MS) ; as the latter is
no longer energized its pointer is driven out of view by the res
toring torque.
According as to whether the aircraft is flying faster or slower
than the commanded speed, the "FAST-SLOW " circular marker may
reach its limit position either above or below the center index
on the scale. This may result in a significant servoeing error,
likely to cause the circular marker to go out of view.
To obviate this drawback, the inhibition circuit analyses, through
a level detector, the signal from amplifier (AS ARl). Above a
certain threshold, that corresponds to the extreme graduations on
the "FAST-SLOW" vertical scale, this circuit produces. through
diode (A6CR7), an output signal which turns on switching tran
sistor (A6Q5), thus applying the signal from the time-delay
circuit (A6CRll, Cll, R2S). incorporated in the failure detec
tion device to the power supply ground. The latter then has no
effect on the servo channel.
With no +2SV validity signal produced by the autothrott1e com
puter, the "FAST-SLOW" index is caused to retract from view.
Switching transistor (AllQ6) applies, by means of diode (A6CR12),
a command signal corresponding to a failure detection signal. to
relay (AllK2). As the latter is then de-energized it cuts off the
power supply to the galvanometer. At the same time this transis
tor (AllQ6) also resets the time delay (A6CRll, Cll, R2S) to ze
ro through diode (A6 CR14) and transistor (A6 Q5).
5-E-Localizer and Glide Slope Deviation (Figure 23)

The two servo channels controlling the Localizer index and the
Glide Slope pointer are identical. They are very similar to
the servo channels controlling the tendency indexes (or command
indexes).
Each channel consists of a servoed galvanometer (M6 and M7),
an amplifier, and a failure detection device. The command si
gnal controlling each channel comes from the ILS Receiver.
The components of the amplifiers and of the failure detection
circuits are grouped on printed-circuit board (A10), called
"Double Servo Amplifier printed-circuit board (Localizer and
Gl ide-Slope) II. and on board (A9), called IIFai 1 ure Detection
printed-circuit board (Localizer and Glide Slope)".
These two servo channels also include a switching logic whose
components are arranged on the "switching printed-circuit board
ll
(A12). This logic circuit is controlled by the ILS (LOC and

GLIDE) validity and IILOC NOT TUNED" signals (refer to paragraph
20) .
34-25-24
Page 69·
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL (."

48-60V5
To avoid unnecessary repetitions only the channel relating to (

the Localizer deviation will be detailed here.
The command signal from amplifier (Ala Ql, Q2) is applied to

the Localizer galvanometer (M7) through the normally-open
contacts of relay (A12K2),which is constantly energized in nor
mal operation. As in the case of the other channels, this relay
is controlled by the failure detection circuit which cuts off
the power supply to the relay upon a failure.
Thus, the galvanometer is no longer under control and its poin

ter is restored to its out-of-view limit position under the
action of the restoring torque.
Like the flag "G" described in paragraph 5-B-(3), the flag "LaC" C'
( DS 7) i s nor mall y d r i v e n 0 u t 0 f vie w by the "+ 2 8 V i n t t" s i g na 1
from the +15V t power supply (printed-circuit board A2). The
ground return of this "+28V int t" is through a switching tran
sistor (A12Q5) which is itself controlled by the LaC ,validity
signal from the ILS Receiver. This signal passes through the
normally-6~en contacts of relay (A12K2) which is constantly ener
gized during normal operation.
Up 0 n 1 a c k 0 fan i n put val i d i ty s i g n a 1 , the "L a C" f 1 a g i s c au sed (',

to go out of view by the turning off of transistor (A12Q5). At
the same time transistor (A12Q4) applies"a command signal
(ground connection) to the safety logic,to de-energize relay
(A12K2),so as to cause the LOCALIZER index to disappear from
view.
At the same time, when the "Loc Not Tuned" signal(ILS Receiver
not tuned) is present, the switching transistor (A12Q3) applies
a s i g n a 1 tot h e sa f e ty log i c whi c h c a use s the "L a C" and "G LID E
SLOPE" indexes and flags to go out of view simultaneously, with- (
out the failure detection device being operated.
Finally, if the aircraft is too much to the left or to the right
of the LOCALIZER beam, the Localizer index may reach its L.H.
or R.H. limit position (abutting against its stops). As a result
a significant error may occur, likely to cause the index to
disappear from view and the flag to come into view.
To obviate this drawback, above a certain threshold the level
detector of printed-circuit board (Ala) applies an inhibition
signal to the safety logic that neutralizes the failure detec

t ion c i r cui t. The r e 1 ay ( A12K 2) rem a ins en erg i zed and the "L a C"
validity signal passing through its normally-open contacts still
causes the "LaC" flag to go out of view.
(
\.
34-25-24
Page 70
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
5-F-Flight Director Assembly Power Supply (Figure 20)
The Flight Director Assembly of the Attitude-Director Indicator
is supplied from transformer (Tl) whose primary is connected to
a 26V, 400Hz, a.c. power source.
The secondary of transformer (Tl) consists of three identical
windings which are insulated from one another. As in the case
of the Horizon Assembly, the first two windings supply two volta
ge regulating devices equipped with ballast transistors (Ql and
Q2) .
The voltage regulating circuits constitute two sources of regu
lated, +15V d-c voltages. By connecting the ground side of one
of these voltage sources to the power side of the other a dou
ble, regulated power supply is obtained which is symmetrical
about the common point, called Pft (FD Assembly ground).
As in the case of the Horizon Assembly, this ground is insulat
ed from the 26V power supply as well as from the ADI ground. On
the other hand, it is connected to the ground of the FD and ILS
validity signals.
The third winding of transformer (Tl) supplies to the voltage
regulating device the +5V power supply for the logic circuits.
A relaxation oscillator, supplied from the -15V source, deli
vers square-wave output signals (terminal 19) to restart the
servo channels upon a failure due to an open circuit (refer to
paragraph 5-C-(2)(b) ).
Finally, note that the "+28 int til input to the Annunciator
IFD2" (DS3) and to the flags "FD" (DS4), "GIS" (DS6) and "LOC"
(DS7) is taken from the collector of (Ql) on printed-circuit
board (A2).
34-25-24
( Pages 73/74.
FEB 15/75
{'
I
\,-
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
TESTING AND TROUBLE SHOOTING
I-General
Functional tests on the complete ADI assembly are carried out
usin gaT est - Set t y peT 1 6 2At~, wh i chi s des c rib e din the " S Pe cia 1
Tools, Fixtures and Equipment section.
The test-set, with its associated test instruments, can be used
to check and set~up the instrument as well as for possible iden
tification of defective sub-assemblies or servo systems.
Tests are carried out in sequence and each stage is identified by
a number.
This number is used to link the different information (Testing,
Trouble Shooting, Test-set operation) relative to each test-stage,
and separate it into corresponding paragraphs.
When a fault is detected, stop the test and refer to the Trouble
Shooting paragraph for the changes in adjustment, or replacement
of faulty parts as appropriate.
A-Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment
The tools used for Tesing and Trouble Shooting of the instrument
are mentioned in the text by means of their reference letter~
and figure numerals (for example: A Figure 901, E Figure 902).
These figures are located in the Special Tools, Fixtures and
Equipment section.
2-Testing for ADI 48-60V5
All tests are carried out in an ambient temperature of between 15°
and 30°C, and a relative humidity between 45 and 75%.
The instrument under test must be allowed to stabilize in these
environmental conditions for two hours before commencing tests.
A-Attitude indication (Figures 101 and 104).
1000 Apply 26V +0.5V, 400Hz, single phase supply between pins 23
and 24, and pins 20 and 21 of plug J1, complying with the
following ARINC identification.
- Pins 20 and 23 Hot - Pins 21 and 24 Cold.
CAUTION: THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO PINS 23 (H) AND 24 (C)
MUST BE IN PHASE WITH THAT AT PINS 20 (H) AND
21 (C).
34-25-24
Page 101.

APR 15/81
SFENA~
48-60V5 ('
1002 Use the same power source to supply the synchro transmitters C."
(5T1 and 5T2).connected to the electrical zero in such a way
that the voltage across R1 and R2 is in phase with that across
pins 23 and 24 of J1.
Complying with the ARINC identification, connect the two syn
chro transmitters to the following terminals
- 29 ( X) , 30 ( Y) , 31 (Z) plug J1 for pitch (5T I)
- 26 (X ), 27 ( Y) , 28 (Z) plug J1 for ro 11 (5T2)
1004 Apply 28VDC, (+) to pin 10, plug J 1 , ( - ) to pin 1 plug J2

1006 Ensure that :
- The spherical drum servoes in pitch and roll
- The "G" flag retracts. (
2-A-(1)Current consumption: 26V 400Hz-Horizon
1020 Ensure that the instrument under test is connected as shown

in operations 1000 to 1004
Connect an ammeter in series with pin 20 of Jl.
1022 Ensure that the consumption is ~300mA when the ro 11 and pitch (
channels are not activated.
1024 Ensure that the consumption is ~500mAcwhen the roll and pitch
channels are being activated.
2-A-(2)Roll
,
(a)Direction (
1110 Ensure that, when a positive command is applied to the roll
synchro transmitter (ST2), a roll to the right is indicated
(the roll pointer moves in an anti-clockwise direction).
(b}Servo threshold
1112 Ensure that a rotation ~0.25° of the roll synchro transmitter

(ST2) produces a movement of the roll pointer.
NOTE Use a magnifying glass for easier detection of movement

of the roll pointer.
(
I.
34-25-24
Page 102
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
48-60V5
I
2-A-(2)(c)Rotation
~
1114 Connect the roll synchro transmitter (ST2) to a motor and
reduction gear.
Ensure that, with a slow angular speed of the synchro trans
mitter (about 0.3°/sec), the roll pointer turns smoothly,
without any snatching or hesitation, for a complete rotation
of 360°, in either direction.
(d)Servo-Coupling speed
1116 With the roll synchro transmitter (ST2) connected as in oper
ation 1114,rotate the roll pointer at approximately the
unlatching speed (just before the uG u flag appears).
Ensure that the servo-coupling speed for a complete turn is
~1200/sec (or ?2 rads/sec).
Check this speed by measuring the time taken by the roll poin
ter to make one complete turn. This time should be ~3 secs.
(e)Transmission error
1118 Adjust the roll synchro transmitter (ST2) until the moving
roll pointer is aligned with the zero mark.
(.
Check, on the synchro transmitter vernier, that the zero error
is ~+0.5°.
Repeat this operation for the different settings shown in the
table below, and ihsure that the errors do not exceed the tol
erances indicated.
Calibration points Permitted error
+10 0 ~+0.5°
+20 0 ~+0.5°
+30 0
~+0.5°
+60 0 ~+0·.5°
+90 0 ~+0.5°
(f)Co~parator
1120 Using the 26V 400Hz supply mentioned in operation 1000, supply
a comparison synchro transmitter (ST4), set to the electrical
zero, in such a way that the supply at R1 and R2 is in phase
with that at pins 20 and 21 of plug J1.
Complying with the ARINC identification, connect the synchro
transmitter to pins 16 (X), 17 (Y) and 18 (Z) of J1.
\
(
\
34-25-24
Page 103 .
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
1124 Connect a 20Kn resistor between pins 12 and 13 of J1. and
connect a second resistor of 20Kn between pins 14 and 15 of
J1. (
1126 With the instrument under test connected as in operation 1000
to 1004, short circuit pins 26 and 27 of Jl.
Ensure that the moving roll pointer aligns with the zero mark.
1128 Short-circuit pins 16 and 17 of Jl.

Ensure that voltage measured between pins 14 (H) and 15 (C)
of Jl is minimum and in any event ~90mV.
1130 Ensure that the voltage measured between pins 12 (H) and 13 (C)
of Jl is maximum and i~ any event ~ 20.8V. (
1132 Ensure that the voltage between pins 12 (H) and 13 (C) is in
phase with the applied reference voltage between terminals
Rl and R2 of the roll synchro transmitter (ST2).
1134 Remove the shunt across pins 26 and 27 of Jl.
1136 Select a positive angle on the roll synchro transmitter (ST2).

Ensure that simultaneously
(
The voltage between pins 14 (H) and 15 (C) of Jl increases
in phase with the reference voltage.
- The voltage between pins 12 (H) and 13 (C) of Jl decreases
in phase.
1138 Reconnect the shorting link between pins 26 and 27 of Jl. (

Remove the shorting link between pins 16 and 17 of Jl.
1140 Select a positive angle on the comparison synchro transmitter

(ST4) .
The voltage between pins 14 (H) and 15 (C) of J1 increases
in phase opposition with the reference voltage.
- The voltage between pins 12 (H) and 13 (C) of Jl decreases
in phase.
(
34-25-24
Page 104
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5
2-A-(3)Pitch
(a)Direction
Ensure that the synchro transmitter is connected and earthed
as is operations 1000 to 1004.
1210 Ensure that, when a positive command is applied to the pitch
synchro transmitter (ST1), a nose-up indication is shown.
(b)Servo threshold
1212 Ensure that a rotation of ~0.25° of the synchro transmitter
(ST1) produces an indication of pitch on the spherical drum.
NOTE: Use a magnifying glass for' easier detection of movement
of the spherical drum.
(c)Rotation
1214 Connect the pitch synchro transmitter (ST1) to a motor and

reduction gear.
Ensure that for an slow angular speed of the synchro (about
0.3°/sec), the spherical drum turns smoothly, without snat
ching or hesitation from 20° dive to 2Do climb.
(d)Coupling speed
1216 With the pitch synchro transmitter (ST1) connected as in ope
ration 1214, ensure that, from one limit to the other, in
both directions, the servo coupling speed is ~300/sec (or
~0.5 rads/sec).
Check this speed by measuring the time taken by the spherical

drum to pass from +60° to -60°. The time should be ~4 secs.
Ens u ret hat the f 1 a g doe s not a p pea rat t h, i s - c 0 u p 1 i n g - s pee d .
(e)Transmission error
Position the instrument behind an "FAA sight" (Special
Tool A, Fig. 906).
1218 Looking through the sight, adjust the synchro transmitter (ST1)
until the horizon line coincides with the fixed aircraft
symbo 1 .
Check on the synchro transmitter vernier that the zero error
is ~+0.5°.
( 34-25-24
Page 105
APR 15/31
SFENA~
48-60V5 (0
Repeat this operation for the different settings shown in the (
table below, ensuring that the errors do not exceed the tol
erances indicated.
Calibration points Permitted error
5° ~+ 0.5°
100
~+ 0.5 0
20° .:::+ 0.5°
Climb 30° ~+ 0.6°
60° ~::!:. 0.8
0
90° .:::::!:. 1°
Move the spherical drum onto the climb limit stop and ensure
that the corresponding angle ;s greater than 90°.
Repeat the above operation in dive for the different settings
shown in the table below. (
Calibration Points Permitted error
Dive
Move the spherical drum onto the dive limit stop and ensure (
that the corresponding angle is greater than 90°.
2-A-(3)(f)Comparator
1220 Using the 26V 400Hz supply mentioned in operation 1000, supply
a comparison synchro transmitter (ST3), connected to the elec
trical zero in such a way that the supply between terminals
R1 and R2 is in phase with that at pins 20 and 21 of J1. ,
Complying with the ARINC identification, connect the synchro

transmitter to 1 (X), 2 (Y), 3 (Z) of Jl.
"
1224 Connect a 20KQ resistor between pins 4 and 5 of J1 and con
nect a second 20KQ resistor between pins 6 and 7 of J1.
1226 With the instrument under test connected as in operations 1000
to 1004, short-circuit pins 29 and 30 of J1.
Ensure that the horizon line is aligned with the fixed aircraft
symbol when viewed through the "FAA sight".
1228 Short circuit pins 1 and 2 of J1.
Ensure that the voltage measured between pins 6 (H) 7 (C) of
J1 is minimum and in any event ~90mV. /
34-25-24 (
Page 106
DEC 5/77
SFENA+

(
48-60V5
1230 Ensure that the voltage measured between pins 4 (H) and 5 (C)
J
~, of J1 is maximum and in any event ~20.8V.

,1232 Ensure that this voltage is in phase with the reference volt
age across terminals R1 and R2 of the pitch synchro trans-
mi tter (ST1).
1234 Remove the link between pins 29 and 30 of J1.
1236 Select a positive angle on the pitch synchro transmitter (ST1).
Check that simultaneously:
The voltage between pins 6 (H) and 7 (C) increases in phase
with the reference voltage.
The voltage between pins 4 (H) and 5 (C) decreases in phase.
1238 Reconnect the shorting link between pins 29 and 30 of J1.
Remove the shorting link from terminals 1 and 2 of J1.
1240 Select a positive angle on the comparison synchro-transmitter.
The voltage between pins 6 (H) and 7 (C) increases in phase
\"
opposition with the reference voltage.
- The voltage between pins 4 (H) and 5 (C) decreases in phase.
2-A-(4)IG" Flag
1302 Ensure that synchro transmitters (STI and ST2) are connected
as shown in operations 1000 to 1004.
1304 Ensure that
- The flag is retracted.
- A +28 +lVDC signal appears between pins 28 (+) and 1 (-)
of J 2.
1306 Check that the flag extends and the +28VDC signal ceases
(0 to 3.5VDC) at pin 28 of J2, simultaneously when
1308 - The 26V, 400Hz supply is removed from either the roll syn
chro (ST2) or pitch synchro (ST1) transmitters.
1310 - After having moved the spherical drum onto either one of
the pitch limit stops, the angle on the pitch synchro trans
mitter (ST1) is increased by 2° to 4°.
34-25-24
Page 107
DEC 5/77
SFENA.
48-60V5 (,
1312 - The 26V 400Hz supply is removed from pins 20 and 21 of Jl. I
~,
1314 - The 28VDC supply at pin 10 of J1 is reduced rapidly to
3.5VDC. (
1320 Apply 18.5VDC between pin 10 (+) of J1 and pin 1 (-) of J2.
1322 Repeat operations 1304 to 1314,and check that the same results
are obtained, except that the signal measured on pin 28 of
J2 drops from 28VDC to 18.5VDC.
2-A-(5)Test push
1340 Ensure that the synchro transmitters (ST1 and ST2) are connec
ted as in operations 1000 to 1004.
1342 Push in the test push on the instrument under test and ensure
that, simultaneously
- The spherical drum moves 7° to 12° pitch-up (
\
- The roll pointer moves 7° to 12° counter clockwise
(right bank indication).
- The Gil flag extends.
II
- The +28VDC signal is present across terminals 28 (+) and
1 (-) of J2.
1344 Release the test push and check that:

The spherical drum and the roll index reset to zero. (
- The "G" flag retracts.
- The +28VDC signal is still present on terminal 28 of J2 with
a slight difference with respect to the previous operation
due to the voltage drop across the diode.
1346 Repeat operation 1310 and check that, simultaneously the flag
appears and the +28VDC signal (0 to 3.5VDC) is no longer pre
sent on terminal 28 of J2. (
1348 Depress the test push and check that the +28VDC potential
reappears on terminal 28 of J2.
B - Tendency bars and peripheral indicators
2000 Ensure that the synchro transmitters are connected as in oper
ations 1000 and 1002.
2002 Connect the following pins to the +28VDC suppply cold point
( -) :
. 9, 21 and 24 of J1
. I, 3, 9, 10, 16, 19, 21, 24, 26, 35 and 41 of J2.
34-25-24
Page 108
NOV 4/85
ORLY suo N' 306
SFENA ~ Product Support Division 94544 ORLY AEROGARE
TEL. (1) 48·84·38·96
CEDEX
F6306 TELEX: 270343 SFENA OAV

( StTA : ORYFNCR
i
SERVICE INFORMATION LETTER

S. I. L. Ref.: SF /AD-34-0 18 Date: APR 19/89 Issue: 02 Page: 1/1
SUBJECT: Attitude Director Indicators 48-60VS and 48-60VSMI - To
specify the sphere moving values when test button is
pressed.
1 - EFFECTIVITY
This Service Information Letter applies to Attitude Director

Indicators (ADIs) 48-60VS and 48-60VSMI.
2 - PURPOSE
To inform users about tolerated motion of the sphere in pitch

and in roll when test button is pressed and to specify, on the
ADI Component Maintenance Manual, the values between which the
sphere should move.
3 - CHANGE DESCRIPTION
On the ADIs 48-60VS and 48-60VSMI Component Maintenance Manual
(ATA n' 34-2S-24), Testing and Trouble Shooting section, the
test 1342 of paragraph "Test push" (2-A (S), page 108)
becomes :
1342 Push in the test push button on the instrument under test
and ensure that, simultaneously
- The spherical drum moves between 5 deg. and IS deg.

pitch-up.
- The roll pointer moves between 5 deg. and 15 deg.

counter clockwise (right bank indication).
- The "G" flag extends.
- The + 28VDC signal is present across terminals 28 (+)

and 1 (-) of J2.
(
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
2004 Apply +28VDC to pins:
'\ . 10 of J1 (Attitude)
. 2 (Tendancies), 7 (Loc), 20 (Glide) and 40 (Fast Slow) of J2.
2006 Short-circuit pins:
2008 - 23 and 24 of J2 (Tendency 9)
- 25 and 26 'of J2 (Tendency 1rJ)
8 and 9 of J1 (Tendency $)
2012 34 and 35 of J2 (Loc)
2016 18 and 19 of J2 (Glide)
2018 15 and 16 of J2 (Fast-slow)
2020 Position the instrument behind an FAA sight (Special Tool A,
Figure 906).
2022 Ensure that :

-, The various pointers and needles respond correctly.
- The corresponding flags are retracted.
{l)Consumption : 26V 400HZ
2030 Ensure that the instrument under test is connected as in ope
rations 2000 to 2018.
i.
\ .
Connect an ammeter in series with pin 23 of J1.
2036 If necessary ~perate the tendency bars by removing and re
applying the +28VDC on pins 2, 7, 20 and 40 of J2.
2041 Ensure that the consumption is ~830mA.
2042 Remove the ammeter.
(2)Pitch (Figure 102)
(a)Aligment
2110 With the instrument connected as in operations 2000 to 2020,
ensure that the pitch tendency bar ;s aligned with the fixed
aircraft symbol, using the FAA sight (maximum error ~~0.4mm).
(b)Direction
2112 Remove the shunt from pins 23 and 24 of J2.
2114 Connect a decade DC supply, adjustable between 0 and 5VDC,
across pin 23 (+) and pin 24 (-) of J2.
2116 Operate the tendancy bars by disconnecting and connecting
the +28VDC at pin 2 of J2.
2118 Commencing with zero volts, gradually increase the voltage
applied between pins 23 and 24 of J2.
Ensure that the pointer moves upwards with respect to the
fixed aircraft symbol (climb command).
(
34-25-24
Page 109_
APR 15/81
SFENA~

48-60V5 c
2-B-(2}(c)Range of movement
2120 With the instrument under test connected as in operations 2114
to 2118, set the DC supply to 500mV ~5mV.
Ensure that the pointer displacement in climb is between
14.4mm and 17.6mm.
2122 Repeat the above test with the polarities reversed:

(-) to pin 23 and (+) to pin 24.
Ensure that the pointer displacement in dive is between 14.4mm
and 17.6mm.
(d}Threshold
2124 Connect up the instrument under test as shown in the fol (
lowing circuit diagram:
J2 ADI
r,~b
8
I E8
X H
NOTE:Connection
Vl F Generator I ..... C 24 cords must
be shield
'"x 1 ed.
OSClllO \
'" (
2126 Apply a 1Hz square-wave signal across pins 23 (H) and 24 (C)
of J2.
CAUTION : THE FOLLOWING TEST MUST BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE
PITCH TENDENCY BAR NEAR ZERO.
2128 Starting from zero, increase the input signal amplitude until (
the pointer just starts to oscillate.
2130 Check 'on the oscilloscope that the signal amplitude, peak-to
peak, is ~10mV (threshold of the pitch galvanometer).
(e)Coupling speed
2132 Retain the circuit described in the previous operation (2124).
Apply a triangular wave form signal of O.5Hz with an amplitude
of IV peak-to-peak across pins 23 (H) and 24 (C).
Using a graduated scale ensure that the overall deflection
of the pointer is p25mm.
(
34-25-24 (
Page 110
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
2-B-(2)(f)Intentional retraction
{
\
2134 Connect a DC decade supply to pins 23 (+) and 24 (-) of J2
as described in operation 2114. Adjust the signal level to
1.2VDC.
2136 Ensure that :
The pointer retracts without the flag appearing.
- The +28 +lVDC, correct operation signal is present between
pin 19 (t) of J1 and pin 3 (-) of J2.
2138 Reduce the DC supply signal to OVDC.
2140 Ensure that the pointer realigns with the centre point of the
fixed aircraft symbol.
2142 Repeat the tests in operations 2134 to 2140 with the DC decade
supply at +2.4VOC
The results should be identical to those obtained previously.
2144 Adjust the voltage applied between pins 2 (+) and 3(-) of J2
to 18.5VDC.
2146 Repeat the tests in operation 2134 to 2142 and ensure that
the same results are obtained, except that the signal mea
sured at pin 19 of J1 will fall from 28VDC to 18.5VDC min.
(g)Monitoring
2148 Ensure that the DC decade supply is set to OVOC and adjust
the voltage applied across pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) of J2, to
28VDC.
2150 Ensure that in each of the following three conditions, the
following actions occur simultaneously
The tendency bars retract
The IIFDI! flag appears
The +28VDC correct operation signal disappears at pin 19(+)
of J1 (0 to' 3.5VDC).
2152 - When the 26V 400Hz supply is removed from pins 23 (H) and
24 (C) of J1.
2154 - When instrument computer connection to pins 23 (+) or 24(-)
of J2 is broken.
34-25-24
Page 111
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2156 NOTE: Operate the tendency bars by disconnecting and recon (/,
necting the +28VDC on pin 2 (+) of J2.
",
2158 - When the +28VDC in removed from pin 2 (+) of J2.

2160 Disconnect the DC supply and short-circuit pins 23 and 24 of
J2.
2-B-(3)Roll (Figure 102)
(a)Alignment
2210 With the instrument connected up as in operations 2000 to

2020, and using :the "FAA sight", check that the roll tendency
bar :
- is aligned with the centre point of the fixed aircraft sym
c
bol (maximum error ~+0.5mm).
- is exactly perpendicular to the horizon line.
(b)Direction
2212 Remove the shorting link from pins 25 and 26 of J2.
2214 Connect a decade DC supply, adjustable between 0 and 5VDC,
between pins 25 (+) and 26 (-) of J2.
2216 Operate the tendency bars by disconnecting and reconnecting
the +28VDC on pin 2 of J2.
2218 Commencing with zero volts, gradually increase the voltage
applied between pins 25 and 26 of J2 and ensure that the
pointer moves to the right, with respect to the fixed aircraft
symbol (command to turn to the right).
(
(c)Range of movement

adjust the DC supply to 500mV +5mV. Ensure that the pointer
moves to the right to between T4.4mm and 17.6mm.
2222 Repeat the tests in operation 2220, but with the polarities
reversed: (-) to pin 25 and (+) to pin 26.
Ensure that the pointer moves to the left to between 14.4mm
and 17.6mm.
34-25-24
Page 112
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
(~
48-60V5
2-B-(3)(d)Threshold
{
2226 With the instrument connected as shown in operation 2124.

apply a 1HZ square-wave signal to pins 25 (H) and 26 (C) of
J2.
CAUTION : THE FOLLOWING TEST MUST BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE ROLL
TENDENCY BAR CLOSE TO ZERO.
2228 Commencing from zero volts increase the amplitude of the input
signal until the pointer just starts to oscillate.
2230 Check on the oscilloscope. that the amplitude of this signal.
peak-to-peak. ;s ~10mV (threshold of the roll galvanometer).
(e)Coupling speed
2232 Retain the circuit described in operation 2226.
Apply a triangular wave-form signal of 0.5Hz with an amplitude
of IV peak-to-peak, to pins 25 (H) and 26 (C).
Using a calibrated scale, check that the total deflection of the
pointer is ~25mm.
(f)Intentional retraction
2234 Connect a DC decade supply to pins 25 (+) and 26 (-) of J2
as indicated in operation 2214. Adjust the signal level to
1.2VDC.
2236 Ensure that :
The pointer retracts without the flag appearing.
- The +28 +IVDC correct operation signal is present between
pin 19 (+) of Jl and pin 3 (~) of J2.
2240 Ensure that the pointer realigns with the centre point of the
fixed aircraft symbol.
2242 Repeat the tests in operations 2234 to 2240 with the DC decade
supply adjusted to +2.4VDC. The results should be identical to
those obtained previously.
2244 Adjust the voltage applied to pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) of J2 to
18.5VDC.
2246 Repeat the tests described in operations 2234 to 2242, and
ensure that the same results are obtained. except that the
signal at pin 19 of Jl will fall from 28VDC to 18.5VDC min.
34-25-24
Page 113
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 c
2-B-(3)(g)Monitoring
2248 Ensure that the DC decade supply is set to OVDC, and that the
voltage applied between pins 2 (+) and 3(-) of J2 is adjusted
to + 28VDC.
2250 Ensure that in each of the following three conditions, the
following actions occur simultaneously
The tendency bars retract
. The liFO" flag appears
The 28VDC, correct operation signal disappears at pin 19 (+)
of J1 (0 to 3.5VDC).
2252 When the 26V 400Hz supply is removed from pins 23 (H) and
24 (C) of J1.
2254 When the instrument-computer connection to pins 25 (+) or
(
26 (-) of J2 is broken.
2256 NOTE Operate the tendency bars by disconnecting and recon
necting to +28VDC on pin 2 (+) of J2.
2258 - When the +28VDC is removed from pin 2 (+) of J2.
2260 Disconnect the DC decade supply, and short-circuit pins 25
and 26 of J2.
(4)Yaw (Figure 102)
(a)Alignment
and using the "FAA sight", check that the yaw pointer is :
- Aligned with the roll zero mark (maximum error ~2:.0.4mm).
(.
- Exactly perpendicular to the horizon line.
(b)Direction
2314 Connect a DC decade supply, adjustable between 0 and 5VDC,
between pins 8 (+) and 9 (-) of J1.
2316 Operate the tendency bars by disconnecting and reconnecting
the +28VDC on pin 2 of J2.
2318 Commencing with zero volts,gradually increase the voltage
applied to pins 8 and 9 of J1. Ensure that the yaw pointer
moves to the right (command for heading to the right).
34-25-24
Page 114
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
2-B-(4)(c)Range of movement
2320 With the instrument connected as shown in operations 2314 to
2318, adjust the DC supply to 500mV +5mV.
Ensure that the movement of the pointer to the right is to
between 23.4mm and 28.6mm.
2322 Repeat the tests in operation 2320 but with the polarities
reversed: (-) to pin 8 and (+) to pin 9.
Ensure that the movement of the pointer to the left is to
between 23.4mm and 28.6mm.
(d)Threshold
2326 With the instrument connected as shown in operation 2124, ap
ply a 1Hz square-wave signal to pins 8 (H) and 9 (C) of J1.
CAUTION : THE FOLLOWING TEST MUST BE CARRIED OUT WITH YAW
POINTER NEAR ZERO.
2328 Commencing at zero volts, increase the amplitude of the input
2330 Check on the oscilloscope that the signal amplitude, peak-to
peak, is ~10mV (threshold of the yaw galvanometer).
(e)Coupling speed
Apply a triangular wave-form signal of O.25Hz, with a peak
to-peak amplitude of lV, to pins 8 (H) and 9 (C).
Using a graduated scale, ensure that the total deflection of
the pointer is ~50mm.
(f)Intentional retraction
2334 Connect a DC decade supply to pins 8 (+) and 9 (-) of J1 as
shown in operation 2314. Adjust the signal level to 1.2VDC.
2336 Ensure that :
- The pointer retracts without the flag appearing.
- The +28 +lVDC correct operation signal is present between
pin 19 C+) of J1 and pin 3 (-) of J2.
34-25-2-4
Page 115
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2340 Ensure that the pointer realigns with the roll zero marker.
2342 Repeat the tests in operations 2334 to 2340, with the DC
(
l~
decade supply adjusted to +2.4VDC. The results should be
identical to-those obtained previously.
2344 Adjust the voltage applied to pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) of J2 to

18.5VOC.
2346 Repeat the tests in operations 2334 to 2342 and ensure that
the same results are obtained, except that the signal measured
at pin 19 of J1 will fall from +28VOC to 18.5VDC min.
2-B-(4)(g)Monitoring
2348 Ensure that the DC decade supply is set to OVDC, and that the
voltage applied to pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) of J2 is adjusted to ('
+28VDC.
2350 Ensure that for each of the conditions below, the following
actions occur simultaneously
• The tendency bars retract
The "FOil flag appears
The +28VOC correct operation signal disappears at pin 19 (+) ("
of J1 (0 to 3 . 5 V D C ) . .
2352 When the 26V 400Hz supply in removed from pins 23 (H) and
24 (C) of J1.
2354 When the instrument-computer connection to pins 8 (+) or
9 (-) of J1 is broken.
2356 NOTE: Operate the tendency bars by disconnecting and recon- (.
necting the +28VDC on pin 2 (+) of J2. .
2358 - When the +28VDC in removed from pin 2 (+) of J2.
2360 Disconnect the DC decade supply and short-circuit pins 8 and
9 of J 1.
(5)Localizer (Figure 103)

(a)Alignment
3010 With instrument connected as in operations 2000 to 2020, and
using the IIFAA sight", ensure that the LOC pointer is aligned
with the fixed centre mark (maximum error of alignment ~~0.4mm)
i
t
34-25-24
Page 116
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
c COMPONENT MAINTENANCE
48-60V5
MANUAL
j 2-B-(5)(b)Direction
\\
3020 Remove the link from pins 34 and 35 of J2.
3030 Connect a DC decade supply, adjustable between 0 and 5VDC,
across pins 34 (+) and 35 (-) of J2.
3040 Operate the pointer by disconnecting and reconnecting the
+28VDC on pin 7 of J2.
3050 Commencing at zero volts, gradually increase the voltage ap
plied to pins 34 and 35 of J2. Ensure that the pointer moves
to the right, with respect to the centre marker.
adjust the DC supply to 500 ~5mV.
Ensure that the LOC pointer is aligned with the right-hand
marker of the lateral deviation scale, (maximum error of
alignment ~+1.4mm) which corresponds to a deflection of 14mm
to the right.
3070 Repeat the test in operation 3060, but with the polarities
reversed: (-) to pin 34 and (+) to pin 35 (deflection to the
1eft) .
Ensure that pointer aligns with the left-hand marker in a si
milar manner.
3071 Increase the voltage across 34(-) and 35(+) to bring the poin
ter to the stop.
Verify that, at the maximum, only the right hand triangular
part of the pointer is visible.
(d)Threshold
3080 Using the test circuit described in operation 2124, apply a
1Hz square wave signal across pins 34 (H) and 35 (C) of J2.
CAUTION: THE FOLLOWING TEST MUST BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE
LOC POINTER NEAR ZERO.
3090 Commencing at zero volts, increase the amplitude of the input
3100 Using an oscilloscope, ensure that the signal amplitude, peak
to-peak, is ~15mV (threshold of the LOC galvanometer).
(e)Coupling speed
Apply a triangular wave-form signal of 0.5Hz, with a peak-to
peak amplitude of IV to pins 34 (H) and 35 (C).
Using a graduated scale, ensure that the total deflection of
the pointer is >20mm.
I
\
34-25-24
Page 117

DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5
2-B-(5)(f)Retraction of flag and pointer
3120 Connect a DC decade supply to pins 34 (+) and 35 (-) of J2,
as described in operation 3030, and adjust the input signal
level to between 0 and 500mV.
3130 Ensure that the pointer is visible and the flag retracted.
If necessary, operate the pointer by disconnecting and recon
necting the +28VDC on pin 7 of J2.
3140 Disconnect the 26V 400Hz supply between pins 23 and 24 of J1
and check that, simultaneously
· The pointer retracts
· The LOC flag appears
The faulty operation signal (0 to 3.5VDC) appears at pins (
8 (+) and 9 (-) of J2.
Reconnect the supply after the above test.
3150 Apply the following voltages:
18.5 to 28VDC to pins 10 (-) and 11 (+) of J2
o to 3.5VDC to pins 7 (+) and 9 (-) of J2
and ensure that the following actions occur simultaneously
· The LOC flag retracts
The correct operation signal (18.5 to 28VDC) appears at pins
8 (+) and 9 (-) of J2.
3160 Ensure that the same configuration occurs when a +28VDC volt- (
age is applied to pins 7 (+) and 9 (-) of J2.
· 0 to 3.5VDC between pins 10 (-) and 11 (+) of J2
· 0 to 3.5VDC between pins 7 (+) and 9 (-) of J2
and ensure that the following actions occur simultaneously

The pointer retracts
The flag appears
The faulty operation signal (0 to 3.5VDC) appears at pins
8 (+) and 9 (-) of J2.
(
34-25-24
Page 118
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
c 48-60V5
3180 With the DC decade supply connected and adjusted as in oper
ation 3120, apply the following voltages:
. 0 to 3.5VDC, between pins 10 (-) and 11 (+) of J2
. 18.5 to 28VDC. between pins 7 (+) and 9 (-) of J2.
Ensure that the following actions occur simultaneously
The pointer appears
The flag retracts
The correct operation signal (18.5 to 28VDC), appears at
pins 8 (+) and 9 (-) of J2.
35 of J2.
2-B-(6)Glide (Figure 103)
{a)Alignment
4010 With the instrument connected as described in operations 2000
to 2020, and using the IIFAA sight ensure that the glide
ll
,
pointer is aligned with the fixed centre mark (maximum error

of alignment~0.4mm).
(b) Direction
4020 Remove the shorting-link from pins 18 and 19 of J2.
4030 Connect a DC decade supply, variable between 0 and 8VDC, to pins
18 (+) and 19 (-) of J2.
4040 Operate the pointer by connecting and disconnecting the +28VDC
on pin 20 of J2.
4050 Commencing at zero volts, gradually increase the voltage ap
plied to pins 18 and 19 of J2. Ensure that the pointer moves
downwards with respect to the centre mark.
adjust the DC voltage to 1VDC +10mV.
Using an "FAA sight", ensure that the glide pointer is aligned
on the first graduation below centre of the vertical deviation
scale (maximum alignment error ~0.8mm), which corresponds to
a deflection of 8mm down.
34-25-24
Page 119
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
4070 Increase the voltage to 2VDC +20mV.
Using the "FAA sight", ensure that the pointer is aligned on
the second graduation below the centre of the vertical de
C
viation scale (maximum alignment error ~1.6mm), which corres
ponds to a deflection of 16mm down.
4090 Repeat the above tests (operations 4060 to 4070) but with the
polarities reversed:
(-) to pin 18 and (+) to pin 19 of J2 (deflection upwards).
Ensure that the same results are obtained in the alignment
of the pointer with the upper graduations.
4100 Maintaining the connections of the DC decade supply as above,
pin 18 (-) and pin 19 (+), adjust the voltage to 8VDC.
(
Ensure that the pointer retracts upwards.

2-B-(6)(d)Threshold
4110 - Using the circuit described in operation 2124, apply a 1Hz
square wave Signal to pins 18 (H) and 19 (C) of J2.
CAUTION : THE FOLLOWING TEST HAS TO BE CARRIED OUT WITH
THE GLIDE POINTER CLOSE TO ZERO.
(
4120 Commencing at zero volts, increase the input Signal amplitude

until the pointer just starts to oscillate.
4130 Using an oscilloscope, ensure that the peak-to-peak amplitude
of the signal is ~20mV (threshold of glide galvanometer).
(e)Coupling speed
4140 With the same circuit as in operation 4110, apply a triangular (
wave-form signal of 0.5Hz and an amplitude of 4V peak-to-peak

across pins 18 (H) and 19 (C).
Using a graduated scale, check that the total deflection of
the pointer is ~22mm.
(f)Retraction of pointer and flag
as in operation 4030, and adjust the signal level to between
OV and 2V.
4160 Ensure that the flag is retracted and the pointer is visible.
If necessary, operate the pointer by disconnecting and recon
necting the +28VDC on pin 20 of J2. {
34-25-24
Page 120
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
4170 Remove the 26V 400Hz from pins 23 and 24 of J1 and check that,
( simultaneously:
The glide flag appears.
The faulty operation signal (0 to 3.5VDC) is present be
tween pins 22 (+) and 21 (-) of J2.
Reconnect the supply after this test.

· 18.5VDC to 28VDC between pins 10 (-) and 11 (+) of J2.
· 0 to 3.5VDC between pins 20 (+) and 21 (-) of J2.
Check that simultaneously
The glide flag retracts
· The correct operation signal (18.5 to 28VDC)
appears across pins 22 (+) and 21 (-) of J2~
4190 Ensure that the same configuration occurs when a +28VDC volt
age is applied to pins 20 (+) and 21 (-) of J2.
4200 Connect the following voltages ..
0 to 3.5VDC across pins 10 ( - ) and 11 (+) of J2
· o to 3.5VDC across pins 20 (+ ) and 21 ( - ) of J2
and check that simultaneously
The fl ag appears
The faulty operation signal (0 to 3.5VDC)
appears between pins 22 (+) and 21 ( - ) of J 2.
4210 With the DC decade supply connected and adjusted as in oper
ation 4150, connect the following voltages:
· 0 to 3.5VDC across pins 10 (-) and 11 (+) of J2.
· 18.5 to 28VDC across pins 20 (+) and 21 (-) of J2.
The pointer appears
The flag retracts
· The correct operation signal (18.5 to 28VDC) appears at pins
22 (+) and 21 (-) of J2.
4220 Disconnect the DC decade supply and then short-circuit pins
18 and 19 of J2.
34-25-24
Page 121
FEB 15/75
SFENA~

48-60V5
2-B-(7)Slow-Fast (Figure 103)
(a)Alignment (
to 2020, using the "FAA sight", ensure that the centre of the
pointer (circular-shaped) is aligned with the fixed centre
mark of the SLOW-FAST scale (maximum alignment error ~0.4mm).
(b)Direction
5030 Connect a DC decade supply, adjustable between 0 and 5VDC, to
pins 15 (+) and 16 (-) of J2.
5040 Operate the pointer by disconnecting and reconnecting the
+ 28VDC on pin 40 of J2. (

5050 Commencing with zero volts, gradually increase the voltage ap \
plied to pins 15 and 16 of J2 and ensure that the circular

pointer move upwards with respect to the fixed centre mark.
NOTE: 1 volt indicated corresponds to ImAmp applied.
to 5050, adjust the DC supply to 1.1VDC +10mV.
Using the "FAA sight ll , check that the centre of the circular (
pointer aligns with the first graduation of the FAST scale
(maximum alignment error ~0.7mm) which corresponds to a de
flection of 7mm upwards.
5070 Increase the voltage to 2.2VDC ~20mV.

Using the "FAA sight", ensure that the circular pointer coin
cides with the second graduation of the FAST scale (alignment
error ~1.4mm) which corresponds to a deflection of 14mm upwards.
(
5090 Increase the voltage to 4.3V.
Ensure that the circular pointer retracts upwards.
5100 Reduce the voltage to zero to recentre the circular pointer,
and then reverse the polarities:
(-) to pin 15 and (+) to pin 16 of J2.

Repeat the above tests (operations 5060 to 5080) and ensure
that the same results are obtained for the alignment of the
circular pointer on the slow scale graduations.
w ~110 Retaining the above connections, (-) to pin 15 and (+) to
p5n 16, adjust the supply from the DC decade supply to bring
~~~ circular pointer onto the lower limit st~p.
~n~ure that at least half the circumference of the circular
tJ:@~nter remains in view.
34-25-24
Page 122
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
2-B-(7)(d)Threshold
5120 With the instrument connected as shown in operation 2124,
apply a 1Hz square-wave signal across pins 15 (H) and 16 (C)
of J2.
CAUTION THE FOLLOWING TEST HAS TO BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE
CIRCULAR POINTER CLOSE TO THE ZERO MARK OF THE
FAST-SLOW SCALE.
5130 Commencing at zero volts,increase the input signal amplitude
until the pointer just starts to oscillate.
5140 Using the oscilloscope, ensure that the peak-to-peak ampli
tude of the signal is ~40mV (threshold of the slow-fast gal
vanometer ~40~A).
(e)Coupling speed
5150 Retain the circuit in operation 5120.
Apply a triangular wave-form signal of 0.5Hz and amplitude
of 4.5V peak-to-peak to pins 15 (H) and 16 (C).
Using a graduated scale, check that the total deflection of
the circular pointer is 925mm.
(f)Output signal
as in operation 5030, and adjust the signal level to 4.3V
so that the pointer retracts upwards.
5170 Ensure that the correct operation signal is present between
pins 42 (+) and 41 (-) of J2 and is between 18.5 and 31VDC.
5180 Reduce the signal to zero, to centre the circular pointer.
5190 Disconnect the 26V 400Hz supply from pins 23 and 24 of J1
and ensure that the circular pointer retracts upwards.
Reconnect the 26V 400Hz supply.
16 of J2.
C-Annunciator flag for computer number (Figure 102)
6002 L>Jith the "FO" flag extended ensure that the figure 11111, re
presenting the computer number, is clearly visible to the
right of the "FO" flag (refer to Figure 4).
34-25-2"4
Page 123 .
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
6004 With the instrument connected-as in operation 2000, (26V 400Hz ("
on 23 (H) and 24 (C) of J2).
""
Connect a 28VDC supply between pins 12 (+) and 3 (-) of plug
J2.
6006 Ensure that the figure "2" appears to the right of the "FD"
flag, in place of the Figure "III.
6008 Reduce the 28VDC to 18.5VDC.
Ensure that the Figure "211 is still visible.
6010 Reduce the voltage from 18.5VDC to 3.5VDC.
Ensure that the Figure 112" retracts.
2-C-(1)Consumption c
6012 Increase the voltage across pins 12 (+) and 3 (-) of J2 to
28VDC, with an ammeter connected in series with terminal 12
of J2.
6014 Ensure that the consumption is ~4mA
D-Warning Lamps (Figure 101)

(1)ATT lamp
6020 Connect 28VDC across pins 53 (+) and 54 (-) of J2, and an
ammeter in series with pin 53.
6022 Ensure that the ATT lamp illuminates and that the current
consumption is ~45mA.
(2)OH lamp
6030 Connect a 28VDC supply across pins 29 (+) and 31 (-) of J2.
and an ammeter in series with pin 29.
6032 Ensure that the OH lamp illuminates and that the current
consumption is ~90mA.
E-Lighting (Figure 101)
6040 Connect a 5VDC or 5VAC supply between pins 50 and 51 of J2
and connect an ammeter in series with either one of the pins.
6042 Ensure that all eight lamps are illuminated and operating
correctly.
6044 Ensure that the current consumption is <920mA. (
\
34-25-24
Page 124
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
F-28VDC Consumption (Figures 101, 102, ~nd 103)
6100 With the instrument connected to the supply as in operations
2000 to 2018~ connect an ammeter to each of the following
pins~ in turn, to check the current consumption.
6101 For step 6102 to 6122, verify that there is no load (nothing
connected) to pins 42, 28, 22, 8 of J2 and 19 of J1.
6102 Pin 10 (+) of J1 (Attitude Valid) Consumption E2mA.
6106 Pin 2 (+) of J2 (UFD" Valid) Consumption E4mA.
6110 Pin 7 (+) of J2 (Loc Valid) Consumption ~4mA.
6114 Pin 11 (+) of J2 (Loe Tuned) Consumption ,6.2mA.
6118 Pin 20 (+) of J2 (Glide Valid) : Consumption ~4.mA.
6122 Pin 40 (+) of J2 (Fast-Slow Valid): Consumption ,2mA.
G-Ball level indicator (Turn and slip)
{l)Zero
\.
6200 Mount the instrument on a gyro test tab1e which is capable
of roll simulation, and if necessary can submit the instru
ment to vibration of the order, amplitude 0.05mm to 0.12mm
peak-to-peak, at a frequency of 25 to 30Hz.
6202 Adjust the table to the horizontal and check that the ball
lies between the inner edges of the two zero markers.
(2)Travel
6204 Starting from zero, incline the table to the right until the
ball reaches the stop.
6206 Ensure that :
- The ball is still visible.
- The inclination is ?6.5°.
6208 Repeat this operation for an inclination to the left and

ensure that the results are the same.
(3)Damping
6210 Incline the table 10° in one direction then swing it rapidly
back through 20° in the other direction.
6212 Using a stop-watch, ensure that the ball travels the distance
between the centre mark and the limit stop in time "T", where
1sec.~ T , 2secs.
34-25-2-4
Page 125.
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-G-(4)Friction
6214 Tip the table at a constant angular rate of 1° +0.25°/sec., (
in either direction.
6216 Ensure that the ball move freely, without jerking.
(5)Threshold
6218 Commencing at 0°, incline the table 2 to 3 degrees in one
direction. Slowly bring the table back, to bring the ball to
between the zero marks.
6220 Check that, the table is inclined at an angle of ~+0.5° with
respect to its initial position.
6222 Repeat this operation with the table inclined in the other
direction. Ensure that the same results are obtained. c
/
i,
34-25-24
Page 126 '-.
FEB 15/75
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
REVISION MOD
REVISION DESCRIPTION STATE
CODE
.. .
ReV1Slon Reference Sheet

For Figure 101
34-25-24
Pages 127/128.
FEB 15/75
(
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
,.
1
\
REVISION MOD
CODE
- Incorporation of a Tachometric Compensation Amendt

into the servoed galvanometers. T.
- Adjustable resistors A7-R20, A7-R120 and

A7-R220 have a value of 47Q 1/8W in that case,
and the module PIN becomes 157-904M2.
Revision Reference Sheet

For Figure 102 34-25-24
Page 131
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
+18V", ,oc_-.".....; h--+18v In' .DC
'+----.+-----+ ~
+1\V10C PI>
(
A15
157-1099VI
COMMANDS
H 23 I -.......-¢:!-, LOGIC
CIRCUITS
16VAC
4nO~1
J2
(
SPARf
61-~-----------1
41-~----------~
""l
lOGIC
3g
I
13
I
1
N
e
11>
AH6-.....- i ~
(]I}
[ill}---- II
fO; ANMIN fO V4l1D

I~PUT OUTPUT f 0 VAllO INPUT
(
Tendancy Bars-Electric Diagram 34-25-24
(Sheet 1/2) Page 132
Figure 102 DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
REVISION MOD
CODE
- Incorporation of a Tachometric Compensation Amendt

~ into the servoed galvanometers. T.
- Adjustable resistors A5-R20, AID-R22 and
AID-RI22 have a value of 470 1/8W.
(
For Figure 103 34-25-24
Page 135 -,
NOV 2/79
SFENA~

48-60V5
(
FAST SLOW VALID
INPUT OUTPOUT
--- -+ +
J2
FAST SLOW
INDEX
p"
K1
(
-15VtOC -15VIDC
fl3 f--<r---.., Pfl +15VIDC
-ffiJ
(
AI3_~1ll1l CRI4
[]ill
All-,! 11
CRi
A5 -..-r--:,:--- _~_
157-102'-3V-3---+ J I~24
A6
__
K15r--+--t----------------:~-------l
~
fAST SLOW DATA INPUT
IOEFlECTS UPI
(
Peripheral Pointers-Electric Diagr6 34-25-24
(Sheet 1/2) Page 136
Fi gure 103 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
REVISION MOD
CODE REVISION DESCRIPTION
STATE

For Figure 104 . 34-25-24
Pages 139/140 .
JUN 30/77
(
(
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
--
l6V 1400Hz
H t
16V/400Hz
~
H C
.
ATTITUDE INDICAmRS
83
I
\. A3
Pin Pin
Pi.
86
~--------------------~~-r--~ I
FAILURE
OETECTION
CIRCUITS
BST1
MOTOR
0+
MOTOR
ST1
H C H C
~
16V/400Hz 16V/400Hz
Connection for External Master Synchros 34-25-24

for Testing Pitch and Roll Servo-system Pages 141/142
Figure 104 JUN 30/77
('
(
\
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
3-Trouble Shooting for AD! 48-60V5
(
With the information given in the table below, the operator,can
relate the different Test Step Numbers to a corresponding elec
tronic adjustment on one or more AD! modules.
These adjustments are described at the end of the "ASSEMBLY" Sec
tion, and should be carried out each time that a test result is
found to be outside the given tolerances.
1112 Adjust the Ro 11 servo channel on Double Servo Amplifier
to r-- module 157-887V1.
1116
1212 Adj u s t the Pitch servo channel on Double Servo Amplifier
to t- module 157-887V1.
1216
1310 I- Adjust fault detection channel on Fault Detection module
1022V1.
2110 Adjust the Pitch servo channel on Triple Servo Amplifier
to I- module 157-904.
2130
2210 Adjust the Roll servo channel on Triple Servo Amplifier
to r- module 157-904.
2230
2310 Adj us t the Yaw servo channel on Triple Servo Amplifier
to I- module 157-904.
2330
3010 Adjust Localizer pointer se rvo channel on Double Servo
to t-- Amplifier module 157-1027.
3100
4010 Adjust Glide pointer servo channel on Double Se rvo
to I-- Amplifier module 157-1027.
4130
5010 Adjust the SLOW-FAST pointer servo channel on Se rvo
to I-- Amplifier module 157-1023V3.
5140
5160 r-- Adjust the threshold of the level detector on Servo
1 Amplifier module 157-1023V3.
34-25-24
Page 143
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60VS ('
4-Testing for ADI 48-60VSM1
(
The test for the ADI 48-60V5 which are also applicable to the ADI ~
48-60VSM1 are not repeated in this para graph, they are only r efer
red to by their Step N°.
Figures 102 to 104 are common to both the AD! 48-60V5 and the
ADI 48-60VSMl. Figure lOS applies only to ADI 48-60VSMl.
7000 Commence tests described for AD! 48-60VS, from operation
1000 to operation 1348.
A-Cut-off of roll and pitch channel servoeing
7010 Ensure that synchro-transmitters (STI and ST2) are connec
ted as in operation 1000 to 1004.
7012 Ens u re t hat :
('
- the display drum is servoed in pitch and roll,
- the IIGII Flag is retracted.
7014 Remove +28VDC from pin 10 of J1.
7016 Ensure that:
- "Gil Flag extends,
- the +28VDC signal disappears (0 to 3.SVDC) from between ('
pins 28(+) and 1(-) of J2.
7018 Select any angle on ST1.
7020 Ensure that the pitch channel does not respond to the
control signal.
7022 Select any angle on ST2.
7024 Ensure that the roll channel does not respond to the
control signal. (
7026 Reconnect the +28VDC to pin 10 of J1.
7028 Ensure that, simultaneously
- the "Gil Flag retracts,
the +28VDC signal appears between pins 28(+) and 1(-)
of J2,
- the display drum moves to the pitch and roll angles set
on ST1 and ST2.
70S0 Continue tests described for ADI 48-60VS. from operation
2000 to operation 6222.
J
\
34-25-24
Page 144
APR 15/81
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
5-Trouble Shooting for ADI 48-60V5Ml
(
With the information given in the table below, the operator can
relate the different Test Step Numbers to a corrf'!~,-.,nding elec
tronic adjustment on one or more ADI modules.
These adjustml:!nts are described at the end of the IIASSEMBLY" Sec
tion, and should be carried out each time that a test result is
found to be outside the given tolerances.
1112 Adjust the Ro 11 servo channel on Double Servo Amplifier

to -
module 157-887V3.
1116
1212 Adjust the Pitch servo channel on Double Servo Amplifier

to -
module 157-887V3.
1216
1310 Adjust fault detection channel on Fault Detection module

- 1022Vl.
2110 Adj us t the Pitch servo ch ann "; 1 on Triple Servo Amplifier
,...-
to module 157-904.
2130
2210 Adj us t the Ro 11 servo channel on Triple Servo Amplifier

to r- module 157-904.
2230
2310 Adjust the Yaw servo channel on Triple Servo Amplifier

to module 157-904.
2330
3010 Adjust Localizer pointer servo channel on Double Servo

to Amplifier module 157-1027.
3100
4010 Adjust Glide pointer servo channel on Double Servo

to - Amplifier module 157-1027.
4130
5010 Adjust the SLOW-FAST pointer servo channel on Servo

to I-- Amplif-ier module 157-1023V3.
5140
5160 I--
Adjust th e threshold of the level detector on Servo
Amplifier module 157-1023V3.
\
\
( 34-25-24
Pages 145/146
DEC 5/77
('
( \
( ,
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
REVISION MOD
CODE REVISION DESCRIPTION STATE
.. ~
\ Revision Reference Sheet

For Figure 105
34-25-24
Pages 147/148 _
DEC 5/77
{
~..
I '
('..
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
DISASSEll,lBLY
I-General
A-Purpose
The purpose of this Section is to detail all the procedures of
disassembly. Due to the fact that the full disassembly of the
Attitude Director Indicator is seldom necessary~ this Section
is broken down so as to detail the procedures which enable the
operator to reach the suspect component as quickly as possible~
i.e. by carrying out the minimum of removals.
The procedures outlined below are for removing and disassembling
the following components and assemblies:
- Protective Housing
- Galvanometer Assemblies
- Front Face Assembly
Spherical Display Drum Assembly
- Fork Assembly
- Chassis Assembly
- Electronic Unit
The Block diagram in Figure 201 shows the proper way to carry
out the removals necessary to reach the suspect component in
the Attitude Director Indicator.
NOTE: The Figures 1 through 7~ and the reference numbers men
tionned in this DISASSEMBLY Section, will be found in the
Illustrated Parts List.
B-Special Tools~ Fixtures, and Equipment
The tools used for disassembly of the instrument are mentionned
in the text by means of their reference letters and figure nu
merals (for example: A Figure 901~ E Figure 902). These figures
are located in the Special Tools~ Fixtures and Equipment Section.
2-Disassembly Procedures
A-Removing the Protective Housing (Figure 1)
CAUTION: WHEN USING A SOLDERING IRON ON PRINTED WIRING BOARDS~
USE A LOW-POWERED THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED SOLDERING IRON
(50W) PROVIDED WITH A THIN BIT~ AND OPERATE AS QUICKLY
AS POSSIBLE TO AVOID DAMAGE TO ADJOINING SOLDERED
JOINTS.
(I)Remove the eight screws (10).
(2)Remove protective housing (5), sliding it along the chassis
assembly from the rear of the instrument.
NOTE Except for a few components accessible direcly from
the front of the instrument~ it is obvious that remo
val of the protective housing is absolutely necessary
in all cases. This removal procedure, therefore, is
not mentionned again in the following procedures.
34-25-24
Page 201
APR 15/81
SFENA~

48-60V5 ('
2-B-Removing the Galvanometer Assemblies (Figure 2)

NOTE: As the removals covered in the following paragraphs are (
related to assemblies having similar components and atta

ching parts, these removals are describ~d simultaneously,
by use of Tables mentioning the reference numbers in the
Figure showing the galvanometer assemblies concerned.
(l)Removing the pointer from upper LOC or GIS or slow-fast gal
vanometer
CAUTION: THE REMOVAL OF POINTERS FROM GALVANOMETERS PRESENTS
NO PARTICULAR DIFFICULTIES PROVIDED THAT THE OPERA
TOR PAYS SPECIAL ATTENTION, WHEN WITHDRAWING THESE
POINTERS, TO THE VARIOUS PASSAGES THROUGH WHICH THE
POINTERS PASS. THE POINTERS ARE EXTREMELY FRAGILE
AND THEY ARE TO BE HANDLED WITH THE UTMOST CARE.
REF. NUMBERS, FIG. 2 (
GALVANOMETERS
LOC GIS SLOW-FAST
(a)Remove screw .......... . (225) ( 185 ) (70 )
(b)Remove nut plate ...... . (220) (180) (65)
(c)Using tweezers, withdraw
poi nter •......•........
(215 ) ( 175 ) (60)
(
(2)Removing the upper LOC or GIS or Slow-Fast galvanometer

(a) Remove pointer (215) or (175) or (60) from LOC or GIS or
slow-fast galvanometer as outlined in paragraph 2-B-(1).
NOTE The removal of one galvanometer assembly is to be
carried out fully before proceeding to the removal
of the second galvanometer assembly.
REF. NUMBERS, FIG. 2 (
GALVANOMETERS
LOC GI S ROLL PITCH SLOW
FAST
(b) Remove the four screws (200) ( 160 ) (235) (80) (45)
securing the galvano
meter connector
(c) Collect insulating
plate .............. . (270) (270) (270) (270) (270)
(d)Disconnect the pin
connectors ..•........ (21 0) ( 170 ) (245) (90) (55)
from the socket con
nector
34-25-24
Page 202
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

('
48-60V5
I
2-B-(2)(e)Remove screws (35) and the galvanometer connector support
\ ( 30) .
(f) Remove the LOC or Slow-Fast galvanometer (195) and (40).
(g)Refit screws (35) in order to keep the lower galvanometer
in place on the chassis.
{h)Remove screws (15) and plate (5).
(i)Remove G/S galvanometer (155) and retain insulating
cleats (190).
CAUTION: EVEN WHEN
SCREWS (35) ARE REFITTEDs IT IS POSSI
BLE THAT
THE LOWER GALVANOMETERS MAY BE LOOSEs
WHICH MAY
CAUSE THE ASSOCIATED POINTERS TO BE
SERIOUSLY
DAMAGED. DO NOT SET THE INSTRUMENT UP
SIDE DOWN
WHEN THE LOWER GALVANOMETERS ARE IN
THIS CONDITION.
(3)Removing the pointer from lower Pitch s Yaw, or Roll galva

nometer.
(a)Remove the upper LOC, G/S and Slow-Fast galvanometers (195)
(155) and (40) as outlined in paragraph 2-B-(2).
(.
CAUTION: PROCEED WITH SPECIAL ATTENTION AS WHEN REMOVING
THE POINTERS FROM THE UPPER GALVANOMETERS. THE
SE POINTERS ARE EXTREMELY FRAGILE AND THEY ARE
TO BE HANDLED WITH UTMOST CARE.
REF. NUMBERS, FIG. 2
GALVANOMETERS
LOC G/S ROLL
(b)Remove the two screws .... ( 1 10) (1 50 ) (265)

(the outer screw is to be
removed first)
(c)Remove washer ........... .
(105 ) ( 145 ) (260)
(d)Remove nut plate ........ .
(100) (140 ) (255)
{e)Using tweezers, withdraw
po inter ............•..... ( 95) (136) (250)
34-25-24"
Page 205
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 ('
2-B-(4)Removing the lower Pitch, Yaw, or Roll galvanometer
(a)Remove the pointer from the lower gal~anometer as out1 ined

in paragraph 2-B-(3).
NOTE When Yaw galvanometer (115) is to be removed,

carry out the procedure outlined below, in steps
(b) and (c), before proceeding to the normal steps
concerning the removal of the lower galvanometer.
(b)Remove screws (215, Figure 1)
(c)Fit the electronic unit supports (A Figure 901) as illus

trated by Figure 202. These supports hold the electronic (
unit firmly to the chassis by screws (215, Figure 1).
REF. NUMBERS, FI G. 2
GALVANOMETERS
(
PITCH YAW ROLL

(d)Remove the four screws .... (120)
securing the galvanometer
connector
(e)Collect the insulating
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (270)
(
(f)Disconnect the pin
conn ectors ............... . ( 130 )
from the socket connectors
(g)Remove the screws ....•.... ( 10 ) (35)
securing the galvanometer ( 35 ) and
to the chassis ........... . ( 25)
(h)Remove the connector
s up port .................. . (20)
(i)Remove plate ............. .
(5)
(j)Remove galvanometer .......
(75 ) ( 1 15 ) (230)
34-25-24
Page 206
DEC 5/77
SFENA+
( 48-60VS
Support for
electronic unit
34-25~24
Installing the Support for Electronic Unit Page 207
Figure 202 SEP 15/73
SFENA+
48-60V5 ( '"
'.
2-C-Oisassembling the Front Face Assembly (Figure 3)

(l)Removing the HATT u warning light cap
(a)Unscrew and remove the warning light cap (80)
{b)Using a tweezers withdraw lamp (85)
(2)Removing the uDH" warning light cap
(a)Remove the two screws (40)
(b)Remove the warning light cap (35)

NOTE: For ADI with Amendment Z, see "REPAIR" section.
(3)Removing the lighting lamp holders
{a)Pull and remove the lighting lamp holders (55) carefully
(b)Move aside the lamp wires, and remove lamp (60).
(4)Removing the ball level indicator

{a)Remove the two screws (25)
(b)Remove the ball level indicator (20).
(5)Removing the "TEST" pushbutton plunger

(a)Push in the pushbutton plunger (65), hold it in this po- (.
sition, and remove circlip (70) \
(b)Withdraw the pushbutton plunger (65) from the front of
the instrument
(c)Remove the coil spring (75) from the pushbutton plunger.
(6)Removing the dial mask
(a)Remove the lighting lamp holders (55) as outlined in
paragraph 2-C-(3), without removing the lamps.
(b)Remove the 1I0H" warning light cap as outlined in para
graph 2-C-(2).
(c)Remove the three screws (15).
(d)Remove dial mask (10) from the front face assembly.
(7)Removing the light diffuser
(a)Remove dial mask (10) as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(6).
{b)Applya slight finger pressure to the light diffuser (30),
and remove it from the machined aperture in the dial
mask (10).
34-25-24
Page 208
NOV 4/85
SFENA+
( 48-60V5
2-C-(8)Removing the "ATT" warning light body
(a) Remove the "ATT" warning light cap (80) as outlined in

paragraph 2-C-(1) and the dial mask (10) as outlined in
paragraph 2-C-(6).
(b)Cut the threads used to bind the electric wires of the

1 amp.
(c)Unsolder the electric wires.
(d)Position the tubular pin-ended wrench (B Figure 901)

into the hole provided for the warning light cap (80).
then unscrew and remove front nut (95).
(e)Remove the warning light body (90) together with the

rear nut (95) from the rear of instrument.
(9)Removing the printed circuit board assembly ("DH" warning

light)
(a) Remove dial mask (10) as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(6)
(b)Cut the threads binding the electric wires to the printed

circuit board assembly.
(d)Remove screw (50).
(e) Remove the printed circuit board assembly (45) from

bezel (110).
NOTE: For ADI with Amendment Z. see "REPAIR" section.
(10)Removing the "GIS" electromagnet
(a)Cut the threads used to bind the electric wires of the
"G/S" electromagnet (270).
(b)Unsolder the electric wires.
(c)Remove the two screws (265).
(d)Using caution, remove electromagnet (270) from roll dial
(170).
(
34-25-24
Page 209.
NOV 4/85
SFENA.
48-60Y5 ('
2-C-(11)Removing the glass
(a)Remove dial mask (10) as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(6).
(b)Using long-n~sed pliers whose jaws are covered with plas
tic sleeve, push the end of leaf spring (105) towards the
front of the instrument, as shown in Figure 203, taking
care not to scratch the paint.
(c)Remove glass (100), tilting it forward of the instrument.
(
100
o
o 110
Long-nosed Pliers
Removing the Glass

Figure 203
(12)Removing the rear lighting lamps

(a)Remove glass (100) as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(11).
(b)Unsolder the electric wires of the two rear lighting
lamps (120) from the circuit energizing these lamps.
(c)Using tweezers withdraw the two lamps (120) from the
recess provided.
\ .
\.
34-25-24
Page 210
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
I, 2-C-(13)Removing the "G" electromagnet

"G" electromagnet (240).
(d)Remove the two screws (235).
(e)Remove the two spacers (250) and the stop (255).
(f)Carefully remove electromagnet (240) from roll dial (170).
(14)Removing the bezel

(b)Remove the pointers from galvanometers as outlined in
paragraphs 2-B-(1) and (3).
(c) Remove the printed circuit board assembly (45) as outlin
ed in paragraph 2-C-(9).
(d)Cut the threads used to bind the electric wires of liFO"
electromagnet (140), "LOC electromagnet (160), rear light
II
ing lamps (120), and "ATT" warning light body (90).

(e)Unsolder the above mentioned electric wires.
(f)Remove the four screws (115).
(g) Remove bezel (110) sliding it on the chassis (10,Figure
6) posts to the front of instrument.
(h)If necessary remove··spacers (125) which do not remain held
in place.
(15)Removing the liFO" electromagnet

(a)Removal bezel (110) as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(14).
(b) Remove the two screws (135).
(c)Remove electromagnet (140) from bezel (110).
34-25-24
Page 211 .
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2 - C- ( 16 ) Rem 0 v i n g the II lOC'I e 1e c t rom a g net
(a)Remove bezel (110) as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(14).

(
(b)Remove the two screws (155).
(c)Remove electromagnet (160) from bezel (110).
(17)Removing the "FD211 electromagnet

(b)Cut the threads used to bind the electric wires of elec
tromagnet (215).
(c)Unsolder the electric wires of the electromagnet.
(d)Remove the two screws (210). (
(e)Remove the two spacers (225).
(f)Remove electromagnet (215) from roll dial (170).
(18)Removing the microswitches Sl and S2 and their support
(b)Remove the two screws (185) securing the microswitches sup
port (180).
(c)Cut the threads used to bind the electric wires of micro
switches (190).
(d)Unsolder the electric wires.
(e)Remove the four screws (195), and remove microswitches
(190) from their support (180). (
(19)Removing the roll dial

(b)Unsolder all the cable-harness wires (wires issuing from
the rear of instrument) from the "Gauthier" feedthrough
terminals (175).
(c)Remove roll dial (170) sliding it on the chassis (10, Fig
ure 6) posts to the front of instrument.
i
\
34-25-24
Page 212 :.
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
( 2-C-{20}Removing the front face assembly as a complete unit

\
This removal is to be carried out whenever a work is to he
done on an assembly {spherical display drum assembly or
fork assembly} other than the front face assembly.
{a}Remove the roll dial as outlined in paragraph 2-C-(19}.
{b}Position the protective plate (C Figure 901) instead
of dial mask (10), and secure to the bezel by screws (15).
(c) Set aside the whole unit formed by the front face assem
bly and its protective plate, leaving this whole unit
resting on the legs of the protective plate.
D-Disassemb1ing the Spherical Display Drum Assembly (Figure 5)
(l)Removing the spherical display drum assembly
(a)Remove the front face assembly as a complete unit as out
lined in paragraph 2-C-{20) .
(b)Remove screws (20, Figure 4) , and remove mask ( 15, Figure
4).
(c)Remove screws (70, Figure 4) , and remove clamps (65, Fig-
ure 4) .
(d) Remove screws (80, Figure 4) , and remove plates (75, Fig-
ure 4).
, ,
I /'
I / ,
~ _Ball bearing
\
(10)
--~
Ball-bearing extractor
Extracting the Ball Bearing

Figure 204
34-25-24
Page 213
SEP 15/73
SFENA~

48-60V5
(
2-0-(1)(e)Using a soldering iron, unsolder the electric wires (as
sociated with the spherical display drum assembly) from
the two terminal boards (85, Figure 4). (
(f)Using an Allen wrench (dimension across flats: 2mm),

remove two screws (40, Figure 4), and remove shaft holder
(35, Figure 4).
(g}Remove circlip (15).
(h)Extract ball bearing (10) using extractor (0 Figure 901)
and proceeding as illustrated in Figure 204.
(i)Remove the spherical display drum assembly from the front
of the instrument.
(2)Removing the spherical display drum and the balance weight.
(
(a)Loosen the four screws (25) to remove the cover (20).
(b)Remove spherical display drum (40), sliding it from body
(100) .
(c)Loosen the four screws (35) and remove the balance weight
(30).
(3)Removing the driving motor.
(a)Remove the spherical display drum (40) as outlined in pa
(
ragraph 2-0-(2).
(b)Remove the heat-shrinkable sleeves from the terminals of
motor (135).
(c)Unsolder the wires from the motor terminals.
(d)Mark these wires for identification (
- terminal 1 the + of the motor

- terminal 2 the - of the motor
(e)Using a screwdriver and working through the holes in end
plate (55), remove two screws (145) securing two clamps
(140) located at the periphery of support (210) and re
move these two clamps, as illustrated in Figure 205.
(f)Loosen the screw (145) securing the clamp (140) located
at the center of support (210).
(g)Remove the driving motor (135).
34-25-24
Page 214
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 4B-60V5
Removing the Driving Motor

Figure 205
2-D-(4)Removing the synchros.

NOTE In order to avoid repetition, the following text will
deal with the procedure of removing only one of the
synchros because this procedure is the same for each
of the synchros.
(a)Remove the spherical display drum (40) as outlined in
paragraph 2-0-(2).
synchro (150 or 155) to be re~dv~d.
(c)Using tweezers, remove these electric wires from the
holes provided for in the support (210).
(d)Loosen the screw (lB5) used to tighten the clamp (lBO).
(e)Move the clamp (lBO) together with the antibacklash gear
assembly (190, and 205) toward the end of the synchro
shaft.
(f)Proceeding in the same way as when removing the driving
motor (135), remove two screws (165) securing two clamps
(160) located at the periphery of support (210), and re
move these two clamps.
34-25-24
Page 215
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5 ('
2-0-(4)(g)Loosen the screw (165) securing the clamp (160) located ('
at the center of support (210).
(h)Move the synchro so that its shaft comes into the clear
ing recess provided in the support (235), then move
the synchro away from the support (235) and outwards, and
remove the synchro, as illustrated in Figure 206.
(i)Remove the clamp (180) together with the antibacklash gear
assembly (190, 200 and 205) from the synchro shaft.
(j)Using wrench (E Figure 901) loosen two set screws (175),
and remove the adjusting segment (170).
(
Clearing recess
_support
,/
Removing the Synchros
Figure 206
(5)Removing the driving gear wheel.

(a)Remove the cover (20) as outlined in paragraph 2-0-(2).
(b)Remove three screws (120), and remove the flat retaining
ring (115).
(c)Remove circ1ip (130).
(d)Remove ball bearing (125).
(e)Remove three screws (110), and remove the driving gear
wheel (105).
34-25-24
Page 216
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
2-0-(6)Remove the rectangular plates serving as slides for the
{ finger of the anamorphic device, and removing the end plate.
(a) Remove the coil spring (45), sliding it from the electric
wires.
(b)Remove washer (215) and then using tweezers, remove ball
bearing (50).
(c)Remove screws (70), and remove rectangular plates (65).
(d)Oisconnect the coil spring (75) from end plate (55).
(e)Remove three screws (60), and remove end plate (55).
(7)Removing the finger holding disc.

(a) Remove the driving gear wheel (105) as outlined in para
graph 2-0-(5).
(b)Remove end plate (55) as outlined in paragraph 2-0-(6).
(c)Oisconnect the coil spring (75) from the finger holding
disc (95).
(d)Withdraw the support assembly (210) from the end-plate
( 55 ) .
NOTE: If no work is to be done on the synchros, it is
recommended to install a locally-fabricated spring
for loading the circular spring of the antiback
lash gear assembly associated with the synchros,
as illustrated in Figure 207.
(e)Remove circlip (90), and remove washer (85) and spring
washer (86).
(f)Remove the finger holding disc (95).
(8)Oisassembling the support assembly.

(a)Remove the finger holding disc (95) as outlined in para
graph 2-0-(7).
(b)Remove the synchros as outlined in paragraph 2-0-(4).
(c)Remove the driving motor as outlined in paragraph
2-0-(3).
34-25-24
Page 217
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
4S-60V5 (
Loading
springs
Installing the Springs for Loading the Circular Spring

of the Antibacklash Gear Assembly
Associated with the Synchros
Figure 207
2-E-Disassembling the Fork Assembly

(l)Removing the brush assembly and the fork assembly (Figure 6) (
(a) Remove the spherical display drum assembly as outlined in
paragraph 2-0-(1)
(b)Loosen the four screws (205 - Figure 1), move the elec
tronic unit aside, and position the support (A Figure 901)
onto the chassis and the electronic unit. Secure the elec
tronic unit to the chassis with this support, with four
screws (205, Figure 1), as illustrated in Figure 202.
(c)Remove four screws (25) and move the 25-way brush assembly
(20) and guard plate (30) aside.
(d)To remove the brush assembly, cut the nylon threads bind
ing the wires together and unsolder wires from the dis
tributor, referring to the figure 603.
(e)Remove four screws (160, 170 and lS0) from the base off
each arm of the chassis, and remove four clamps (155,165
and 175).
(f)Move the cable harness slightly aside in order to provide
access to the screws which are covered with this cable
harness.
34-25-24
Page 21S
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
( 2-E-(1)(g)Remove four screws (190 and 195) securing the four clamps
(185), and set aside these clamps.
(h)Push the shaft of the fork assembly from the rear of the
instrument, and remove the fork assembly from the front.
NOTE This removal is required whenever work is to be
done on the ball bearings and gear wheel of the
fork assembly. This procedure, therefore, will not
be mentioned in the following paragraphs.
CAUTION: IN THE CASE WHERE LONG-DURATION WORK IS TO
BE DONE ON THE FORK ASSEMBLY, INSTALL THE GUARD
ON THE 25-WAY SLIP RING ASSEMBLY AS OUTLINED
IN PARAGRAPH 2-E-(4).
(2)Removing the printed wiring boards (Figure 4)
(a)Unsolder the electric wires (associated with the 25-way
slip ring assembly) from the printed wiring boards
(b)Remove four screws (90), and remove the printed wiring
boards (85)
(3)Removing the stop' plate (Figure 4)
Remove two screws (50), and remove the stop plate (45)
(4)Removing the ball bearing from the shaft of the fork
(Figure 4)
(a)Remove circlip (115).
(b)Remove spacer (110).
(c)Remove ball bearing (105).
(d)Install the guard (F Figure 901) on the 25-way slip
ring assembly located on the shaft of the fork assembly

(5)Removing the peripheral ball bearing from the fork (Figure 4)
(a)Remove three screws (125), and remove three clamps (120).
(b)Remove the peripheral ball bearing (130) from the rear
of the fork.
(6)Removing the gear wheel driving the fork assembly (Figure 4)
(a)Remove three screws (100).
(b)Remove gear wheel (95) from the rear of the fork.
34-25-24
Page 219
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-F-Oisassembling the Chassis Assembly (Figure 6)
(l)Removing the transistors

(
(a)Remove the GIS galvanometer assembly (155), Figure 2),
Pitch galvanometer assembly (75, Figure 2), and Slow-Fast
galvanometer assembly (40, Figure 2), as outlined in para
graphs 2-B-(2) and (4).
(b)Remove the heat-shrinkable sleeves from the terminals of
the transistors.
(c)Unsolder the electric wires from the transistors and from
the ground terminal lug (145).
(d)Remove two screws (135).
(
(e)Remove the ground terminal lug (145) and the two insulat
ing bushings (140) from each of the transistors, and remo
ve transistors (130) and their insulating plates (150).
(2)Removing the elapsed time indicator and its mounting bracket

(a)Unsolder the electric wires from the indicator
{b)Remove two screws (115), and remove indicator (110) (
(c)Remove two screws (125), and remove the mounting bracket
(120).
(3)Removtng the motor

(a)Move the electronic unit aside, and position the support
(A~ Figure 901) onto the chassis and the electronic unit.
Secure the electronic unit to the chassis with this sup
port with four screws (215, Ffgure 1), as illustrated in
Figure 202.
(b)Cut the threads used to bind the electric wires together
alongside the motor (35).
(c)Remove the heat-shrinkable sleeves from the terminals of
the motor.
(d)Unsolder the electric wires from the terminals of the
motor.
I (e)Remove three screws (45) and three clamps (40), and
remove motor (35).
34-25-24
Page 220
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
2-F-(4)Removing a synchro
NOTE As in the procedure for removing a synchro from the
spherical display drum assembly. the following text
will deal with the procedure for removing only one
of the synchros.
(a)Install the support for keeping the electronic unit aside.
proceeding as for when removing the motor
(b)Cut the threads used to bind together the electric wires
associated with the synchro (50) or (55) to be removed.
Cut these threads along the cable harness until reaching
the distribution printed wiring board.
{c)Remove screw (17), and remove clamp (15)
(d)Unsolder the electric wires (associated with the synchro
to be removed) from the distribution printed wiring board.
referring to the table in paragraph 2-8-(5) in ASSEMBLY
Section
(e)Move the unsoldered wires away from the cable harness
I {f)Remove three screws (65) and three clamps (60). Remove
the synchro (50 or 55), moving it downward
(g)Using wrench (E Figure 909) loosen two set screws (75).
and remove the adjusting segment (70).
(h)Loosen the screw (105), and remove the antibacklash gear
assembly (85, 90. and 95) together with clamp (100) from
the synchro shaft.
G-Disassembling the Electronic Unit (Figure 7)
(l)Removing the printed circuit boards (Figure 1)
(a)Remove the intermediate mylar insulating sheets (80 thru
90).
(b)For extracting the printed circuit boards located in the
upper compartment of the box of the electronic unit, po
sition the extractor (G Figure 901) into the extraction
holes provided. For extracting the stack of printed circuit
boards located in the lower compartment of the box of the
electronic unit, position the extractor (H Figure 901)
into the extraction holes provided.
(c)Extract the printed circuit boards upwards from the upper
compartme~t of the box of the electronic unit. Extract
the stack of printed circuit boards downwards from the
lower compartment of the bQx of the electronic unit
(d)For disassembling the stack of printed circuit boards
(when this stack is extracted from the lower compartment),
remove four screws (110). four nuts (115), and four spac
ers (120 and 125).
34-25-24
Page 221
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-G-(2)Removing the Test or Logic printed circuit board (Figure 1) (~
(a)Remove two screws (140 or 155) securing the pin connect
or.
(b)Disconnect the pin connector from the socket connector
(c)Remove two screws (135 or 150) securing each of these
printed circuit boards to the box of the electronic
unit, and remove the printed circuit board (130 or 145)
(3)Removing the transformers
{a)Unsolder the electric wires from the terminals of trans
formers (40 or 50)
(b)Remove four screws (45), and remove the transformers
downwards (
(4)Removing the guides
Remove two screws (30), and remove guides (15)
(5)Removing the assembly formed by the box, flexible circuits,
distribution printed wirinq board, mother printed wiring
board, and main connectors (Figures 1 and 7).
(a)Unsolder all the cable-harness wires from the distribu (
tion printed wiring board.
(b)Remove four screws (215, Figure 1).
(c)Remove the assembly formed by the box, flexible circuits,
I distribution printed wiring board, mother board, and main
connectors
Due to the technology of the assembly formed by (
the box, flexible circuits, distribution printed
wiring board, mother board, and main connectors,
no repair is to be done on this assemblY.
If this assembly is to be repaired, forward to the
manufacturer, and replace by a new one (See List
of Approved Repair Facilities at the beginning of
the Manual).
34-25-24
Page 222
NOV 2/79
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
CLEANING
Instructions for Cleaning the Unit are provided in the Manual
STANDARD PRACTICES FOR AD! 48-60 and VARIANTS ATA No. 20-00-01.
34-25-24
Pages 301/302 .
DEC 5/77
(
c<
(
\
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
/ CHECK
Instructions for Checking the unit are provided in the Manual
STANDARD PRACTICES FOR ADI 48-60 and VARIANTS ATA No. 20-00-01.
34-25-24
Pages 401/402
DEC 5/77
(
SFENA.
( 48-60V5
I,
, REPAIR
,I ''
Instructions for repalrlng the unit are provided in the Manual
uSTANDARD PRACTICES for ADI 48-60 and VARIANTS", ATA No. 20-00-01.
In addition, there is a simplified procedure for replacing the
DH WARNING LIGHT LAMPS, as follows
I-Disassembly (see Figure 501)
A-Lamps (5)
Undo captive screws (10) attaching warning light cap (15) and
shim (20) to the front face of the instrument,
- Remove lamps (5).
B-Lamp holder assy (25)
- Remove the protective housing,
- Disconnect the supply wires of lamp holder assy (25),
- Remove screw (30)~
- Remove lamp holder assy (25) from the bezel (35).

2-Assembly
A-Lamp holder assy (25)
- Position lamp holder assy (25) on bezel (35),
- Tighten screw (30),
- Connect the supply wires to lamp holder assy (25),
- Install the protective housing.
8-Lamp (5)
- Install lamps (5),
Attach the assembly formed by warning light cap (15) and shim
(20) to the front face of the instrument by means of captive
screws (10).
34-25-24
Paqe 501
NOV 4/85"
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
1-------- 35
34- 25-24
DH WARNING LIGTH (Variant) Page 502
Figure 501 NOV 4/85
SFENA~
48-60V5
ASSEMBLY
(
I-General
The ass e mb 1y 0 per a t ion p 0 s e s n 0 par tic u 1 a r pro b 1 em i n v i e\·t'~o~f)O
the information provided in the disassembly chapter. However, it
should be matched with the assembly operation to be carried out.
The block diagram 601 provides the various assembly and adjustment
operations to be performed on each sub-assembly and leading to
their assembly.
NOTE: Figures 1 through 7 referred to in the assembly chapter are
taken from the IPL.
A-Special materials
Refer to the "Special Materials" chapter provided at the begin
ning of this publication.
B-Special tools, Fixtures and Equipment
The tools used for assembly of the instrument are mentioned in
the text by means of their reference letters and figure numerals
(for example: A Figure 901, E Figure 902). These figures are
located in the Special Tools, Fixtures and Equipment section.
2-Procedures of assembly
CAUTION AS A GENERAL RULE, ALL THE SCREWS SHALL BE LOCKED WITH
GLYPTOL COMPOUND.
USE A LOW POWER (50W) THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED SOLDERING
IRON FITTED WITH A THIN BIT FOR THE SOLDERING OPERA
TIONS.
THE SOLDERING OPERATION SHALL BE CARRIED OUT QUICKLY
AND ONCE ONLY WITH LOW TEMPERATURE SOLDER IN ORDER TO
AVOID DAMAGING THE ADJACENT SOLDERS. WHEN POSSIBLE USE
A COOLING CLIP FOR THE ADJACENT PARTS. THESE PRECAUTIONS
ARE SPECIALLY IMPORTANT FOR THE DISTRIBUTION PRINTED
WIRING BOARD (FIGURE 613) TO WHICH ALL THE FLEXIBLE
CIRCUITS ARE SOLDERED.
A-Assembling and Installing the Fork Assembly (Figure 4)
(l)Installing the printed wiring boards
(a)Place the fork onto its storage support (A Figure 902).
(b)Install terminal boards (85) TB4 and TB5 on the fork.
(c)Tighten the four screws (90).
(d)Interconnect the specified terminals of terminal
boards TB4 and TB5 as per the wiring diagram illustrated
by figure 603.
34-25-24
Page 601 _
APR 15/81
SFENA~
48-60V5
2-A-(1)(e)Solder the wires as specified by the fork wlrlng diagram,

figures 602 and 603, and test across the printed Wlrlng
board terminals and the slip rings of the 25- way slip ring
assembly.
(2)Instal1ing the stop plate
{a)Position stop plate (45).
(b)Tighten both screws (50).

(3)Installing the ball bearing on the shaft of the fork.
(a)Remove the guard from the 25- way slip ring assembly
(F Figure 901).
(b)Install ball bearing (105) on the fork shaft.

(
(c)Position spacer (110) and circlip (115).
(4)Installing the peripheral ball bearing on the fork.
(a)Insta11 ball bearing (130) on the fork.
(b)Position the three clamps (120) and tighten the three
screws (125).
(5)Installing the gear wheel driving the fork assembly. (
(a)Install gear wheel (95) onto the fork.
(b)Tighten the three screws (100).
(c)Screw the four spacers (25) and (30).
(6)Installing the fork assembly on the chassis (Figure 6)
TION : PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE FORK ASSEMBLY ON THE CHAS
SIS, CHECK THE DRIVING GEAR WHEEL FOR CONCENTRICITY
AS PER THE "INSPECTION/CHECKS II CHAPTER. IT IS ALSO
RECOMMENDED TO CLEAN THE SLIP RING ASSEMBLY AS SPE
CIFIED IN THE CLEANING CHAPTER.
(a)Position the fork on the chassis and make sure that the
ball bearing (130 Figure 4) is correctly positioned in the
chassis recess.
(b)Using curved needle-nose tweezers. hold the four clamps
(185 Figure 6) against the chassis.
(c)Tighten the four screws securing the clamps ( 190 and 195).
\
I..
34-25-24
Page 602
JUN 30/74
SFENA~

48-60V5
2-B-Assembling the chassis assembly (Figure 6)
(l)Installing the cable harness on the chassis (Figure 604).
(a)Position the instrument so that the rear section faces
the operator.
(b)Fit as necessary white uThermofit" heat-shrinkable sleeve
on the projection of the chassis.
(c)Insert four 15-mm long "Helavia" A2 bushes into the holes
identified A - B - C and D, located at the base of each
arm of the chassis as indicated on Figure 604.
(d) Identify and mark both ends of the wires of bundles A - B
C and D, referring to the wiring diagram of Figure 606.
(e)Route the output bundles to be connected to the printed
wiring board to the chassis upper section.
(f) Route the wires leading to the front face and to the compo
nents distributed along the chassis posts through bushes
A - B - C and D.
(g)Position clamps (155) and (165) and tighten screws (160)
and (170).
(h) Route the wires leading to the front face along the
posts and bind them every 10mm with nylon thread.
(2)Installing the 25- way brush assembly
(a)Pass all the wires of 25- way brush assembly TB2 (20)
Through a 25-mm long "Helavia" A2 bush.
(b)Pass all the harness output wires and the 25-way brush as
sembly TB2 (20) through three 25-mm long IIHelavia A3
ll
bushes.
(c) Identify the 25-way brush assembly by testing across the
terminals and the output wires as outlined by Figure 603
(alphanumerical identification code).
NOTE: All wires are AWG 32 except wires 1 and 2 which are
-- AWG 26.
(d)Install the 25-way brush assembly and guard plate (30) on
the chassis.
(e)Tighten the four screws (25).
34-25-24
Page 605
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
(
Terminal board TB5
TB4
Fork Internal Wiring (

Figure 602
2-B-(3)Installing the transistors

Except for the wiring procedure, as transistors are
fitted with identical attaching parts, only one assemb
ly procedure will be described in the text to avoid re
petitions.
{a)Cut the transistor output leads to a 7mm length as indicat
ed on Figure 605.
(b)Smear washer (150) with silicone grease and place it on
transistor (130).
(c)Install the washer (150) and transistor (130) assembly on
the chassis.
(d)Insert the two teflon insulating bushes (140) into the ho
les accommodating the transistor attaching screws.
(e)Install terminal lug (145).
(f)Fit and tighten the two screws (135).
34-25-24
Page 606
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
Heat-shrinkable sleeve,
Thermofit, White
Cable bundle
A,B,C,D
_Three sleeves
"Helavia A3"
25 mm 19th
M9
J9 PITCH
Galva
J13
G/S
Four sleeves
"Helavia A211
l5mm 19th
J12
Localizer
Galva
Installing the Cable Harness on 34-25-24

the Chassis Page 609
Figure 604 DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-6-(3)(g)Fit each harness wire leading to the transistors with a (~
transparent sleeve approximately 10-mm long dia. 3/64 for
base and emitter, 3/32 for collector: (Refer to Figu
re 606).
(h)Referring to the table at Figure 605 and to the wiring
diagram at Figure 606, test and locate the transistor sup
ply wires in the output bundles.
(i)Solder these wires to the transistors.
(j)Slide the heat shrinkable sleeve over the transistor leads
and slightly heat it.
(4)Installing the motor
(a)Install motor (35) on the chassis, checking that the motor
splined shaft perfectly meshes with the fork drive gear
wh ee 1 .
(b)Install the three clamps (40) and tighten the three screws
( 45) .
(c)Route the two supply wires along the motor and bind them
with two binding threads.
(d) Route the two motor supply wires through the three "He1e
via" bushes fitted on the output bundles.
(e)Identify the two supply wires of motor 61.
- term ina 1 1 : II +.. pol e (re d )
- terminal 2 : II_II pole (black)
E.16
6.9
(
(5)Instal1ing the synchros
NOTE Except for the wiring procedure, as the synchros are
fitted with identical attaching parts, only one assemb
ly procedure will be described in the text to avoid re
petitions.
It is recommended to clean the gear wheels as specified
i nth e I! C1e ani n g Chap t e r prio r to ass em b 1y .
If \.
Fit the two gear wheels (85 and 95) with an antibacklash
spring (90) and assemble them.
Turn both wheels with respect to each other so as to compress
the spring to the maximum.
(a)Turn in the opposite direction by two teeth.
(b)P1ace a locally manufactured spring-clip between two
teeth of the wheels as illustrated on Figure 207.
(c) Install clamp (100) onto wheel (85).
(d)Engage the gear wheels and clamp assembly on the synchro
shaft and tighten screw (105).
(e)Position the synchro assembly on the chassis by passing the
wheel through the slot.
34-25-24
Page 610
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
2-B-(5)(f)Install the three clamps (60) and screw up the clamp at
taching screws (65) without tightening them.
(g)Remove the loading spring from the synchro gear wheels.
(h)Route the supply wires along the synchro and bind them
with two binding threads.
(i)Route the wires through the three "Helavia" A3 bushes of
the cable bundles.
(j)Identify the supply wires as indicated below.
Collector
Emitter
7mm
Base
REFERENCE
CABLE NATURE OF WIRE DESIGNATION
TRANSISTOR BUNDLE IN CABLE BUNDLE OF WIRES
Ql A AWG 26 Emitter M15

Base N15
Collector M16
Q2 A These are the Emitter L15

larger cross- Base N14
section wires Collector L16
of the bundles
Q3 D Emitter 014
Base Q14
Collector 013
Q4 D Emitter S16
Base Q15
Collector Q16
Identifying the Wires Associated 34-25-24

With the Transistors Page 611 .
Figure 605 DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
(
WINDING
SYNCHRO COLOUR AT DISTRIBUTION PRINTED DESIGNATION
WIRING BOARD
Red/White S10 R1
Black/White B10 R2
Yellow/White A7 R3
SERVO Red R12 Sl
( B4 ) Yellow C10 S2
Black C8 S3
Blue C8 S4
Yellow/White All Rl
Black/White Il2 R2
Blue/White B12 R3
COI"1PAR. Red R9 S1
( B3 ) Yellow A9 S2
Black R1 1 S3
Blue S12 S4
CAUTION WHEN THE SYNCHRO WIRES ARE FITTED WITH INSULAT

(
ING SLEEVES HAVING A COLOUR DIFFERENT TO THAT OF
THE WIRE SHEATH, ONLY rHE COLOUR OF THE INSULAT
ING SLEEVE SHALL BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION.
NOTE The synchro adjustment procedure is specified in
paragraph 2E.
(6)Installing the elapsed time indicator M9

(a)Secure indicator mounting bracket (120) onto the chassis
by means of two screws (125).
(b)Install the indicator (110) on its mounting bracket by
means of two screws (115).
(c)With reference to the wiring diagram of Figure 606, iden
tify the indicator supply wires located in cable bundle
A and mark K12 on one of them and Lll on the other.
/ C,d\Solder the wires to the indicator.
34-25-24
/ Page 612
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
r 2-B-(7)Installing the yaw galvanometer

(a)Install the brush assembly (20) as indicated in paragraph
2-B-(2).
(b)Install the motor (Bl) (35) as indicated in paragraph 2
B- ( 4 ) .
(c)Install yaw galvanometer M5 (115, Figure 2).

(d)Install the plate (5, Figure 2) and tighten the two screws
(10, Figure 2).
(e)Position the connector support (20, Figure 2) and tighten
the two screws (25, Figure 2).
(f)With reference to the wiring diagram at Figure 606 and to
the following table, identify the wires supplying the sock
et connector of the galvanometer in wire bundle C.
(g) Connect the pin connector and the socket connector of con
nector J10 (130, Figure 2).
(h)Tighten the four screws (120, Figure 2).
REFERENCE DESIGNATION OF WIRES IN

TERMINALS CABLE BUNDLE C AT DISTRIBUTION
J10 PRINTED WIRING BOARD TB1
A J14
B J15
C J13
+G J16
-G J 12
C-Assembling and installing the spherical display drum assembly

(figure 5)
(l)Installing the finger holding disc.
(a)Fit the following components onto the solid shaft of
support ~ssembly (210) :
- finger holding disc (95),
- spring washer (86), raised portion torwards the finger
holding disc,
- washer (85).
(b)Secure this assembly to the shaft with circlip (90).
34-25-24
Page 615.
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-C-(2)Installing the driving gear wheel - Assembling the body and (
the support. ,
(a)Install inner circlip (130) in the groove provided on the

h 0 1 1 ow s h aft 0 f sup p 0 r t (210).
(b)Install driving gear wheel (105) on the shaft.
(c)Install ball bearing (125) on the hollow shaft.
(d)Install outer circlip (130) in the groove provided on the
hollow shaft.
(e)Install clamp (115) and tighten the three screws (120).
(f)Engage body (100) onto support assembly (210) and tighten
the three screws (110).
,
(3)Installing the motor
(a)Install driving gear wheel (105) as per paragraph 2-C-(2).

(b)Install clamp (140) located at the center of support (210)
and screw attaching screw (145) associated with this clamp
without tightening it.
(
(c)Install motor (135) checking that the motor splined shaft
meshes perfectly with driving gear wheel (105).
(d)Insta11 the other two clamps (140) and tighten screws
(145).
{e)Tighten screw (145) securing the clamp located at the cen
ter of the support.
(
\,
(f)Route the supply wires along the motor and secure them
by means of binding thread.
(g)Route the wires through the ports provided on support (210)
and through the hollow shaft.
(h) Identify these wires.
- Terminal 1, "+" pole, marked 4TB4

- Terminal 2, "-" pole, marked 1TB4
NOTE These two wires are to be wired on the terminal
board TB4 at the time of installation of the
spherical display drum assembly on the fork assembly.
34-25-24
Page 616
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

(
4S-60V5
2-C-(4)Installing the synchros
NOTE: Since the synchros are fitted with identical attaching
parts, only one installation procedure will be described.
(a)Install finger holding disc (95) as indicated in para
graph 2-C-(1).
(b)Fit the two gear wheels (190 and 205) with anti-backlash
spring (200) and assemble them.
(c)Rotate both gear wheels in reverse directions so as to
compress the spring to the maximum.
(d)Turn in the opposite direction by two teeth.
(e}Place a locally manufactured spring-clip between two teeth
of the gear wheels as illustrated by Figure 207.
(f)Install clamp (ISO) on the gear wheel shaft (190).
(g}Install the gear wheel (190) and clamp (ISO) assembly on
the synchro shaft extension.
(h)Cut the synchro wire insulating sleeve.
CAUTION IN ORDER TO AVOID JAMMING THE DRIVING GEAR WHEEL,
(105). THE INSULATING SLEEVE SHALL BE REMOVED
FROM THE WIRES. AVOID DAMAGING THE WIRES DURING
THIS OPERATION.
(i}Install clamp (160) located at the center of the support
and screw attaching screw (165) associated with this clamp
without tightening it.
(j)Install the synchro on support (210) as indicated on Fig
ure 206. Make sure that the loading spring does not im
pede the meshing of the synchro gear wheels with the pinion
of the finger holding disc (95).
(k}Install the other two clamps (160) and screw attaching
screws (165) without tightening them.
(l)Align the synchro gear wheels with the pinion of the fin
ger holding disc and tighten screw (lS5).
(m}Remove the gear wheel loading spring.
(n}Route the supply wires along the synchro and secure
them with two binding threads.
(o}Route the synchro wires through the holes provided in sup
port (210).
34-25-24
Page 617.
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
2-C-(4)(p)Introduce the wires into the support hollow shaft.
(
(q)Using binding threads, bind the wires leading to the hol
low shaft along the support.
(r)Identify the supply wires of each synchro as per the fol
lowing table:
SERVO SYNCHRO COMPARISON SYNCHRO

(B6 ) ( B5 )
COLOUR REF. WINDING RE F. WINDING

DESIGN. DESIGN. COLOUR DESIGN. DESIGN.
Red/White 1T B5 Rl Yellow/White 9TB5 Rl
Black/White 3TB5 R2 Black/White 12TB5 R2 (
Yellow/White 5TB5 R3 Blue/White 10TB5 R3

Red 5TB4 Sl Red 8TB5 Sl
Yellow 6TB4 S2 Yellow 13TB5 S2
Black 8TB4 S3 Black 7TB5 S3
Blue 7TB4 S4 Blue 11 TB5 S4
(s)Make two bundles respectively with wires TB5 and TB4 from (
the hollow shaft.
(t)Fit a 1/8 white sleeve on bundles TB4 and TB5.
(5)Installing the end plate

(a)Install the motor, the body and the synchros as indicated "~
in paragraph 2-C-(3) and (4).
(b)Position both rectangular plates (65) on the end plate (55)

and screw the four screws (70).
(c)Locate the wires from the hollow shaft, through the center
hole of the end plate.
(d)Insert the anamorphic finger between the two rectangular
plates (65).
(e)Secure the end plate to the body (100) by means of three

screws (60).
34-25-24
Page 618
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
2-C-(5)(f)Locate coil spring (75) in the groove of the finger of the
( anamorphic device of the finger holding disc and in the re
taining hole located in the angle of the triangular cut out
of the end plate as shown on Figure 607.
(g}Route the spherical display drum assembly electric wires

through ball bearing (50) and spring (45).
(h}Install ball bearing (50). washer (215) and spring (45)

on the hollow shaft.
Retaining hole in end plate
spring
_Slide for finger

of anamorphic device
Connecting the Coil Spring

Figure 607
(6)Adjusting the synchros to zero

NOTE: Procedures for adjusting the various synchros to zero
are identical.
(a)Place the adjusting tool (C, Figure 902) against end plate
(55) so as to insert the tool stud between the two rectan
gular plates (65) and make sure that the tool slot coinci
des with the mark engraved in end plate (55) as shown in
Figure 608.
34-25-24
Page 619.
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
4S-60V5 (
Flange
(
locating dowel
Adjusting slot
(
Adjustment tool
(
\
Adjusting the Synchro to Zero - Aligning
the Spherical Display Drum
Figure 60S
(b)Align the mark on finger holding disc (95) and that on end
plate (55) and secure these two parts for the rest of the
procedure.
(c)Connect A.C. voltmeters and energize the synchros as indicat

ed in Figure 609 and table of paragraph 2-C-(4).
(d)Turn the synchro body clockwise the synchro being seen from
the shaft end, so as to read 33V approximately on voltmeter
V2.
34-25-24
Page 620
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
2-C-(6)(e)Turn the synchro body anti-clockwise so as to read equal
voltages on voltmeters V2 and Vl.
CAUTION : CHECK THAT THE MARK OF THE FINGER HOLDING DISC
AND THAT OF THE END PLATE STILL COINCIDE WITH
THE TOOL SLOT.
(f)Turn the synchro body so as to read a minimum voltage on
voltmeter V3. which should always be lower than 90mV.
(g)Tighten the three screws (165).
CAUTION FOR A GREATER ACCURACY IT IS RECOMMENDED TO CHECK
THE TWO SYNCHROS (85 AND 86) SIMULTANEOUSLY TO
CHECK THEIR ADJUSTMENT WITH RESPECT TO EACH OTHER.
52
POWER SUPPLY
V1 V3
10V-400Hz
54
Circuit Diagram for Adjusting the Synchros to Zero

Figure 609
(7)Installing the spherical display drum

(a)Make sure that the synchros have been adjusted as outlined
in paragraph 2-C-(5).
(b)Slide drum (40) onto body (100) and align the horizon line
and the engraving located on the periphery of end plate
(55) (Refer to Figure 608).
(c)Install ~alance weight (30) and secure it by means of
four screws (35).
(d)Install the end cover (20) and screw the four screws (25)
making sure that the drum is positioned as indicated in
(b) •
34-25-24
Page 621
DEC 5/71
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-C-(8) Installing the spherical display drum assembly on the fork
assembly (
(a)Install ball bearing (10) in its recess provided on the '
fork arm.
(b)Install the drum on the fork so that the shaft of end co
ver (20) enters inside the bearing.
(c)Position the hollow shaft of the drum on the other arm of
the fork so as to compress spring (45) between the arm and
ball beari ng (50).
(d)Install clamp (35, Figure 4) so that the clamp dowel enga
ges the associated groove of the shaft.
(e)Using a 2-mm Allen wrench screw the two screws (40, Fig-
ure 4).
(f)Place circlip (15, Figure 5) in the groove provided on the
shaft of end cover (20). (
(g)Route the two drum cable bundles alongside the fork arm.
(h)Install the two clamps (75, Figure 4) and screw the four
screws (80).
(i)Solder the two cable bundles identified in paragraph
2-C-(3) and (4) as specified on Figure 603.
(j)Screw the four spacers (25 and 30, Figure 4).
(k)Secure the roll mask (15, Figure 4) by means of four screws (
(20) .
D-Assembling and installing the front face assembly (Figure 3)
(l)Installing the "G", "G/S", and "FD2" electromagnets on the
roll dial.
FIGURE 3 - REF. NUMBERS

ELECTROMAGNETS
G G/S F02
(a) Install the two spacers. (250) (225)
(b)Install the stop on the
electromagnet •.......... (255)
(c)Install the electromagnet
in its recess .......... . (240) (270) (215)
(d)Screw the two screws ... . ( 235 ) (265) (210)
NOTE Examine the correct positionning of the flag as outlined

in CHECK Section.
34-25-24
Page 622
DEC 5/77
SFENA.
COMPONENT MAIN'rENANCE MANUAL
( 48-60V5
2-0-(2)Installing the "LOC" and "FO" electromagnets on the bezel.
FIGURE 3 - REF. NUMBERS
ELECTROMAGNETS
LOC FD
(a)Install the electromagnet (160) (140)

in its recess
--(b)Screw the two screws .... (155) (135)
NOTE Examine the correct positionning of the flag as

outlined in CHECK Section.
(3)Installing the microswitches Sl and S2
(a)Install microswitches (190) on their support (180) and

screw the four screws (195).
(b)Place the microswitches and support assembly on the roll

dial and screw the two screws (185).
(4)Installing the "ATT" warning light body
(a)Screw the back nut (95) on the warning light body (90) so
that, when tightening it, the front nut is flush with the
warning light body.
(b)Screw the front nut (95) by means of the tubular pin end
ed wrench (8, Figure 901).
(5)Installing the rear lighting lamps
(a)Place the two lamps (120) in their recess.
(b)Solder these two lamps to the bezel lighting circuit
(see Figure 610).
34-25-24
Page 623
DEC 5/7r
SFENA.
48-60V5
2-D-(6)Installing the "TEST II
pushbutton plunger
(a}Slide spring (75) onto the pushbutton plunger (65). (
(b)Place the plunger and spring assembly into the hole provid
ed in the bezel.
(c}Fully depress the pushbutton and install circlip (70) in

the groove provided on the pushbutton plunger.
(7}Installing the roll dial assembly and the front face assembly
on the chassis
(
NOTE This operation implies that the spherical display drum
and fork assembly is already installed on the chassis
and that the front face assembly and the roll dial
assembly are fitted as outlined in paragraphs 2-0-(1)
and (2).
(a}Slide the roll dial assembly on the chassis posts.
(b)P1ace the four spacers (125) on these pas ts .

\
(c)Slide the front face as'semb1y on these posts.
(d)Tighten the four screws (115).
(
(8}Instal1ing the DH indicator light printed circuit assembly
(a}Fit a 1/16 transparent sleeve on each wire of printed wire

circuit board (45).
(b)Route these two wires through the hole provided in the

front face.
(c)Install printed circuit board (45) on the front face and

tighten screw (50).
34-25-24
Page 624
NOV 4/85
SFENA.

(
48-60V5
2-D-(9)Connecting the wires of the components of the front face as

sembly.
(a)Referring to the wiring diagram at Figure 606 t test the
wires of the harness associated with the components listed
in the table (Figure 610). Solder the wires as they are
identified t to the "Gauthier" terminals of the roll
di a 1.
(b)Solder a 22-nF capacitor and a diode (refer to IPL) in
parallel to each magnet. Fit the output wires of these
components with a 1/16 transparent sleeve.
{c)Solder a 15-nF capacitor in parallel to each microswitch
(Sl and S2). Protect the output wires with a 1/16 trans
parent sleeve.
(10)Installing the glass

CAUTION : HANDLE THE GLASS ONLY BY ITS EDGES.
(a)Install the roll dial and front face assembly as indicat
ed in paragraph 2-D-(7).
(b)Place glass (100) in its recess.
(c)Introduce the two springs (105) as illustrated by Figure
203.
(d)Spread Cyano Acrylate glue on the seal t then place seal
(295) around the circumference of the glass with the
joint located at the middle part of the front face.
(e)Let the glue dry before installing the dial mask.
(ll)Installing the light diffuser and the ball level indicator
(a)Install the glass as indicated in above paragraph 2-D-(10)
(b)Place diffuser (30) in its recess.
(c)Install dial mask (10) on the instrument and tighten the
four screws (15).
(d)Install ball level indicator (20) onto the mask and tigh
ten the two screws (25).
(12)Installing the "DH" warning light cap
(a)Install the mask as outlined in paragraph 2-D-(11) and
make sure printed circuit is installed in compliance with
paragraph 2-D-(8).
(b)Install the tlDH" warning light cap (35) onto the mask.
(c)Tighten the two screws (40).
34-25-24
Page 627.
NOV 4/85
SFENA~
48-60Y5
(
2-D-(13}Installing the "ATT" warning light cap
(a)Install the mask as outlined in paragraph 2-0-(11).
(b)Fit lamp (85) in lamp holder (90).
(
(c)Screw the warning light cap onto its support.
(14)Installing the lighting lamp holders
(a)Install the mask as outlined in paragraph 2-0-(11).
(b)Introduce the lamp into its support and ppsition the wires
as indicated by the Figure 611.
(c)Introduce the lamp holder (55) fitted with its lamp (60)
into the mask aperture.
Installing the Lighting Lamps

Figure 611
E-Adjusting the roll synchros to zero

(l)Procedures for adjusting the synchros
This adjusting operation implies that the roll dial is al
ready installed as indicated in paragraph 2-0-(7) which in
volves the installation of the display drum assembly on the
chassis (paragraph 2A and 2B).
NOTE: The procedures for adjusting the synchros to zero are
-------- identical.
(a)Connect the A.C. voltmeters and supply the synchros as
specified by figure 609, and referring to the table at pa
ragraph 2-B-(5).
NOTE The voltmeters to be used should be capable of mea
suring AC voltages of up to 50V.
34- 25-24
Page 628
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
2-E-(1)(b)Align the roll index (15, Figure 4) and the zero mark of
the roll dial (170, Figure 3). This adjustment must be
f maintained for the rest of the operation.
(c)Turn the synchro body clockwise, the synchro being seen
from the shaft end, so as to read 33V approximately on
voltmeter V2.
(d)Turn the synchro body counter-clockwise so as to read equal

voltages on voltmeters V2 and Vl.
CAUTION : CHECK THAT THE ROLL INDEX IS STILL ALIGNED WITH

THE ZERO MARK OF THE ROLL DIAL.
(e)Place the adjusting segment (70, Figure 6) on the synchro

body, opposite the guide hole of the adjusting wrench (D,
Figure 902).
(f)Using the wrench (E, Figure 901) tighten the two screws
(75) securing the adjusting segment.
(g)Insert the adjusting wrench pin into the guide hole provid
ed in the chassis,
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ROLL INDEX STILL COINCIDES

WITH THE ZERO MARK OF THE ROLL DIAL.
(h)Turn the adjusting wrench so as to read a minimum voltage

on voltmeter V3, which should always be lower than 90mV.
(i)Remove toe adjusting wrench from the instrument.

(j)Tfghten the three screws (65).
CAUTION FOR GREATER ACCURACY, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO

CHECK BOTH SYNCHROS (B3 AND 84) SIMULTANEOUSLY
TO MAKE SURE THAT THEIR SETTINGS WITH RESPECT
TO EACH OTHER ARE CORRECT.
F-Assembling the electronic unit (Figure 7)
(l)Installing the guides
(a)Place guide (15) alongside the electronic unit compartment.
(b)Tighten the two guide attaching screws (30).
(c)Make sure that each guide features its paint mark associat
ed with the colour code (Refer to the "Repair" chapter).
34-25-24
Page 629
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-F-(2)Installing the transformers
(a)Place the two transformers Tl (40) and T2 (50) at their
(
respective locations in the lower compartment of the elec
tronic unit.
(b)Tighten the four screws (45) securing the transformers.
(c)Test and identify each transformer wire from distribution

PIC Board (refer to Fig. 613) and solder these wires to
transformers (refer to Fig. 612) as they are identified.
(
TRANSFORMER T2 TRANSFORMER Tl I,
REF. DESIGN. AT REF. DESIGN. AT

TERMINALS DISTRIBUTION TERMINALS DISTRIBUTION
P.C. BOARD P.C. BOARD
1 B5 1 B15
2 P15 2 K16
3
4
M13
L1 1
3
4
015
012
('
5 B7 5
6 C4 6 B16
7 P16 7 L14
8 M14 8 016
9 K12 9 012
T2 T1
·3 1. 4. 7.
.5 ·2 2. 8.
·1 3. 6. 9.
Location of the Terminals of

Tranformers T1 and T2
Figure 612
34-25-24
Page 630
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
\- 2-F-(3)Installing the electronic unit on the chassis (Fig.606)

(a)Test and identify in the various cable bundles the galva
nometer electric wires as indicated in the following table.
CABLE HARNESS CONNECTOR REF. DESIGN. AT

BUNDLES GALVANOMETER CONTACT DISTRIBUTION
DESIGNATION P. W. BOARD
A C14
+G C16
Roll C C13
-G C12
B C15
A
A G14
+G G16
Glide C G13
-G Gll
B G15
A F15
+G F11
Slow.,.fast 'C F13
.. G F16
B F14
C
A J14
+G J16
Yaw C J13
..,.G J12
B J15
A H15
+G Hll
Localizer C H13
-G H16
B H14
D
A D14
+G 016
Pitch C 013
-G D12
B 015
34-25-2'4
Page 631
JUN 30/74
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
2-F-(3)(b)Place the guard (E. Figure 902) on the fork and drum
assembly.
(
(c)Install the electronic unit on the chassis and secure it
by means of four screws (215. Figure 1).
CAUTION: ALL THE SOLDERING OPERATIONS INDICATED HEREAFTER
MUST BE CARRIED OUT WITH LOW MELTING-POINT SOL
DER AND A LOW POWER THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED SOL
DERING IRON. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO AVOID UNSOL
DERING THE FLEXIBLE CIRCUITS BY KEE~lNG THE SOL
DERING IRON ON THE TERMINALS.
(d)Ensure that the shunts and resistors are connected on TBI
as illustrated in Figure 613.
(
S R 0 0 N M K H G 0 C B A
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ffi
0 0 0 0 0 0 15
0 0 0 ~
0
0
0
0
0
0
G
Q (
°0 \
0 0 0 0
"w
~ 9
0 0
0
0
0 t
O 0 0
li
:'0 0 0 0 ~ 1 (
Distribution Printed Board Wiring TBI
Figure 613
(e)Solder the harness to the distribution printed wiring board

as per the following sequence:
25-way brush assembly. the wires of which have been iden
tified in paragraph 2-B-(2).
34-25-24
Page 632
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
Power transistors the wires of which have been identified
in paragraph 2-8-(4).
Synchros the wires of which have been identified in pa
ragraph 2-8-(5).
Elapsed time indicator, the wires of which have been iden

tified in paragraph 2-8-(6).
Yaw galvanometer the wires of which have been identified

Electromagnets, microswitch, (ATT + OH) warning light and

lighting lamp the wires of which have been identified in
paragraph 2-0-(9).
Transformer the wires of which have been identified in

paragraph 2-F-(2).
Galvanometer the wires of which have been identified at

the beginning of this paragraph.
G-Installing the galvanometers and the pointers (Figure 2)
NOTE The yaw galvanometer has been installed during the chas
sis component installation operation. Since this galva
nometer is installed without the distribution printed wir
ing board, it shall be installed prior to the installation
of the electronic unit on the chassis. This operation is
given in paragraph 2-8-(7). .
(l)Installing the yaw galvanometer pointer.
{a)Install pointer (135) on the galvanometer spindle.
{b)Position washer (145) and nut plate (140).
(c)Tighten the two screws (150).
34-25-2-4
Page 633
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
4S-60V5 (
(2)lnstalling the pitch and Slow-fast galvanometers and their

pointers. (
NOTE First install the lower (pitch) galvanometer and then
the upper (Slow-Fast) galvanometer.
RE F. NUMBERS ON fIGURE 2
GALVANOrvlETERS
Pitch Slow-Fast
(a)lnstall the galvanometers .. ( 75 ) ( 40 )

on the chassis (
(b)lnstall the connector

sup ports ................. . (30) ( 30)
(c)Tighten the four screws ... ( 35 ) ( 35 )
(d)Connect the pin connectors

to the socket connectors (90) ( 55 ) (
(e)lnstall insulating plate ( 270 ) (270)
between the connector and
its support and secure the
connector with screws ..... (SO) ( 45 )
(f)lnstall the pointer on

the galvanometer spindles ( 95 ) (60) {
,
(g)lnstall the washer ....... .

( 105 )
(h)lnstall the nut plates .... (100) ( 65 )
(i)Tighten the screws ....... .

( 11 0 ) ( 70)
CAUTION THE PITCH POINTER IS FRAGILE AND IT MUST BE HAND

LED WIRE CARE. ITS PROFILE SHOULD BE CHECKED
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH INS
TRUCTIONS IN SECTION "CHECK".
34-25-24
Page 634
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
2-G-(3)Installing the roll and LOC galvanometers and their pointers.
NOTE First install the lower (roll galvanometer) and therl
the u pper (LOC) g alvano meter.
REF. NUMBERS ON FIGURE 2

GALVANOIVIETERS
Pitch Slow-Fast
( a ) Ins tall the gal van om e t e r s .. (230) (195)
on the chassis
(b)Install the connector
s u pp orts ................. . (30) (30)
(c)Tighten the four screws .. . (35 ) .( 35 )
(
(d) Connect the pin connectors
to the socket connectors .. (245) (210)
(e)Install insulating plate .. (270) (270 )
between the connector and
its support and secure the
connector with screws ..... (235) (200)
(f)Install the pointer on
the galvanometer spindles (250) (215)
.~
(g)Install the washer ....... . (260) .

(h)Install the nut plates .•.. (255) (220)
(i)Tighten the screws ....... . (265) (225)
CAUTION THE ROLL POINTER IS FRAGILE AND IT MUST BE HAND

LED WIRE CARE. ITS PROFILE SHOULD BE CHECKED
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH INS
TRUCTIONS IN SECTION "CHECK".
(4)Installing G/S galvanometer and its pointer.
(a)Install the two insulating strips (190) on the chassis.
(b)Install galvanometer (155) on the chassis.
(c)Install plate (5) and tighten the two screws (15).
(d)Install connector support (30) and tighten the two screws
( 35 ) .
(e)Connect the pin connector to the socket connector (170),
install insulating plate (270) between the connector and
its support and secure the connector with screws (160).
(f)Install pointer (175) on the galvanometer spindle~
(g)Install nut plate (180) and tighten screw (185).
( 34-25-24
Page 635

DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
2-H-Installing the printed-circuit boards (Figure 1)

(l)Installing the printed circuit boards in the upper and lower
compartments of the electronic unit.
(
(a)Place the printed-circuit boards (Al through A10) in the

guides and refer to Figure 614 to locate them correctly.
CAUTION : THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH
MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL LOCATING DEVICES. HOW
EVER. TWO CODES PERMIT LOCATING THEM CORRECTLY IN
THE BOX.
- EACH PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD FEATURES A PAINT
MARK WHICH MUST CORRESPOND TO A MARK PROVIDED
ON EACH REAR GUIDE.
~ THE ROOT OF THE REFERENCE OF EACH PRINTED-CIR- (
CUlT BOARD IS ENGRAVED IN THE INTERCONNECTION
BOARD AT THE LOCATION PROVIDED FOR THIS
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD.
(b)Check that the cross-shaped contacts of the printed cir

cuit boards are correctly engaged into those of the mother
printed circuit board. (
(c)Place the mylar insulating sheets between the printed cir
cuit boards (80 and 90, Figure 1).
(d)to install printed-circuit board (All through A13) in the
lower compartment (refer to Figure 614) place the four
spacers (120 and 125) then tighten screws (110) and nuts
( 1 15) .
(e)Install the printed circuit boards in the lower compartment. (
(2)Installing the Test and Logic printed circuit boards (A14) and
( A1 5 ) •
(a)Install the printed circuit boards at their respective lo

cations and tighten the two screws (135 or 150) securing
the printed circuit boards.
(b)Connect the two pin and socket connectors of the printed
circuit boards.
(c)Tighten the two screws (140 or 155) securing the connectors.
34-25-24
Page 636
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
I
!
\
J2 J1
0 157· 1031 0 0
~t:;, ., - '"i ., -
""
""
!:
'"
.<:
~ ~
0.
':;
c..
'"=>
is
:
t5
E
~
.
co
c
.5
"'g
ex:
c:
~
0
a;
.
-t;
is
~
-
.
'" ""
'"
~
'"
=
....
=
....
""
= .
....,.
~
'" '"
'"
= ...-
"" ""
=
=
'"
=
-
It') S S en S
« ~
-
...., ...., ...., ...., ...., ~ ~
""
0 .....
4
th
«
IX)
« «
~
«
It')
«
..".
«
(')
«
N
« «
0 0 0 0
~ ~ ""
'"
=
...., -
..... ....,
Location of the Printed Circuit Boards

Figure 614
I-Installing the protection housing (Figure 1)
(a)Check the seal (220) for condition, if necessary replace it.
(b)Slide the protective housing (5) to the front of the instru
ment and make sure that the seal ;s thick enough.
(c)Tighten the eight screws (10).
34-25-24
Page 637
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
3-Final Adjustment Electronic Calibration for ADI 48-60V5
A-General
During all the following adjustment procedures, the ADI protec
tive cover is removed. This allows direct access to the printed
circuit modules to be adjusted.
Ensure that the power supply ;s switched off before removing

or refitting any printed circuit boards in the ADI.
During the following operations, ensure that all observations
of the ADI Front panel are made at an angle of 18° using special
Sighting Tool (A, Figure 906).
B-Attitude Director Indicator Power Supplies
(l)Connecting power supplies to Roll and Pitch servo channels (
(Figure 101)
(a)Apply 26V +O.lV, 400Hz, single phase, across pins 20 and
21 of connector J1, complying with the following ARINC
identifications:
- Pin 20 (H) Hot point - pin 21 (C) Cold point.
NOT E This AC voltage is used for generating the +15Vh
and -15Vh regulated DC, using transformer T2 and (
printed circuit board AI. If module Al has not
been adjusted, proceed with the adjustments des
cribed in paragraph 3-B-(4).
(b)Apply +28VDC across pins 10 (+) of J1 and 1 (-) of J2
(IIATT Valid Input" signal).
(2)Connecting power supplies to SLOW FAST, LOC, GLIDE and Command
8ars servo channels (Figures 102 and 103).
(a)Apply 26V +O.lV, 400Hz, single phase, across pins 23 and
24 of connector J1, complying with the following ARINC
identifications:
- Pin 23 (H) Hot point - pin 24 (C) Cold point.
NOTE This AC voltage is used to generate the +15Vt and
-15Vt regulated DC, using transformer T1 and prin
ted circuit board A2. If module A2 has not been
adjusted, proceed with the adjustments described
(b)Apply +28VDC across pins 2(+) and 3(-) of J2 (liFO Valid
Input" signal).
34-25-24
Page 638
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
3-B-(2)(c)Apply +28VDC across pins 11(+) and 10(-) of connector J2
("LOC TUNED" signal).
(d)App1y + 28V DC across pins 7(+) and 9(-) of connector J2
("LOC Valid Inputll signal) and across pins 20(+) and
21(-) of connector J2 ("G/S Valid Input" signal).
(e)Apply +28V DC pins 40(+) and 41(-) of connector J2
(IIFAST SLOW Valid" Signal).
(3)Connecting cold points to earth (Figures 101, 102 and 103).
Connect pins 1,3,10,16,19,21,24,26,35,36 and 41 of J2 and
pins 9, 21 and 24 of Jl to the cold point (-) of 28VDC power
supply.
(4)::!:.15V power supply module 157-1020 {Figure 10i;S-'
Location designation: Al
Coloured-taboo: black
.,
Adjustment is carried out by means of the followirlg'·'r~e'g;~t'S>~- ..
tors :
Resistors to be adjusted +15Vh -15Vh

Output voltage adjustement RIO R21
(a)Install module Al in the switching unit as follows:

- Remove module Al from the ADI upper compartment using
extractor (G Figure 901).
- Plug into 25-way connector on the switching unit
(B Figure 906).
Connect the ADI to the switching unit using module

adapter (C Figure 906).
(b)Ensure output voltage across pins 12(+) and 11{-) is
+15 ::!:.O.lVDC. Adjust value of resistor RIO, if necessary.
(c)Ensure output voltage across pins 22(+) and 11{-) is
~15 !O.lVDC. Adjust value of resistor R21, if necessary.
{d)When adjustment has been completed, remove module Al from

the switching unit and re-install in the ADI.
34-25-24
Page 639 .
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
3-8-(5)+15V power supply module 157-1021 (Figure 102).
Location designation: A2
Coloured-taboo: brown
Adjustment is carried out by means of the following resistors
Resistors to be adjusted +15Vt -15Vt

Output voltage adjustment RIO R21
(a)Install module A2 in the switching unit as follows:

- Remove module A2 from the ADI upper compartment using
extractor (G Figure 901). (
- Plug into 25-way connector of the switching unit
(8 Figure 906).
Connect the ADI to the switching unit usin~ module

( b ) Ens u r-e 0 ut put vol tag e a c r 0 ssp ins 7 ( +) and 8 ( -) i s ('<
+15V ~O.lVDC. Adjust value of resistor RIO, if necessary.
(c)Ensure output voltage across pins 9(+) and 8(-) is
-15 +O.lVDC. Adjust value of resistor R21, if necessary.
(d)When adjustment has been completed, remove module A2 from
the switching unit and re-install in the ADI.
C-Roll and Pitch Servoeing (Horizon Function) (Figures 101
and 104)
(l)Preparation (Figure 104)
Set synchro-transmitters (ST1 and ST2) to the electrical zero

and supply with 26 +O.lV 400Hz single-phase, so that voltage
across terminals R1 and R2 is in phase with voltage across
pins 20 and 21 of J1.
Connect the two synchro-transmitters to the following pins,

complying with the following ARINC identification:
29(X), 30(Y), 31(Z) of connector J1 in pitch (ST1).
26(X), 27(Y), 28(Z) of connector J1 in roll (ST2).
34-25-24
Page 640
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
3-C-(2)Oouble servo-amplifier printed-circuit 157-887Vl
Location designation A3
Coloured taboo: red
Resistors to be adjusted Pitch Roll

Gain resistors Rll RIll
Pitch Roll
(a)lnstall module A3 in the switching

unit as follows'
- Remove module A3 from the ADI
upper compartment, using the
- Plug into the 25-way connector
on the switching unit
(8 Figure 906).
- Connect the ADI to the switching

unit using module adapter
(C Figure 906).
(b)Adjust the gain of the correspon

ding channel by adjusting the
value of resistors .............. . Rll RIll
- Select a value close to its
minimum value.
- Increase this value until the
drum stops oscillating.
- Check that a rotation ~0.25°
(or ~ IS') of synchro~trans-
mitter ........................ . STI ST2
34-25-24
Page 641
JUN 30/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
(
Pitch Roll
(
causes the drum to move

(servo threshold).
NOTE Use a magnifying glass
to check drum movement
more accurately.
- Connect synchro-transmitter
to reduction gear motor.
Ensure that, with a slow rota
tion of the synchro-transmitter
(0.3°/sec approximately), the
drum rotates smoothly, without (
snatching or hesitation, in one
direction, then in the
othe r ........................ . from 20° 360°
in dive rotation
to 20°
in climb
Rotate the drum at approxima
tely the unlatching speed (just
before IIG" flag extends). (
Check that the drum moves from 60° 360°

nose-up rotation
to 60°
nose-down
wi thi n ..........................
..:::4sec ~3sec
- If necessary adjust resistor

value until the conditions in (
the preceding three paragraphs
are satisfied (this will be a
compromise value)
NOTE It will be necessary to
arrive at a compromise
between obtaining a sa
tisfactory servo thres
hold and eliminating
drum vibrations which
cause noisy operation.
- Repeat the above Adjustments for
the other command channel.
34-25-24
Page 642
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
(
Pitch 11
, <
r{o
- When this adjustment has been

completed,remove module adapte~
remove module A3 from the
switching unit and re-install
it in the Attitude Director
Indicator.
3-C-(3)Failure Detection Module 157-1022V1

Coloured-taboo: orange
Adjustment is carried out using the following resistors
Resistors to be Adjusted Pitch Roll

re detection threshold R52
NOTE It is not normally necessary to alter the initial

setting of the failure detection threshold except
if the module has been repaired (replacement of a
component).
Pitch Ro 11
(a)Install module A4 in the
switching unit as follows
- Remove the module A4 from
the ADI upper compartment,
using extractor (G Fi
gure 901).
- Plug into the 25-way con
nector on the switching
unit (8 Figure 906).
- Connect,the ADI to the
switching unit, using
module adapter
(C Figure 906).
34-25-24
Page 643
JUN 30/77
SFENA~

48-60V5
(
(
Pitch I Ro 11 '\
3-C-(3)(b)Remove double servo

amplifier module A3
(157-887Vl couloured-taboo
red) to avoi d roll and
pitch servoeing.
(c)With synchro-transmitters STI ST2
set to the electrical zero, ensure
that the ripple voltage across pins 13(H) 6(H)
and and
is ~ 90mV. 11 ( C) 1 1 (C)
(d)Rotate one synchro-transmitter

rotor .......................... . STI ST2
until the "G" flag extends. Ensure
that the displayed angle is
between 2° and 4°.
(e)If necessary, adjust value of
resistor ........................ . R54 R52
until the above conditions have (
be fulfilled.
(f)Reset rotor of the synchro
transmitter previously adjusted
to electrical zero.
(g)Repeat the above adjustment on
the other channel.
(h)When this adjustment has been
completed, disconnect and remove
synchro-transmitters STI and 5T2,
remove tool (B Figure 905), remove
module A4 from the switching unit
and re-install in the ADI.
Re-install module A3 in the ADI.
D-Pitch, Roll and Yaw Command Bars (Figure 102)
(I)Triple servo amplifier module 157-904
Location designation : A7
Coloured-taboo: Blue
34-25-24
Page 644
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 4S-60V5
Resistors to be adjusted Pitch Ro 1 1 Yaw

total deflection RS RI08 R208
Command bar zero
control R14 Rl14 R214
torque (for ADI R20 R120 R220
without amend
\ ment T)
CAUTION IN ADI INCORPORATING AMENDMENT T,R20, R120 AND R220

ARE FIXEP RESISTORS. THEIR VALUE IS 470
Pitch Roll Yaw

3-D-(1)(a)Remove Failure Detection
module (AS) (157-1025,
coloured-taboo: violet)
and module (A6) (157-1024VI,
coloured-taboo: green) to
prevent command bars from
rectracting.
(b)Install module A7 in the
switching unit as fallows
- Remove module A7 from the
A.D.I. using extractor
(G Figure 901).
- Plug into the 25-way con
nector an the switching
unit (8 Figure 906).
- Connect the ADI to the
switching unit, using
module adapter (C Figu
re 906).
(c)Connect switching unit pins 6 and 9 IS and 9 24 and 9
using a link, to cut off
field effect transistors
(F.E.T) Q4 Q104 Q204
34-25-24
Page 645
NOV 2/79
SFENA~

48-60V5
f
Pitch Ro 11 Yaw
(
3-D-(1)(d}Adjust command channel gain
approximately :
Adjusting the value of
resistor .......... , ....... . R20 R120 R220
- Select a value close to
its minimum value.
- Increase this value, if
necessary. in order to
stop the command bar of
pointer from oscillating.
(,
(e)Connect input pins .. , , ..... 2 and 3 13and 14 20 and 21
using a link (null command)
(f)Center command bar on the
center point on the aircraft
symbol; adjust value of
res i s tor ..... , ............ . R14 Rl14 R214
NOTE Center the Yaw pointer
on the roll scale zero
(
mark.
If this adjustment
cannot be obtained,
change the polarity of
adjusting resistor
by changing over the
link connecting the
resistor to +15V or
-15V, as appropriate.
(g)Remove the link and apply
500mV across pins ....... '" 2(+)and 13(+)and 20(+)and
3(- ) 14 ( - ) 21 ( - )
Adjust value of resistor .,. R8 RI08 R208
to obtain a pointer or
command bar travel of ...... 16+1.6mm - I6+1.6mf11 26+2.6mm
- -
(travel measured with
respect to zero, using a
calibrated rule),
kh)Reverse voltage polarity
and ensure that travel is
identical in the other
d;i',::re c t ion.
I
34-25-24
Page 646
JUN 30/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
Pitch Ro 11 Yaw
3-0-(1)(i)Carry out a fine adjustment

of the command channel gain
using resistor ............ . R20 R120 R220
Using a VLF generator, apply
a 1Hz square-wave signal
acros s pi ns ............... .
2(H}and 13(H)and 20(H)and
3(C) 14(C) 21(C)
Starting from zero, increase
signal amplitude until the
command bar (or pointer)
starts to oscillate.
NOTE The circuit consists
of a VLF generator and
an oscilloscope.
Connector cords from
this equipment to the
switching unit must be
screened.
Using an osci11oscope~ check
that the signal pk-to,..pk
amplitude is .............. . ~10mV ~10mV ~10mV
(control threshold of the
corresponding bar or
pointer).
If threshold is too high,
decrease value of torque
adjusting resistor.
NOTE It will be necessa
ry to arrive at a
compromise between
selecting too low a
value (too high a
gain), causing bar
or pointer to oscil
late, and too high
a value (gain too
1ow) wh i c h will
raise the operating
threshold.
34-25-24
Page 647 .
JUN 30/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 ("
Pitch Ro 11 Yaw
(
3-D-(I)(j)Carry out a fine adjustment
of the bar null position
(repeat procedures (e)
and (f) above).
(k)Carry out a fine adjustment
of total deflection (repeat
procedures (g) and (h)
above).
(l)Repeat the above procedu
res for the other command
channel. (
(m)When this ajustment has
been completed, remove
module adapter, remove
module A7 from the
switching unit and re
install in the ADI,
(2)Failure Detection modules
(
Pitch and Roll Double Failure Yaw failure detection
module module
157-1025 157-1024
Location designation: A8 Location designation: A6
Coloured-taboo: violet Coloured-taboo : green
Adjustment is carried out by means of the following

resistors:
Resistors to be adjusted Pitch Ro 11 Yaw

(A8) (A8) (A6)
Buffer amplifier gain R5 RI05 R5

Differential amplifier R8 RI08 R8
balance (zero)
Differential amplifier R13 R113 R13
gain
34-25-24
Page 648
JUN 30/77
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
NOTE The following procedures must only be carried out if
module (A7) 157-904 has been adjusted, in accordance
with paragraph 3-0-(1).
Pitch Ro 11 Yaw
(A8) (A8) (A6)
3-D-(2)(a)Install modules A8 and A6
in two switching units, as
following:
-Remove 'modules A8 and A6
from the AOI upper compart
ment using extractor (G
Figure 901).
-Plug them into the 25-way
connectors on the swit
ching units (B Figure 906).
-At switching unit pins .... 6 18 24
remove links connecting the
module to the ADI.
-Using a link, connect ter
minals .................... . 6 and 9 18 a.nd 9 24 and 9
on the switching unit out
put to the ADI, to cut off
FET transistors .......... . Q4 Q104 Q204
on module (A7) 157-904.
-Connect the ADI to the
switching units using modu
le adapters (C Figure 906).
(b)Apply +SOOmV across input. .. 2 (+)and 13(+)and 20(+)and
of the corresponding chan 3( - ) 14(-) 21(-)
ne1 •
(c)Adjust value of Tesistor .... RS RI05 R5
for a minimum residual volt
age: Uo ~ 150mV at the dif
ferential amplifier output
acros s pi n s ............... . 17 and 8 21 and 8 16 an d 8
(d)Applya nu11 voltage across
input pi n s ................ . 2 and 13 and 20 and
3 14 21
34-25-24
Page 649,
APR 15/81
SFENA~
4S-60V5 (
Pitch
(AS)
Ro 11
(AS)
Yaw
(A6) (
3-0-(2)(e)Adjust value of resistor ... RS R10S RS
so that the preceding mini
mum residual voltage is ob
tained across pins. 17 and S 21 and S 16 and S
NOTE If this adjustment can
not be obtained, change
the polarity of adjust
ing resistors by chan
ging over the link con
necting the resistor to
+15V or -15V, as
appropriate. (
(f)Repeat procedures (b) to

(e) above until the fol
lowing requirement is
met :
Uo ::. 150mV.
(g)Vary voltage applied across
pin s ..................... . 2(+)and 13(+)and 20(+)and
(
3(- ) 14 ( - ) 21 ( - )
in 100mV steps, from +500mV
to -500mV, ensuring that
over range of variation. the
residual voltage across pins .. 17 and S 21 and S 16 and 2
remains within the limits
required in (c).
Repeat adjustment, if (
necessary.
(h)Adjust level detector thres
hold:
-Block the corresponding bar
mechanically to the zero
position, using the knur
led knob on special tool
(8 Figure 905).
The tool is supported on
the ADI chassis pillars.
This will avoid any va
riation in the position
feedback voltage of the
command bar.
34-25-24
Page 650
APR 15/81
SFENA~
( 4S-60V5
Pitch Ro 11 Yaw
(AS) (A S) (A 6 )
-Apply a null input volta

ge a c ros s pin s ........... . 2 and 13 and
3 14
and ensure output voltage
from level detector equals
-14V across pins ........ . 15 and 22 and
S S
-Ensure that, with an input
voltage SOmV ~ Ui ~ 100mV,
applied across pins ...... . 2(+)and 13(+)and
3 (-) 14(-)
the voltage across output
pin s .................... . 15 and S 22 and S
of level detector trips
from -14V to +14V.
Adjust value of resistor .. R13 R113
until this requirement is
met
-Ensure that the operation
of the level detector is
symmetrical when the bar is
blocked in the other direc
tion and the polarity of
the applied voltage is re
versed.
NOTE: For the yaw pointer,
proceed as follows:
-Remove the connecting link
from pin 17 of the swit
ching unit connecting modu
le 157-1024 to the AD!.
-Connect pin 17 to pin S
earth) on the module side.
-Mechanically block the yaw
pointer at zero.
-Apply a null voltage across
pins 20 and 21 and ensure
voltage across pins 24 and
S is equal to -14V.
34-25-24
Page 651
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
4S-60V5 (
Pitch
(AS)
Roll
(A8)
Yaw
(A6)
(
-Ensure that, with an input
voltage 80mV ~Ui ~100mV
applied across pins 20(+)
and 21 (-), vol tage across
pins 24 and 8 trips from
-14V to +5V.
-Adjust value of resistor
R13 until this requirement
is met.
-Ensure that the operation
of the level detector is
symmetrical.
(i)Repeat the above adjustments
for the other two failure
detection channels.
(j)When this adjustment has been
completed, remove tool
(B Figure 905) and the mo
dule adapters.
Remove modules A6 and A8 from
the sWitching units and re
install in the ADI.
(
3-E-Slow Fast Pointer (Figure 103)
(l)Servo Amplifier module 157-1023V3
Location designation: A5.
Coloured taboo: yellow.
Adjustment is carried out by means of the following resistors:
Resistors to be adjusted
~ total deflection RS
Pointer control ~ fixed scale zero R14
Torque (for ADI without R20
Amendment T).
Inhibit th re s h old R22
CAUTION IN ADI INCORPORATING AMENDMENT T, R20 IS FIXED RESISTOR.
THIS VALUE IS 47~.
34-25-24
Page 652
NOV 2/79
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
! 3-E-(1)(a)Install module A5 in the switching unit as follows:

(
extractor (G Figure 901)
- Plug into switching unit 25-way connector (8 Figure 906)
- Connect the ADI to the switching unit, using module
adapter (C Figure 906)
(b)Install Double Failure Detection module A6 (157-1024,
coloured taboo: dark green) into a second switching unit
(refer to previous paragraph) and connect pins 4 and 8
using a link to prevent any unwanted failure detection
(c)Adjust command channel gain approximately as follows:
Adjust value of resistor R20 :
- Select a value close to its minimum value
- Increase this value as necessary to stop pointer from
oscillating
(d)Connect input at pins 2 and 3 using a link (null command)
(e)Position pointer on the scale center marking;
Adjust value of resistor R14
NOTE If this adjustment cannot be obtained, change the
polarity of R14 by changing over the link connec
ting the resistance to the +15V or -15V, as appro
priate.
(f)Remove the link and apply +1.1V across pins 2 (+) and
3 (-) to move the pointer upwards (to "F")
Adjust value of resistor R8 so that the pointer is aligned

on to the first marking starting from the center marking
(g)Apply an input voltage of +2.2V across pins 2 (+) and
3 (-) and check that the pointer is aligned with the second
marking. Repeat adjustment of R14 if necessary.
(h)Apply -l.lY across pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) to move the poin
ter downwards (towards US"). Ensure the pointer is align
ed with the first marking.
(i)Apply -2.2V across pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) and ensure the
pointer is aligned with the second marking.
34-25-24
Page 653
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
3-E-(1)(j)Carry out a fine adjustment of the command channel using (.
resistor R20.
-Using a VLF generator. apply a 1Hz square-wave signal
across pins 2 and 3.
Starting from zero~ increase signal amplitude until the
corresponding pointer starts oscillating.
NOTE The circuit consists of a VLF generator and an
oscilloscope. Connector cords from this equipment
to the switching unit must be screened.
-Check that the amplitude of the signal pk-to-pk is
$ 40mV (control threshold of the galvanometer dealt
with).
If control threshold is too high, decrease value of (
adjusting resistor R20.
NOTE It will be necessary to arrive at a compromise
between selecting too low a value (too high a
gain), causing pointer to oscillate, and too high
a value (gain too low), which will increase the
operating threshold.
(k)Carry out a fine adjustment of the pointer zero position (,'
(repeat operations (e) and (f) above).
(1 )Carry out a fine adjustment of total deflection (repeat
operations (g) to (j) above).
(m)Adjust the inhibit threshold:
NOTE This operation can only be carried out if Double
Failure Detection module A6 (157-1024) has been
adjusted. Otherwise, carry out adjusting the ope
rations in paragaph 3-E(2).
- Re-install module A6 (157-1024) in the ADI after adjus
ment.
- Adjust resistor R22 to its minimum value.
- Apply 2.5V across input pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) to move
the pointer upwards, beyond the second marking of the
SLOW.,.FAST scale.
- Mechanically block the pointer in order to prevent it
moving·upwards, using the knurled knob on the special
tool (B Figure 905).
34-25-24
Page 654
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
- Ensure that the voltage across pins 4 (+) and 8 (-) is
( null ( .$ 0.4V).
Increase the input voltage across pins 2 (+) and 3 (-),
by 350mV (minimum value).
- Increase value of resistor R22 until output voltage
across pins 4 and 8 trips from 0 to +14V.
Use the closest lower value as adjustment value.
3-E-(1)(n)When this adjustment has been completed, remove module
adapter. Remove module A5 from the switching unit and
re-install in the ADI.
(2)Double Failure Detection module 157-1024
Coloured taboo: Dark green
Resistor to be adjusted
Buffer amplifier gain R35

Differential amplifier balance R37
(zero)
Differential amplifier gain R43
NOTE The following procedures must only be carried out

if module A5 (157-1023V3) ;s adjusted ;n accordance
with paragraph 3-E-(1).
(a)Install module A6 in the switching unit as follows:
extractor (G Figure 901)
- Plug into the 25-way connector of the switching unit
(B Figure 906)
- Connect pins 4 and 8 by means of a link to avoid any
unwanted failure detection
- Connect the ADI to the switching unit, using a module
adapter (C Figure 906)
34-25-24
Page 655
JUN 30/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
3-E-(2){b)Apply a +2.2V voltage across input pins 2 (+) and 3 (-)
{c)Adjust value of resistor R35 to obtain a minimum residual (
voltage Uo < 150mV at the differential amplifier outputs,

across pins 13 and 8.
(d)Apply a null voltage across input pins 2 and 3.
(e)Adjust value of resistor R37 so as to obtain the same
minimum residual voltage across pins 13 and 8.
NOTE If this adjustment cannot be obtained change the
polarity of R37 by changing over the link connec
ting the resistor to +15V or -15V, as appropriate.
(f) Repeat operations (b) to (e) as many times as necessary
until the condition Uo ~ 150mV is obtained.
(
{g)Vary voltage applied across pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) from
-2.2V to + 2.2V and ensure that, over the whole range of
variation, the residual voltage across pins 13 and 8 re
mains within limits.
Repeat adjustment if necessary.
(h)Adjust level detector threshold (recopy error)
- Adjust resistor R43 to its maximum value. (
- Mechanically block the pointer in the zero position,

using the knurling knob on tool (8 Figure 905).
This tool will bear on the ADI chassis posts.
This will prevent any change in the pointer pOSition
feedback voltage.
- Remove the link across pins 4 and 8 to re-establish
failure detection function.
- Apply a null voltage across pins 2 and 3 and ensure that
the voltage across pins 4 and 8 is null ( ~ 0.4V).
- Increase input voltage across pins 2 (+) and 3 (-) by
300 + 50mV.
- Decrease value of resistor R43 until output voltage
across pins 4 and 8 trips from 0 to +14V.
Use this value as the adjustment value.
- When adjustment has been completed, remove tool (8 Figure
905) and module adapter. Remove module A6 from the swit
ching unit and re-install in the ADI.
34-25-24
Page 656
,l\PR 15/81
SFENA~

48-60V5
3-F-Localiser and Glide Slope Pointers (Figure 103)
(l)Double servo-amplifier module 157-1027
Coloured-taboo: white
Index
control
I
Resistors to be adjusted
total deflection
ze ro
torque (for ADI
LOC
R6
R14
R22
GLIDE
R106
Rl14
R122
without amendment T)
Inhibit threshold R8 Rl08
CAUTION IN ADI INCORPORATING AMENDMENT T, R22 AND R122 ARE
FIXED RESISTORS. THEIR VALUE IS 470.
LOC GLIDE
(a)Install module A10 in switching
unit as follows:
- Remove module A10 from the
ADI upper compartment, using
on the switching unit (8 Figu
re 906).
- Connect the ADI to the swit
ching unit, using the module
(b)Install Double Failure Dectec
tion module A9 (157-1026, colou
red-taboo: light green) in a
second switching unit (refer to
the preceding paragraph) and
1 ink pin s .................. 11 and 8 19 and 8
to avoid any unwanted failure
detection.
34-25-24
Page 657

NOV 2/79
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
LaC GLI DE
(
3-F-(1)(c)Adjust the gain of the corres
ponding command channel
approximately as follows
Adjust value of resistor R22 R122
- Select a value nearly
equal to its minimum value.
- Increase this value, as
necessary, to prevent the
pointer from oscillating.
(d)Connect command channel input
pin s ..................... .
2 and 3 13 and 14 (
using a link (zero command).
(e)Position the pointer on the
scale center marking by
adjusting the value of
resistor ................. .
R14 R1l4
not be obtained. change
the polarity of the
adjusting resistor by (
changing over the link
connecting the resistor
to +15V or -15V, as
appropriate.
(f)Remove link and apply a
voltage .................. .
+500mV +lV
across pins .............. .
3(+) and 14(+) and (
2( - ) 13(-)
Adjust value of resistor ..
R6 R106
to align the pointer with
the corresponding error
mark with respect to the
center marking ........... .

right first dot
hand dot below
NOTE for GLIDE pointer.
repeat this operation.
applying an input
voltage ............ .
+2V
Corresponding mark ..
second dot
below
34-25-24
Page 658
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
LOC
GLIDE
3-F-(I)(g)Apply an input voltage -500mV -IV

acros s pins ............... .
3(+) and 14(+) and
2( - ) 13 ( - )
and ensure that the pointer
aligns with the dot on the
other side of the center
marking ................... . left-hand First dot
dot above
NOTE With the GLIDE pointer,
repeat this operation,
applying an input
vol t age ............ . -2V
Corresponding mark .. second dot
above.
(h)Carry out a fine adjustment
of command channel gain as
follows, using resistor ..... R22 R122
- Using a VLF generator,
apply a 1Hz square-wave si
gna1 across pins ......... . 3(H) and 14(H) and
2 ( C) 13(C)
Starting from zero, increase
the amplitude of the signal
unti 1 the correspondi ng
pointer starts to oscillate.
NOTE The test circuit
includes a VLF ge
nerator and an oscil
loscope. The connector
cords from this equip
ment to the switching
unit must be screened.
- Using a~ osci1loscope, check
that the amplitude of the
signa1 pk~to-pk is ....... . .:s15mV {.20mV
(control threshold of the

corresponding galvanometer).
34-25-24
Page 659
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
4S-60V5 (
LOC GLI DE
(
If the threshold value is too

high, decrease the value of
torque adjusting resistor.
NOTE It will be necessary
to arrive at a com~
promise between se
lecting too low a
value (too high a
g a in). whi c h may
cause the pointer to
oscillate, and too (
high a value (gain
too 1 ow), wh i c h w0 u 1 d
raise the operating
threshold.
3-F-(I)(i)Carry out a fine adjustment
of the pointer null position
(repeat operations (d) and
(e) above). ('
(j)Carry out fine adjustment of
total deflection (repeat ope
ration (f) and (g) above).
(k)Adjust the inhibit threshold:
NOTE This operation can only
be carried out if Dou
ble Failure Detection
module A9 (157-1026)
has been adjusted.
Otherwise, carry out
the operations in pa
ragraph 3-F-(2).
- When adjusted, install module
A9 (157-1026) in the ADI.
- Set the value of the corres

ponding resistor .......... . RS RIOS
to its minimum value.
(
34-25-24
Page 660
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
LOC GLIDE
- Apply a voltage ........... .

570mV 2.25V
acros s input pins ......... .
3(+) and 14(+) and
2( - ) 13(-)
to bring the pointer onto
its maximum monitored de
flected position.
- Block the pointer in this po
sition, using tool (B Fi
gure 905).
- Increase input voltage by 150mV 400mV
(error voltage greater than
failure detection threshold)
- Increase value of adjustable
resistor until appearance of
f 1 a g ••••.•.•.•.••.•• ____ •.•• LOC G/S
Use the closest lower value as
the adjustment value.
NOTE When the error voltage is
cancelled the pointer can
be reservoed :
- either by disconnecting
and reconnecting the
+28VDC validity signal
across terminals 7(+)
and 9(-) for LOC, and
across 20(+) and 21(-)
for GLIDE (connector J2
of ADI).
- or, by moving the poin
ter back to the center
marking manually_
3-F-(1)(1)Repeat the above adjustments for
(m)When this' adjustments has been
(8 Figure 905) and module
adapter. Remove module A10 from
the switching unit and re-install
in the AD!.
(
34-25-24
Page 661
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
3-F-(2)Double Failure Detection module 157-1026
(
Coloured-taboo: light green
Adjustment is carried out by means of the following
resistors:
Resistor to be Adjusted LOC GLI DE
Buffer-amplifier gain R6 R106

Balance (zero) of differential
amplifier R11 RIll (
Differential amplifier gain R14 R114
NOTE The following operations must only be carried out if

module A10 (157-1027) has been adjusted in accordan
ce with paragraph 3-F-(1).
(
LOC GLIDE
(a)Install module A9 in the

switching unit as follows
upper compartment using extrac
tor (G Figure 901).
- Plug into the 25-way connec
tor on the switching unit
(B Figure 906).
- Connect pi ns ............... . 11 and 8 19 and 8
using a link, to avoid any
unwanted failure detection.
- Connect the ADI to the
switching unit, using a mo
dule adapter (C Figure 906).
34-25-24
Page 662
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
( 48-60VS
LOC GLIDE
3-F-(2)(b)Apply an input voltage ...... . SOOmV 2V

acros s pins ................. .
3{+) and 14(+) and
2(- ) 13 ( - )
of the corresponding channel.
{c)Adjust the value of resis
tor .............. ........... . R6 R106
to obtain a minimum residual
voltage Uo < 150mV at the dif
ferential amplifier output
aero ssp ins .................. . 4 and 8 22 and 8
(d)Apply a null voltage across
input pi ns .................. . 2 and 3 13 and 14
(e)Adjust value of resistor Rll RIll
so as to obtain the same
minimum residual voltage as
above across pins ........... . 4 and 8 22 and 8
not be obtained, change
the polarity of the
adjusting resistor by
changing over the link
connecting the resistor
to +15V or -lSV, as
appropriate.
(f)Repeat operations (b) to (e)
as often as necessary to meet
the condition Uo ~ 150mV.
(g)Vary voltage applied across
pin s ......................... . 3(+) and 14(+) and
2(- ) 13 ( - )
from .. • .. • .. .. .. .. .. .. .. -<t .. .. .. • .. .. • .. .. .. .. .. .. .. +SOOmV to +2V to
-500mV -2V
and ensure that, over the whole
range of variation~ the resi
dual voltage across pins ...... . 4 and 8 22 and 8
remains within the required
limits. Repeat adjustment if
necessary.
34-25-24
Page 663
APR 15/81
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
LOC GLI DE (
3-F-(2)(h)Adjust the level detector
threshold as follows
- Mechanically block the corres
ponding pointer in the zero
position using the knurled
knob on tool (8 Figure 905).
This tools will bear on the
AD! chassis pillars. This will
prevent the pointer position
feedback voltage from varying.
- Apply a null input voltage

across pi ns ............... . 2 and 3 13 and 14
and ensure that the level
detector voltage equals -14V
across pins .............. .. 20 and 8 16 and 8
- Ensure that, for an input

vol tage of ................ . 80 to 300 to (
100mV 340mV \
applied across pins 3(+) and 14(+) and

2(-) 13(-)
the voltage across output
pin s ...................... . 20 and 8 16 and 8
of the level detector trips
from -14V to +14V.
Adjust the value of resis i
tor ....................... . R14 R114 \
until meeting this require

ment.
- Ensure that the operation of
the level detector is symme
trical when the pointer is
blocked in the other direc
tions, and the polarity of
the applied voltage is re
versed.
(i)Repeat the above operations
with the other failure detec
tion channel.
34-25-24
Page 664
JUN 30/77
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
LOC GLI DE
3-F-(2)(j)When this adjustment has been
(8 Figure 905) and the module
adapter.
Remove module A9 from the
in the ADI.
4-Final Adjustment: Electronic Calibration for ADI 48-60V5Ml
Apply ADI 48-60V5 electronic calibration procedure to the ADI
48-60V5Ml, as described in paragraph 3 above, replacing paragraph
3-C-(2) (module 157-887Vl adjustment) by the following p~ragraph
A-Double servo-amplifier module 157-887V3 (Figures 104 and 105)
. : ' .r-j~
Location designation A3
Coloured tabod : red and yellow
Res i s to rs to be adjusted Pitch Roll

Gain resistors R7 R43
. '
Pitch Roll
(l)(a)Install module A3 in the switching

unit as follows:
upper compartment, using the
on the switching unit
(8 Figure 906).
- Connect'the ADI to the switching
unit using module adapter
(C Figure 906).
34-25-24
Page 665 .
DEC 5/77
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
Pitch Ro 11
4-A-(1)(b)Adjust the gain of the correspon

ding channel by adjusting the
value of resistors ............... R7 R43
- Select a value close to its
minimum value.
- Increase this value until the
drum stops oscillating.
- Check that a rotation ~0.16°
(or ~ 10 1 ) of synchro-trans
mitter ......................... ST1 ST2 (
causes the drum to move
(servo threshold)
NOTE Use a magnifying glass
to check drum movement
more accurately.
- Connect synchro-transmitter
to reduction gear motor. (
Ensure that, with a slow rota

tion of the synchro-transmitter
(0.3°/sec approximately), the
drum rotates smoothly, without
snatching or hesitation, in one
direction, then in the
other ........................ . from 20° 360°
in dive rotation (
to 20°
in climb
Rotate the drum at approxima
tely the unlatching speed (just
before II Gil flag extends).
Check that the drum moves from 60° 360°
nose-up rotation
to 60°
nose-down
within .........................
~4sec ~3sec
(
34-25-24
Page 666
DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
Pitch Roll
- If necessary adjust resistor

value until the conditions in
the preceding three paragraphs
are satisfied (this will be a
compromise value)
NOTE It will be necessary to
arrive at a compromise
between obtaining a sa
tisfactory servo thres
hold and eliminating
drum vibrations which
cause noisy operation.
- Repeat the above Adjustments for
- When this adjustment has been
completed,remove module adapter,
remove module A3 from the
it in the Attitude Director ,
Indi cator.
.
-,
34-25-24
Pages 667/668·
DEC 5/77
(
(
\.
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
FITS AND CLEARANCES
Instructions dealing with Fits and Clearances are provided in the
Manual STANDARD PRACTICES FOR ADI 48-60 and VARIANTS ATA No.
20-00-01.
34-25-24
Pages 701/702
DEC 5/77
(
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS
Instructions dealing with Storage Instructions are provided in the
Manual STANDARD PRACTICES FOR ADI 48-60 and VARIANTS ATA No.
20-00-01.
34-25-24
Pages 801/802
DEC 5/77
(
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
\, SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
I-General
This section gives the ~imensions and util ization characteristics
of the special tools required to carry out the following
operations:
- Tests and Trouble Shooting
- Disassembly
- Inspection
- Repair
- Assembly
All the tools used for the above operations are identified by a
letter which permits locating them on the illustrations given in
this section.
2-Conventional Meters and Power Supplies
- One VLF generator, variable voltage frequency range 0 to 5Hz.
- One AC Power Supply variable Jrom 0 to 30V AC .:.1%, f=400Hz +1%,
rate of distortion <1%.
- One DC Power SLipply variabl e from 0, to 30VDC, current' >1A
(current limiter).
- One DC Power Supply variable from 0 to 5VDC~ current >1,5A
(current limiter).
- One decade Power Supply, type TRANCHANT ELECTRONIQUE TZ 40.
- Two synchro transmitters associated with a graduated dial,
V = 26V, F = 400Hz, accuracy ~ 3 (set and referenced in com
1
pliance with ARINC STANDARD).

- One synchro transmitter associated with a reducing gear motor,
range 0 to 360°, F=400Hz, rate 0 to 200 0 /sec. '
34-25-24
Page 901
APR 15/81"
.~':~•...:.~~.,.-
Cc c" c c :'c ,.'c··?·';~::7;;'~~~ttj~~.f5<:~r~~i~~i~!~?~!i ~ Cc c
:
'~,):.':.:< ,;:,,~ :_~~~~~~~.-",;->':.~: .:.~.?<w:. ";-7 -.'-,- ,"_ . _."
;.
":-," ;.,
~SEXTANT
:':" ":'.. ' . ~,: ":,~.:. "J"; .....
:'" .
~ A. VI 0 N I QUE
COMPONENT
--~
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
--'-~-"
48-:-60Y5
- One AC/DC arrmeter
ranges : AC 0-3mA and 0-3A
DC 0-2A
One oscilloscope, pass-band 0 to 500khz, sensitivity 20mY/cm.
- One DC voltmeter, internal res~stance ;:::lMQ, class 0.5 capable of,
measuring voltages cranging from 0 to 30VDe.
- One ACvoltmeter, internal resistance ;:::lMQ, class 0.5 capable of c'

measuring voltages ranging from 0 to 30VAC.
- Two mu 1t i meters, type METRIX Mx 205A.
- One ohmmeter.
One binocular microscope (magnification X4).
- One stopwatch.
- One gr2duated rule, 0 to 5cm.
Two resistors, 20Kohm, ±5%, 1/4W.

'.;:: :
One vibrationdevice.PN 68939-877-1.
- One tilting turntable.
- One box of variable resistors, Ohm to IMohm ±5%, 1/2W.
34-25-24
n __ .... 1'\1"\""
SFENA<t)
(
48-60V5
(
FIGURE PART NUt,1BER DESIGNATION QTY

PER DH1ENSIONS UTILIZATION
ASSY
A 48-60-04-661 Check pattern 1 Length: 127mm This tool is
Width · 96mm used to check
Height: 30mm the pointer to
be installed on
the pitch galva
nometer.
B 48-60-04-662 Check pattern 1 Length: 127mm This tool is
Width ·· 96mm used to check
He i g h't : 30mm the pointer to
be installed on
the roll galva
nometer.
34-25-24
Tooling (Pointer pattern) Page 907
Figure 903 APR 15/81 .
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
(
PIN DESIGN. QTY PER DIt·' ENS ION S FUNCTION
ASSY
T162AM TEST SET 1 Standard rack This test set permits

FOR ADI 19 in. 8 units trouble shooting, ad
Depth : 290mm justment and complete
testing of the ADI. I
is used with:
- dial control unit
with two synchro
transmitters T235AA
or two dial control (
units with synchro

transmitter T129AM
- one motor-reducer
with synchro trans
mitter T491AAM.
SFENA"> BANC DE CONTROLE A D I I TEST SET FOR A D I
®
>e: '"1:
® (
~?;~O'
no..." 26VAC 2SVOC T•• T•• RS
~
,~~~~
• • ~$<'oll· • ,4/l..,\1 ~
@ 0 @ @ @
©> 0 @
0'0'0 L-I
~ ~
,,<,,\.
@ @
...
w,
VAUOITES I VAUOITlf:S ....
,-'
'" ~ ~t;lC
.,.
@ @ @
0 0 0 0 0 ~, ~ ,o.~."
:J®) ~ m~" ~ ~ ~
,(.)~
@li) @li) <®)
,. ~-©
GAlVANOMEm/.:S IGAlVANOMf:TERS
(
800666660 ;' :"0~ : ~':~:"i"; ,~. -,;, ,,-.:
® ~~® ® ~ ~ ® ~ ~ @ @
J1
"
34-25-24
Test Unit Page 908
Figure 904 APR 15/81
SFENA~
(', 48-60V5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
34-25-24
TP lOOl-Page 1
SEP 15/73
(
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
I-Introduction
A-Purpose
This illustrated parts list provides a complete list of the
equipment components.
It is intended to facilitate provisioning, requisitioning and
delivery of assemblies and those component parts which can be
replaced. It also makes parts identification possible.
Components may be identified from the following data:
(l)Manufacturer's Part Number
The main alphanumeric and numeric list, in front of the
required part, shows the figure and identification designation
on which it is illustrated or mentioned in the illustrated
parts list.
(2)Component Part Function
Breakdown of heading position in the parts list allows the
required component to be located within the major assembly of
which it is a part, and then refers to the page of the assembly
detailed parts list.
(3)Viewing the component part without knowing its identification
designation,
- look for the figure illustrating the part to be identified
among illustrations.
This figure shows an index number which refers to the illus
trated parts list providing identification designation.
(4)The location numbering designation, by locating the corres
ponding location numbering designation on the circuit dia
gram, and by referring to the proper list (equipment desi
gnator index) on which item,figure and part number of the
item to be identified are mentioned. ;?
B."Format
The detailed parts list in the illustrated parts list is laid
out in an indention system which shows the relation,ship between
the various parts.
Where the item designation requires two or more lines, it is
always written at indention number 4 of the parts list.
(
34-25-24
INTRO 1001 Page 1 .
MAY 25/77
SFENA~
48-60V5 (
Attaching parts are written immediately after the assembly or (

the component which they attach. They are listed under the same
indention number as the assembly they attach, and are preceded by
the w0 r d s at t a chi n g par t s 1/, and are f 0 1 lowed by t h r e e s epa rat i ng
II
asterisks, the first one being located at the same indention

number as the attached item.
C-General Requi rements
- Items, the numbers of which are preceded by a hyphen, are not
illustrated.
- If the part number exceeds 15 characters, the part number
located in the Pt. No. column is mentioned only for identifi
cation purposes. The true item identification designation is
written in the detail parts column, preceded by the words
"ORDER OVRLGTH MPN .... " and followed by the true manufac
turer's part number. (
- Sub-assemblies which cannot be disassembled by the operator
are given for guidance only. Quantities written in the column
"UN. PER ASS are not provisioned. Designation ends with the
II
notation "NPII (non procurable).

- "Select on Test" items are referred to in the illustrated
parts list as "SEL FROM II , located under each component part.
The quantity is given only for the first item. Select on Test ('
items are supplied in the unit quantities for the illustrated
item "ARII is noted in the IIUN. PER ASSY.II column.
- Customers addresses and codes are listed in the table at the
beginning of the publication.
Optional parts numbers and vendors are listed in the table
below.
- The IPL defines those spare parts recommended for the overhaul \
of the equipment. together with the approved manufacturers of
the parts. Use of spare parts not contained in the recommenda
tion and not supplied by the approved manufacturers will inva
lidate any warranty.
34-25-24
INTRa 1001 Page 2
MAY 25/77
SFENA~
48-60V5
OPTIONAL PARTS LIST
MANUFACTURER'S OPTIONAL MFR OPT OPT

PART NUMBER PART NUMBER MFR VENDOR'S
CODE CODE
CK05BX153K 96095
CK05BX1SlK K3921
C052K153K5XICA 31433
2BI,X50R153K F1379
C1<058X153" 96095
CK058X153M K3921
C052K153M5XICA 31433
2BIX50R153M F1379
CK058X223" 96095
CKOS8X223M 1<3921
C052K223M5XICA 31433
28IX50R223M F1379
NK3KIKF F2663
EEl-20e1-1001F 1429.
MF50Tl-1001F 91637
PME50TO-I001F 03888
NK3K5KI1F F2663
EEl-20Cl-S111F 14298
"F50Tl-S111F 91637
PMESOTO-5111F 0388a
RCMS02K3-210UF F1621
MR25Y210UP F0862
NY4Y210UF F2663
MF1'-1 0Ta-21 OOF 91637
08M28Dl' F0054
08MCC01.02-45 F6151
OSM28PIFA F0054
08M28P1F9 F0054
bSMCCOI-02-45 F6151
IN4148 F4601
F4204
F2210
12V08RCT41<N5K34 F0054 R
26V08RV4-0T F0358 R
2NS050 F4597 R
03877
TIP47P F2210 R
26V08RCT4PSOK F0054
26V08RV4-08 F0358
5x '0368 R
ISC F2001 R
519C F0368
34-25-24 "
INTRO 1001 Page 3
JUN 1/82
SFENA~

('
48-60V5
(
OPTIONAL PARTS LIST
MANUFACTURER'S
OPTIONAL MFR
OPT OPT
PART NUMBER
PART NUMBER
MFR
VENDOR'S
CODE
CODE
12A '2001
57';'19-00-11 '6306
1405 F'0984
115 F0022
08806
715 05326
0L.715AS15 53774
83
Cf4715 71744
'0214
F0022
c
(
34-25-24
INTRO 1001 Page 4

JUN 1/82
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
VENDOR'S CODE LIST
CODE
VENDOR'S ADDRESS
11'0022 AS TARA
4 IMPASSE LAUGIER 750~7 PARIS FRANCE:
'0054 THOMSON CSF OEM
17l BOULEVARD HAUSSNANN 15008 PARIS: FRA'NeE
,.0061 POLV,tL,
85 AV OU MAINE 15014 t:'ARIS FRANCE:
F0214 E-C-!;
15S-157 RUE' PELLEPORT 75960 PARIS' CIDEK 20 FRANCE
'0234 A-O-R
l' AVENUE' NEWTON 921·40 CLAMART ,RANCEI
F0349 NOMEl.
TOUR FRANKLIN 92081 PARtS LA DEFENSE CEOEX 11 P'RANCE
F0368 MFOM
5 RUE DE DUNKERQUE 75010 PARtS FRANCE
F0984 GAUTHIER
75 RUE DE LA VALLEE DU BOIS 92140 CLAMART FRANCE
F1621 SFERNICE
59 RUE GUTENBERG 7S73? PARIS CEDEX 15 FRANCE
F1701 GOBIN-DAUDE
2 SIS RUE SERANGER 75003 PARIS FRANCE
F1907 HONEYWELL
6 RUE AVAULEE 92240 MALAKOFF FRANCE!
34-25-24 .'
INTRO 1001 Page 5
JUN 1/82 .
SFENA~

c
48-60V5
VENDOR'S CODE LIST c

CODE
VENDOR'S ADDRESS
F2600 VIRAX
54 AVENUE PHILIPPEAU~USTE 75011 PARIS FRANCE
F2663 SOVCOR ELECTRONIQUE

11 CHEMIN DE RONDE 78110 LE VESINET FRANCE
F3239 ALTOP'LEX (
36 RUE DES MARAICHERS 75020 PARIS FRANCE
F3950 O-E-C
5 RUE DE LA FAUVETtE ?Sl02 ARGENTEUtL "RANCE
F.S91· MOTOROLA
CHEMIN CANTO LAOUZETT~ 31000 TOULOUSE LE MIRAIL FRANCE (
'4601 THOMSON CSF DIVISION ~ESCOSEM
113 BOULEVARD HAUSSMA~N 15360 PARIS CEOEX 08 FRANCE
'4T59 SILEC· SEMICONDUCTEURS
69 RU~ DE MONCEAU 75008 PARIS FRANCE'
F6306 SFENA
BP59 78141 VELIZY VILLACOUBLAY CED[k FRANCE
KOT45 ANDERTON SPRINGS LTD
BINGLEY yORKS 8016 2PL ENGLAND
24229 GEORGES RISK INDUSTRIES
8025 ELM KIMBALL NE69~45 USA
78118 SPLIT BALLBEARtNG DIV OF MPB CORP
34-25-24
INTRO 1001 Page 6
JUN 1/82
SFENA~
48-60V5
VENDOR'S CODE LIST
CODE VENDOR'S ADDRESS
HWV 4 LEBANON NH03166 USA
82221 NORTH AMERICAN PHtLIP~ CONTROLS CORP

PO BOX 168 CHESHIRE INDUSTRIAL PARKt CHESHIRE CT06410 USA
96095 AYX CERAMlCS DIY OF AYX CORP
SENECA AYE OLEAN NY 1~160 USA
34-25-24
INTRO 1001 Page 7
JUN 1/82
(
SFENA~

r 48-60V5
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR INDEX
EQUIPMENT FIGURE AIRLINE PART NUMBER
DESIGNATOR ITEM PART NUMBER
A1 75A 157-1020
A2 1 70A 157-1021
A3 1 65A 157-887V1
1 - 65B 157-887V3
A4 1 60A 157-1022V1
A5 1 55A 157-1023V3
A6 1 50A 157-1024
1 - 50B 157-1024M2
1 - 50C 157-1024M3
1 - 50D 157-1024M4 R
A7 1 45A 157-904
- 45B 157-904M1
- 45C 157-904M2 R
1 - 45D 157-904V3 R
1 - 45E 157-904M3 R
A8 1 40A 157-1025
1 - 40B 157-1025Ml
- 40C 157-1025M2
A9 35A 157-1026
1 - 35B 157-1026Ml
1 - 35C 157-1026M2
- 35D 157-1026M3
- 35E 157-1026M4 R
Al0 30A 157-1027
- 30B 157-1027Ml
All 1 105A 157-1028V3
1 -105B 157-1028V3Ml
A12 1 95A 157-1029Vl
A13 1 100A 157-1030V3
A14 145A 157-1098
1 -145B 157-1098Vl
A15 1 130A 157-1099V1
1 -130B 157-1099V1M1
B1 6 35A 08M28D1F
6 - 35B 08M28plFA
B2 5 135A 08M28D1F
5 -135B 08M28p1FA
B3 6 55A 12VOSRCT4KN5K34
B4 6 50A 26VOSRCT4PSOK
B5 5 150A 12VOSRCT4KN5K34
B6 5 155A 26V08RCT4PSOK
Cl 3 -285A CK05BX223M
C3 3 -2S5A CK05BX223M
C4 3 -285A CK05BX223M
C6 3 -285A CK05BX223M
C7 3 -285A CK05BX223M
C8 3 -280A CK05BX153K
34-25-24
EDI 1001 Page 1
NOV 4/85·
SFENA.
48-60V5 (
EQUIPMENT FIGURE AIRLINE PART NUMBER (

3 -280B
CK05BX153M
C9 3 -280B
CK05BX153M
CRl 3 -290A
lN4148
CR3 3 -290A
lN4148
CR4 3 -290A
lN4148
CR6 3 -290A
lN4148
CR7 3 -290A
1N4148
CR8 7 135A
M8HZ
DSl 3 230B
1-431-022
DS3 3 205B
1-431-026
DS4 3 130B
1-431-024
DS5 3 80A
100EOl-4
3 - 80B
100EOl-6 (,
Ds6 3 260B
1-431-025
DS7 3 150B
1-431-021
Ds8 3 35A
48-60V1-10-34
DS9 3 55A
48-60Vl-10-60
DS10 3 55A
48-60V1-10-60
DS 11 3 55A
48-6oVl-10-60
DS12 3 55A
48-60V1-10-60
3 120A
48-60V1-10-66
DS13 3 55A
48-60V1-10-60
DS14
3
3
120A
55A
48-60V1-10-66
48-60V1-10-60
\
DS15 3 55A
48-60Vl-10-60
DS16 3 55A
48-60V1-10-60
DS17 3 55A
48-60Vl-10-60
DS18 3 55A
48-60Vl-10-60
DS19 3 55A
48-6oVl-10-60
DS20 3 55A
48-60Vl-l0-60
J3 3 70A
23203UJ032
J4 7 60A
20-40SF
J5 7 60A
20-40SF
J6 3 70A
23203UJ032
J7 7 60A
20-40SF
J8 2 245A
CM5M
6 -210A
CM5F
J9 2 90A
CM5M
6 -210A
CM5F
Jl0 2 130A
CM5M
6 -210A
CM5F
J12 2 210A
CM5M
6 -210A
CM5F
J13 2 170A
CM5M
6 -210A
CM5F
J14 2 55A
CM5M
6 -210A
CM5F
34-25-24
EDI 1001 Page 2
NOV 4/85
SFENA+

{ 48-60V5
EQUIPMENT FIGURE AIRLINE PART NUMBER
M2 2 75A 48-60-80
2 - 75B 48-60-80M1
2 - 75C 48-60-80M2
M3 2 230A 48-60-90
2 -230B 48-60-90M1
2 -230C 48-60-90M2
M5 2 115A 48-60V1-100
2 - 115B 48-60Vl-100M1
M6 2 155A 48-60Vl-120
2 -155B 48-60Vl-120M1
M7 2 195A 48-60V1:"130
2 -195B 48-60Vl-130M1
M8 1 -160A 280240105000
2 40A 1I8-60V7-140
2 - 40B 48-60V7-140M1
M9 6 110A K19205C13A
Ql 6 130A 2N5050
Q2 6 130A 2N5050
Q3 6 130A 2N5050
Q4 6 130A 2N5050
R1 7 120A RCMS02K3-210UF
R3 7 125A RCMS02K3-210UF
R4 7 120A RCMS02K3-210UF
R6 7 120A RCMS02K3-210UF
R7 7 120A RCMS02K3-210UF
RB 7 130A NK3K1KF
R9 7 121A NK3K5K11F
S1 3 190A lSX1T
3 -190B lSX1T
S2 3 -190B lSX1T
Tl 7 40A 159-365
T2 7 50A 159-364
TB2 6 20A 2-420-023
TB4 4 85A 48-3B-30-23
TB5 4 85A 48-38-30-23
34-25-2.4
EDI 1001 Page 3
NOV 11185.
(
(
\
·SFENA.

( 48-60V5
NUMERICAL INDEX (ALPHA)
PART NUMBER AIRLINE FIGURE TTL
PIN ITEM REQ
AM1800-18 '-l -115B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 115A
AM1800-31 5 - 15B
SUPSDS ITEM 15A
A0766 6 150A 4
A2NOIR 6 215A
DELETED
A3NOIR 6 220A
DELETED
BCQ1CQ040008U 3 115~ 4
6 17A 1
B51 3 175A 16
SUPSD BY MINIB51
CK05BX153K 3 -280A 1
CK05BX153M 3 -280B 2
CK05BX223K 3 -285A 5
SUPSD BY CKOSBX223M
CK05BX223M 3 -285A S
DELETE CK05BX223K
CM5F 6 -210A 6
1 70A 2
CM5M 2 55A 1
2 gOA 1
2 130A 1
2 170A 1
2 210A 1
2 24SA 1
JX'-ll 3 200A 1
KYNAR3-32 6 235A
DELETED
KYNAR3-64 6 230A
DELETED
Klg205C13A 6 110A 1
LSS5-14-83 3 8SA 1
SUPSD BY 83
MINIB51 3 175A 16
DELETE B51
M8HZ 7 135A
NA50K1KF 7 130A
SUPSD BY NK3K1KF
NASOK210UF 1 120A 4
SUPSD BY RCMS02K3-210UF
NA50K210UF 1 125A
SUPSD BY RCMS02K3-210UF
NK3K1KF 7 130A
DELETE NASOK1KF
NK3K5Kl1F 7 121A
34- 25-2.4
NI ALPHA 1001 Page 1
NOV 4185·
SFENA.·
48-60V5 (
NUMERICAL INDEX (ALPHA)
PART NUMBER AIRLINE

PIN
FIGURE
ITEM
TTL
REQ
(
RCMS02K3-210UF 7 120A 4
DELETE NA50K210UF
RCMS02K3-210UF 7 125A
DELETE NA50K210UF
RNF100-3-16 6 225A
DELETED
SIMSPFN2X48INOX 7 30A 20
DELETE SPTG2X4-8EDF
3PTG2X4-8EDF 7 30A 20
SUPSD BY SIMSPFN2X48INOX
S352-27 2 -246B 1
S352-28 2 -171B 1
3352-29 2 - 56B 1
3352-30 2 - 91B 1
2 -131B 1
S352-31 2 -211B 1
3902-200 1 - 28A 1
S902-252 1 - 20B 1
S902-262 1 - 29A 1
3902-267 2 - 57B 1
2 - 92B 1
2 -132B 1
2
2
-172B
-212B
1
1
.(
.f
"
2 -21.i7B 1
VC 116 3 95A 2
WFAX3-32PH21 5 80A 2 R
3UPSD BY 500000710000H
WFR188PH21 5 125A R
SUPSD BY 500000620000Y
WFXl-4PH21 5 50A R
SUPSD BY 500000000100U
WX5ZZPH21 4 105A R
SUPSD BY 500000630000H
WX8PH21 5 lOA R
SUPSD BY 500000650000C
34-25-24
NI ALPHA 1001 Page 2

NOV 4/85
SFENA.

( 48-60V5
NUMERICAL INDEX (NUM)

PIN ITEM REQ
00701NOIR 3 295A AR
08M28D1F 5 135A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 135B
OBM2BD1F 6 35A
SUPSD BY ITEM 35B
08M28p1FA 5 -135B
SUPSDS ITEM 135A
08M28P1FA 6 - 35B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 35A
1-352-001 2 -246A 1
1-352-002 2 -171A 1
2 -211A 1
1-352-005 2 100A 1
2 140A 1
2 255A 1
1-352-009 2 - 56A 1
1-352-010 2 - 91A 1
2 -131A 1
1-431-021 3 150B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 150A
1-431-022 3 230B
SUPSDS ITEM 230A
1-431-024 3 130B
SUPSDS ITEM 130A
1-431-025 3 260B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 260A
1-431-026 3 205B
SUPSDS ITEM 205A
1-431-028 3 215A
DELETED
1-431-028 3 240A
DELETED
1-431-029 3 160A
DELETED
1-431-029 3 270A
DELETED
1-431-031 3 140A
DELETED
lN4148 3 -290A 5
lSX1T 3 190A 1
3 -190B 2
100EOl-4 3 80A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 80B
100EOl-6 3 - 80B
SUPSDS ITEM 80A
12V08RCT4KN5K34 5 150A 1
6 55A 1
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 1
NOV 4/85
SFENA~
48-60Y5 (
('
PART NUMBER AIRLINE FIGURE TTL \
PIN ITEM REQ
120VCOl 3 90A 1
1405 6 140A 8
SUPSD BY 57-19-00-11
1500-56DIN1-5 5 90A 1
DELETE 23203UJ032
157-1020 1 75A
157-1021 1 70A
157-1022Vl 1 60A 1
157-1023V3 1 55A 1
157-1024 1 50A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 50B
157-1024M2 - 50B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 50A (
157-1024M3 1 - 50C 1
157-1024M4
157-1025
1 - 50D
40A
R
SUPSD BY ITEM 40B

157-1025Ml 1 - 40B
SUPSDS ITEM 40A
157-1025M2 - 40C
157-1026 35A
SUPSD BY ITEM 35B
157-1026Ml 1 - 35B {
SUPSDS ITEM 35A
157-1026M2 1 - 35C
157-1026M3 1 - 35D
157-1026M4 1 - 35E R
157-1027 1 30A
SUPSD BY ITEM 30B
157-1027Ml 1 - 30B
SUPSDS IT'EM 30A
157-1028V3 105A
SUPSD BY ITEM 105B
157-1028V3Ml 1 -105B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 105A
157-1029Vl 1 95A
157-1030V3 1 100A 1
157-1098 1 145A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 145B
157-1098Vl 1 -145B
SUPSDS ITEM 145A
157-1099Vl 1 130A
SUPSD BY ITEM 130B
157-1099V1Ml -130B
SUPSDS ITEM 130A
157-887Vl 1 65A
SUPSD BY ITEM 65B
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 2
NOV 4/85
SFENA.

( 48-60V5
i,

PIN ITEM REQ
151-881V3 - 65B
SUPSDS ITEM 65A
151-904 1 45A
151-904Ml 1 - 45B
151-904M2 1 - 45C
151-904M3 1 - 45E R
151-904V3 1 - 45D R
159-364 1 50A
159-365 1 40A
1800-16 4 115A
SUPSD BY ITEM 115B
1800-21 5 15A
SUPSD BY ITEM 15B
2-103-044 6 190A 3
2-108-011 5 115A 4
SUPSD BY 403819014030
2-108-011 6 15A 4
SUPSD BY 403819014030
2-164-034 6 195A 1
2-301-032 1 15A 10
2-420-023 6 20A
2-902-061 1 - 20A 1
2-902-092 1 - 25A 1
2-902-156 1 - 26A 1
2-902-151
2-902-118
1
2
- 21A
-241A
1
2-902-119 2 -112A 1
2 -212A
2-902-180 2 - 51A 1
2-902-181 2 - 92A 1
2 -132A 1
2-902-182 2 - 58A 1
2 - 93A
2 -133A
2 -113A 1
2 -213A 1
2 -248A 1
2N5050 6 130A 4
20-40SF 1 60A 3
22291CA020005 1 lOA 8
22291CA025012 2 25A 2
22291CA025016 2 35A 10
22291UH012006 1 15A 4
22291UH016004 4 80A 4
1 95A 3
22291UH016005 3 185A 2
3 - 50B 1 R
34-25-2.4
NI NUM 1001 Page 3
NOV 4/85
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
PART NUMBER AIRLINE

PIN
FIGURE
ITEM
TTL
REQ
(
22291UH020005 1 135A 2
1 150A 2
22291UH020012 7 45A 4
7 65A 6
7 - 55A 4
22291UH025006 4 50A 2
22293CA012005 2, lJ5A 2
2 80A 2
2 120A 2
2 160A 2
2 200A 2
2 235A 2
6 -205A 12
22293UH016004 6 65A 6
22293UH016005 3 50A 1 R
5 145A 3
5 165A 6
5 185A 2
6 105A 2
22293UH016006 6 45A 3
22293UH020005 7 90A 7
22293UH025003 6 l60A 2 (
6 170A 1 \
6 laOA 1
22293UH025006 6 l25A 2
22294CA020006 lJ -100B 3
SUPSDS ITEM 100A
22294CA025005 1 215A 4
22294CA025012 2 lOA 2
22294CA025016 2 15A 2
22294UH012003 5 70A 4
22294UH012005 1 140A 2
1 155A 2
22294UH016003 3 135A 2
3 155A 2
3 265A 2
lJ 60A 4
4 70A 2
4 90A 4
22294UH016004 2 110A 2
2 150A 2
2 265A 2
4 20A 4
5 120A 3
22294UH016005 2 70A 1
2 la5A
2 225A
34-25-24
NI NUM
1001 Page 4
NOV 4/85
SFENA+

( 4B-60V5

PIN ITEM REQ
3 210A 2
6 25A 4
22294UH016006 3 235A 2
22294UH020003 5 60A 3
6 115A 2
22294UH020005 5 110A 3
22294UH020006 4 125A 3
22294UH020006 1t 100A 3
SUPSD BY ITEM 100B
22294UH020008 3 195A 2
3 -195B 4
5 25A 4
6 135A 8
22294UH020011t 5 35A 4
222g4UH025005 7 -105B 8
SUPSDS ITEM 105A
22294UH025006 7 105A 8
SUPSD BY ITEM 105B
22298CA025010 it itOA 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 40B
22431UH016 1 115A 4
7 100A 3
22431UH025 7 110A 1
23117CA016 2 105A
2 145A
2 260A 1
23203UJ0012 3 - 41A 2 R
23203UJ032 3 70A 1
23203UJ032 5 gOA 1
SUPSD BY 1500-56DIN1-5
26V08RCT4PSOK 5 155A 1
6 50A 1
280240105000 2 - 1A RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
280240105000 1 -160A R
SUPSD BY ITEM 160B
280250107000 3 1A RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
280250107000 1 190A 1 R
SUPSD BY ITEM 190B
280250150002D 3 - 1B RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1A
280250150002D 1 -190B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 190A
280400107000 5 - 1A RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
280400107000 1 200A 1 R
34-25-2-4
NI NUM 1001 Page 5
NOV 4/85
SFENA+
48-60Y5 (
PART NUMBER AIRLINE

PIN
FIGURE
ITEM
TTL (
REQ
SUPSD BY ITEM 200B

280400107002K S - lB RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1A
280400107002K -200B
SUPSDS ITEM 200A
280450103000 1 19SA 1 R
4· - 1A RF
280520105000 6 - 1A RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
280520105000 20SA R
SUPSD BY ITEM 205B
280520105002N 6 - 1B RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1A
280520105002N -20SB
SUPSDS ITEM 205A
321-019 6 145A 4
SUPSD BY 5X
4-02-3-0003NOIR 7 - 3SA AR
DELETE 4-02-3-003
4-02-3-003 7 - 35A AR
SUPSD BY 4-02-3-0003NOIR
402619025100 4 - 40B 2 I
SUPSDS ITEM 40A (

403819014030 5 17SA 4
DELETE 2-108-011
403819014030 6 75A 4
DELETE 2-108-011
48-27-42-29 5 140A 3
6 40A 3
48-27-42-30 S 170A 2
6 70A 2
48-32-23-22 6 9SA 2
48-32-23-29 6 90A 2
48-32-24-57 5 160A 6
48-38-10-20 3 10SA 2
48-38-20-13 6 18SA 4
48-38-20-18 6 60A 6
48-38-20-21 2 5A 2
48-38-30-15 4 120A 3
48-38-30-17 4 75A 2
48-38-30-19 4 3SA 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 35B
48-38-30-19Ml 4 - 35B
SUPSDS ITEM 35A
48-38-30-20 4 65A 2
48-38-30-21 4 30A 2
48-38-30-22 4 25A 2
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 6
NOV 4/8S
SFENA+

( 48-60V5

PIN ITEM REQ
48-38-30-23 4 85A 2
48-38-30-24 4 110A 1
48-38-30-28 4 55A 2
48-38-40-25 5 200A 2
48-38-40-26 5 205A 2
48-38-40-31 5 85A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 85B
48-38-40-34 5 65A 2
48-38-40-35 5 75A 1
48-50Vl-l0-71 3 15A 3
48-60-00-11 1 220A AR
48-60-00-12 1 90A 1
48-60-00-13 1 85A 9
48-60-00-14 1 80A 1
48-60-00-15 1 125A 2
48-60-00-16 1 120A 2
48-60-00-17 1 110A 4
48-60-00-18 2 270A 6
7 123A 2
48-60-10-16 3 30A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 30B
48-60-10-17 3 125A 4
48-60-10-28 3 180A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 180B
48-60-10-44 3 100A 1
48-60-10-45 3 250A 2
48-60-10-49 3 225A 2
48-60-10-50 3 255A
48-60-120-14 2 65A
2 180A
2 220A
48-60-20-12 6 - 80A
48-60-20-14 6 30A 1
48-60-20-17 6 120A 1
48-60-20-18 6 175A
48-60-20-20 6 155A 2
48-60-20-21 6 165A 1
48-60-20-22 6 l5A 1
48-60-20-24 2 30A 5
48-60-20-30 6 85A 1
48-60-20-36 6 lOA
48-60-30-11 4 lOA 1
48-60-30-12 4 95A 1
48-60-30-21 4 130A 1
48-60-40-14 5 105A
48-60-40-15 5 95A 1
48-60-40-17 5 100A 1
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 7
NOV 4/85 .
SFENA+

48-60V5 (
PART NUMBER AIRLINE
PIN
FIGURE
ITEM
TTL
REQ
(
48-60-40-18 5 55A 1
48-60-40-20 5 20A 1
48-60-40-22 5 180A 2
6 100A 2
48-60-40-23 5 -195A 1
48-60-40-26 5 115A 1
48-60-40-411 5' 190A 1
118-60-110-47 5 45A 1
48-60-110-119 5 210A 1
118-60-40-50 5 - 85B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 85A

118-60-40-51 5 86A 1
118-60-110-52 5 215A 1
118-60-50 7 10A 1
48-60-50-16 7 20A 1
118-60-50-38 7 25A 1
118-60-70-80 7 85A 1
SUPSDBY ITEM 85B
48-60-70-80M1 7 85B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 85A
118-60-70-85 7 80A 2
48-60-70-86 7 122A 2
48-60-80 1 165A
DELETED
118-60-80 2 75A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 75B
118-60-80-12 2 95A
SUPSD BY ITEM 95B
1I8-60-80-12M1 2 - 95B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 95A
118-60-80-111 2 - 85A 1
2 -125A 1
48-60-80-1I1M1 2 - 85B 1
2 -1258 1
1I8-60-80M1 2 - 75B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 75A
48-60-80M2 2 - 750 1
48-60-90 1 185A
DELETED
118-60-90 2 230A
SUPSD BY ITEM 230B
118-60-90-12 2 250A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 250B
1I8-60-90-12M1 2 -250B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 250A
118-60-90-14 2 -240A 1
1I8-60-90-14M1 2 -240B 1
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 8
NOV 4/85
SFENA.
( 48-60V5

PIN ITEM REQ
48-60-90M1 2 -230B
SUPSDS ITEM 230A
48-60-90M2 2 -230C 1
48-60V1-10-12 3 lOA 1
48-60V1-10-13 3 110A 1
48-60Vl-l0-16 3 275A
DELETED
48-60Vl-l0-18 3 165A
DELETED
48-60Vl-10-28 3 245A
DELETED
48-60V1-10-30 3 220A
DELETED
48-60Vl-10-33 3 145A
DELETED
48-60Vl-10-34 3 35A 1 R
3 - 42A 1 R
48-60Vl-l0-36 3 65A 1
48-60Vl-l0-37 3 230A
DELETED
48-60Vl-l0-38 3 205A
DELETED
48-60Vl-l0-39 3 260A
DELETED
48-60Vl-l0-40 3 150A
DELETED
48-60V1-10-42 3 130A
DELETED
48-60Vl-10-60 3 55A 10
48-60V1-10-62 3 20A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 20B
48-60Vl-10-63 3 25A 2
48-60Vl-l0-64 3 40A 2 R
48-60V1-10-65 3 45A 1 R
48-60V1-10-66 3 120A 2
48-60V1-10-72 3 - 30B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 30A
48-60Vl-l0-73 3 - 20B
SUPSDS ITEM 20A
48-60V1-100 2 115A
48-60Vl-l00 1 170A
DELETED
48-60V1-100-12 2 135A 1
48-60Vl-100M1 2 -115B 1
48-60V1-120 2 155A 1
48-60V1-120 1 175A
DELETED
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 9
NOV 4/85
SFENA.

48-60V5 (
PART NUMBER AIRLINE

PIN
FIGURE
ITEM
TTL
REQ
(
48-60Vl-120-12 2 115A 1
48-60Vl-120-14 2 -165A 1
2 -205A 1
48-60Vl-120Ml 2 -155B
48-60V1-130 2 195A
48-60Vl-130 1 180A
DELETED
48-60Vl-130-12 2 2l5A
48-60Vl-130-14 2 -205B
48-60Vl-130M1 2 -195B 1
48-60Vl-30-11 4 15A 1
48-60Vl-30-15 4 45A 1
48-60Vl-10-13 1 - 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
48-60Vl0-10-10 1 - 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
48-60V2-30 4 - 5A 1
48-60V2-40-15 5 30A 1
48-60V3-10-21 3 15A 1
48-60V3-20-l1 2 20A 1
48-60V5 1 - lA RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
/
48-60V5-10 3 - 5B (
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
48-60V5-l0-11 3 -180B
SUPSDS ITEM l80A
48-60V5-10-16 3 - 45B R
48-60V5-10-17 3 - 40B 2 R
48-60V5-10-18 3 - 43A 1 R
48-60V5-l0-19 3 - 35B 1 R
48-60V5-l0-20 3 - 52A 2 R
48-60V5-20 6 - 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
48-60V5-20-11 6 -200A
SUPSD BY ITEM 200B
48-60V5-20-11M1 6 -200B
SUPSDS ITEM 200A
48-60V5-20M2 6 - 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
48-60V5-60 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
48-60V5-60-05 1 - 15A
SUPSD BY ITEM 15B
48-60V5-60-05M6 1 - 15B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 15A
48-60V5-60-05M8 1 - 15C
48-60V5-60-05M9 - 15D
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 10

NOV 4/85
SFENA+
COMPONENT MAINtENANCE MANUAL
( 48-60V5

PIN ITEM REQ
48-60V5-60M5 1 - 5C
48-60V5-60M6 1 - 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
48-60V5-60M7 1 - 5D 1
48-60V5-70 1 210A 1 R
7 - lA RF
48-60V5Ml 1 - lB RF
SUPSDS ITEM lA
48-60V7-00-11 2 190A 2
48-60V7-10 3 - 5A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
48-60V7-10-11 3 170A 1
48-60V7-140 2 40A 1
48-60V7-140-12 2 60A 1
48-60V7-140-14 2 - 50A 1
48-60V7-140M1 2 - 40B 1
48-60V7-40 5 - 5A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
48-60V7-40-11 5 40A 1
48-60V7-40M2 5 - 5B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
4860V112014Ml 2 -165B 1
4860V714014M1 2 - 50B 1
5X 6 145A 4
DELETE 321-019
500000000100U 5 50A 1 R
DELETE WFXl-4PH21
500000620000Y 5 125A 1 R
DELETE WFR188PH21
500000630000H 4 105A R
DELETE WX5ZZPH21
500000650000C 5 lOA 1 R
DELETE WX8PH21
5Q.00.00710000H 5 80A 2 , R
DELETE WFAX3-32PH21
519C 7 115A 1
57-19-00-11 6 140A 8
DELETE 1405
7103-0060U060H 5 130A 2
SUPSD BY ITEM 130B
715 3 60A
DELETED GE715
83 3 85A
DELETE L555-14-83
8530006-70 5 -130C 2 R
SUPSD BY 853006-70
853006-09 5 -130B 2
34- 25-2.4
NI NUM 1001 Page 11
NOV 4/85'
SFENA+
48-60V5 (
PART NUMBER AIRLINE

PIN
FIGURE
ITEM
TTL
REQ
(
SUPSDS ITEM 130A
853006-70 5 -130C 2 R
DELETE 8530006-70
880008260105G 2 - lB RF
SUPSDS ITEM lA
880008260105G 1 -16 OB 1 R
SUPSDS ITEM 160A
34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 12
NOV 4/85
SFENA~

(
48-60V5
\
PART NUMBER
AIRLINE
FIGURE
TTL
PIN
ITEM
REG
48-60'11-00-11 2 1904 2
48-60'11-10 1 190A 1
SUPSO BY 280250101000
3 .. SA 1
SUPSO BY 48-60V5-10
48_60'11-10-11 3 110A 1
48";'60V1-140 1 -160A 1
SUPSO BY 280240105000
2 40A 1
48';'60'17-140.12 2 60A 1
48';'60'17-140-14 2 .. SOA 1
48 .. 60V1-140Ml 2 - 40B 1 R
48-60'17-40 1 2004 1
SUPSO BY 280400101000
5 SA 1
SUPSO BY 48-60V7-40M2
48-60'11-40-11 5 40A 1
48-60V1-40M2 5 58 1
SUPSDS 48-60V1-40
4860v112014M1 2 -165B 1 R
4860V114014Ml 2- SOB 1 R
5X 6 145A 4
DELETE 321-019
519C 7 liSA 1
57-19-00-11 6 1404 8
DELETE 1405
7103-0060U060H 5 130A 2
SUPSD BY 853006-09
115 3 60A 10
DELETE GE115
83 3 85A 1
.DELETE L5SS-14-83
8530006-10 5 -130C 2 R
853006-09 5 -130B 2 R
SUPSOS 7103-0060U060H
88000826010SG 1 -1608 1
SUPSDS 280240105000
2 .. 18 RF
SUPSOS 280240105000
-Item not illustrated

34-25-24
NI NUM 1001 Page 13 .

JUN 1/82
SFENA~

48-60V5 c
c
/
Q
co
Q
~-----'----~ ....\ --\---_J
34-25-24 '
Attitude,Director Indicator Page 1001-0
Figure 1 MAY 25/77
SFENA+

( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE

UN
ITEM CODE
PER
1234567 ASS
1 - lA 48-60V5 ATTITUDE,DIRECTOR RF
INDICATOR
SUPSD BY ITEM lB
lB 48-60V5Ml ATTITUDE,DIRECTOR RF
INDICATOR
SUPSDS ITEM lA
5A 48-60V5-60 .HOUSING,PROTECTIVE ASSY lA
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
5B 48-60V5-60M6 .HOUSING,PROTECTIVE ASSY lB
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
5C 48-60V5-60M5 .HOUSING,PROTECTIVE ASSY lA
5D 48-60V5-60M7 .HOUSING,PROTECTIVE ASSY lB
ATTACHING PARTS
lOA 22291CA020005 .SCREW,MACH.SST 8
FLAT H.90CSK M2X5
***
- 15A 48-60V5-60-05 •• LABEL,MANUFACTURER 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 15B
- 15B 48-60V5-60-05M6 .• LABEL,MANUFACTURER 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 15A
- 15C 48-60V5-60-05M8 •• LABEL,MANUFACTURER 5C
POST SB 48-65V5-34-009
- 15D 48-60V5-60-05M9 •• LABEL,MANUFACTURER 5D
POST SB 48-60V5-34-009
- 20A 2-902-061 •• PROTECTOR 5AB 1
- 20B S902-252 •• PROTECTOR 5CD 1
POST SB 48-60V5-34-009
- 25A 2-902-092 •• LABEL,MODIFICATION
SUFFIX
- 26A 2-902-156 •• LABEL,WARRANTY 5BCD
- 27A 2-902-157 •• PROTECTOR 5BCD
- 28A S902-200 •• LABEL,IDENTIFICATION 5CD
POST SB 48-60V5-34-009
- 29A S902-262 •• PROTECTOR 5CD
POST SB 48-60V5-34-009
30A 157-1027 .AMPLIFIER,DOUBLE SERVO lA
P-C-B
SUPSD BY ITEM 30B
SEE 34-09-11
- 30B 157-1027Ml .AMPLIFIER,DOUBLE SERVO 1
P-C-B
SUPSDS ITEM 30A
SEE 34-09-11
35A 157-1026 .DETECTION,FAILURE P-C-B lA
SUPSD BY ITEM 35B
SEE 34-09-09
- Item not illustrated

34-25-24
Page 1001-1
NOV 4/85
SFENA~
48-60Y5 ('
PARTS LIST
FIGURE
ITEM
PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN
CODE PER
(
1234567 ASS
1 - 35B 157-1026M1 .DETECTION,FAILURE P-C-B 1A

SUPSDS ITEM 35A
PRE SB 4B-60V5-34-006
SEE 34-09-09
- 35C 157-1026M2 .DETECTION,FAILURE P-C-B 1B
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-006
PRE SB 4B-60V5-34-007
SEE 34-09-09
- 35D 157-1026M3 .DETECTION,FAILURE P-C-B 1B
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-007
PRE SB 4B-60V5-34-013
SEE 34-09-09
- 35E 157-1026M4 .DETECTION,FAILURE P-C-B R (
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-013
SEE 34-09-09
40A 157-1025 .DETECTION,DOUBLE 1A
FAILURE P-C-B
SUPSD BY ITEM 40B
SEE 34-09-0B
- 40B 157-1025M1 .DETECTION,DOUBLE 1A
FAILURE P-C-B
SUPSDS ITEM 40A {
SEE 34-09-0B \
- 40C 157-1025M2 .DETECTION,DOUBLE 1B
FAILURE P-C-B
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-006
SEE 34-09-0B
45A 157-904 .AMPLIFIER,TRIPLE SERVO 1A
P-C-B
SEE 34-09-05
- 45B 157-904M1 .AMPLIFIER,TRIPLE SERVO 1B
P-C-B
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-00B
SEE 34-09-05
- 45C 157-904M2 .AMPLIFIER,TRIPLE SERVO 1B
P-C-B
PRE SB 4B-60V5-34-012
SEE 34-09-05
- 45D 157-904V3 .AMPLI,TRIPLE SERVO R
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-012
SEE 34-09-05
- 45E 157-904M3 .AMPLIFIER,TRIPLE SERVO R
P-C-B
POST SB 4B-60V5-34-012
SEE 34-09-05
50A 157-1024
.DETECTION,FAILURE 1A

34-25-24
Page 1001-2
NOV 4/B5
SFENA.

( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN

ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
DOUBLE P-C-B
SUPSD BY ITEM 50B
SEE 34-09-10
1 - 50B 157-1024M2 .DETECTION,FAILURE lA
DOUBLE P-C-B
SUPSDS ITEM 50A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-003
SEE 34-09-10
- 50C 157-1024M3 .DETECTION,FAILURE 1B
DOUBLE P-C-B
POST SB 48-60V5-34-006
PRE SB 48-60V5-34-013
SEE 34-09-10
- 50D 157-1024M4 .DETECTION,FAILURE 1 R
DOUBLE P-C-B
POST SB 48-60V5-34-013
SEE 34-09-10
55A 157-1023V3 .AMPLIFIER,SERVO P-C-B
SEE 34-09-19
60A 157-1022Vl .DETECTION,FAILURE P-C-B
SEE 34-09-18
{ 65A 157-887V1 .AMPLIFIER,DOUBLE SERVO 1A
P-C-B
SUPSD BY ITEM 65B
SEE 34-09-04
- 65B 157-887V3 .AMPLIFIER,DOUBLE SERVO 1B 1
P-C-B
SUPSDS ITEM 65A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-005
SEE 34-23-48
70A 157-1021 .POWER,POM15V SUPPLY 1
P-C-B
SEE 34-09-06
75A 157-1020 .POWER,POM15V SUPPLY
P-C-B
SEE 34-09-03
80A 48-60-00-14 .SHEET,INSULATING 1
85A 48-60-00-13 .SHEET,INSULATING 9
90A 48-60-00-12 .SHEET,INSULATING
95A 157-1029Vl .SWITCHING,P-C-B
SEE 34-09-20
100A 157-1030V3 .SWITCHING,AND 5V POWER
SUPPLY P-C-B
SEE 34-09-13
105A 157-1028V3 .SWITCHING,P-C-B lA
SUPSD BY ITEM 105B
\ - Item not illustrated

34-25-2.4
Page 1001-3
NOV 4/85
SFENA.
48-60V5 (
PARTS LIST
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
SEE 34-09-12
1 -105B 157-1028V3Ml .SWITCHING,P-C-B
SUPSDS ITEM 105A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-004
SEE 34-09-12
110A 48-60-00-17 .SCREW 4
115A 22431UH016 .NUT,HEX.ARCAP M1.6 4
120A 48-60-00-16 .SPACER 2
125A 48-60-00-15 .SPACER 2
130A 157-1099V1 .LOGIC,P-C-B 1A
SUPSD BY ITEM 130B
SEE 34-09-16
-130B 157-1099V1M1 .LOGIC,P-C-B
SUPSDS ITEM 130A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-003
SEE 34-09-16
ATTACHING PARTS
135A 22291UH020005 .SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 2
FLAT H.90CSK M2X5
BIND.H.M1.2X5
*** (
145A 157-1098 .TEST,P-C-B lA
SUPSD BY ITEM 145B
SEE 34-09-15
-145B 157-1098V1 .TEST,P..;,C-B 1B
SUPSDS ITEM 145A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-005
SEE 34-09-15
ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK M2X5
BIND.H.M1.2X5
***
-160A 280240105000 .GALVANOMETERS,ASSY NP 1 A R
SUPSD BY ITEM 160B
SEE 34-25-24-02
FOR DET
-160B 880008260105G .GALVANOMETERS,ASSY NP 1 B
SUPSDS ITEM 160A
SEE 34-25-24-02
FOR DET
165A 48-60-80 .DELETED
170A 48-60V1-100 .DELETED
175A 48-60Vl-120 .DELETED

34-25-24
Page 1001-4
NOV 4/85
SFENA<t>

48-60V5
PARTS LIST

ITEM CODE PER
1234561 ASS
180A 48-60V1-130 .DELETED

185A 48-60-90 .DELETED
190A 280250101000 .PANEL NP 1A R
SUPSD BY ITEM 190B
SEE 34-25-24-03
FOR DET
-190B 280250150002D .PANEL NP 1B
SUPSDS ITEM 190A
SEE 34-25-24-03
FOR DET
195A 280450103000 .YOKE NP R
SEE 34-25-24-04
FOR DET
200A 280400101000 .DRUM NP 1A R
SUPSD BY ITEM 200B
SEE 34-25-24-05
FOR DET
-200B 280400101002K .DRUM NP 1B
SUPSDS ITEM 200A
SEE 34-25-24-05
FOR DET
205A 280520105000 .FRAME NP 1A R
SUPSD BY ITEM 205B
SEE 34-25-24-06
FOR DET
-205B 280520105002N .FRAME NP 1B
SUPSDS ITEM 205A
SEE 34-25-24-06
FOR DET
210A 48-60V5-10 .UNIT,ELECTRONIC ASSY 1 R
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR DET
ATTACHING PARTS
215A 22294CA025005 .SCREW,MACH.SST 4
BIND.H.M2.5X5
***
220A 48-60-00-11 .GASKET AR

34-25-24
Page 1001-5
NOV 4/85
Detail A
105
145
260
I
I
/
! ()
I
I
o
'- "'"".1:',y,/-\~, ~_.
1 B 3!:
I', ,,'
G')
. \~:l'I',. .'\'. v:\,\'\,\J II . . .~....-.,
"c?"_"", \
, .. ~
It: Ii'j,,,,,_..-~,,
'\1\
r "o
Z
!lI
' '"\\\'\~'), \\.)1'--rC
\\ ~ \, 'y
I~(""'\,- :::_ -;
, '-"'. .." .....
m
~(J)
01
<
60
1
f,'\ d /-'0'-
'1"""--'_'" < '" "7"',. - _;}..- 1
"'\'
"\I)if'~~'"
!lI
1\ r: '<, I.' \.1,
::::I
'';'I/'''r" ."
~3!: m
"TiO L,-r
....·3 -'.1/ ,,'rl.,;/11 ",
~ rol
'1';'I/ I(,'-'''>\\
I _ " '<;'<'j// jJ
1\1"); I , 'I
...... , ,- Z
ool>
'- F'~ \ \1 \ 1'-'; ."'& \";-,j\ (-r-,,, ,.1
____ ""
CM- " 1 I (' I \ / 1 I \ O'IZ
-S ro 5 0-1 ~
ro -S 1 \, 1\ \11 C' v..~\ I ; / '<m r/II'"
U"I~.
II)
I 0 rlf
,\r.,-,~,,:
,I \ \ \ , " _.{ I .
N'" ;\,'j\ j I ._?
~I
I \ I
\"',~,>,>, ''. ",,(/~,.

l>
1/&"\\"\''''''''<>-:'1/ /' /
".>,,:<'7';'. ' y~
lA' m
'\~...-'/ '~:::.. ~ ~,J\\, ,I~r. '~~4'
II)
II) ,....( \ / ' '" ','--'/... , \
Ii' ~
\ ..... -r
'< ':.J--...,
\\.J ? . I '" \ \ I"'. ""/'>
~, ,,::: --/.~
I. '''''-'', 1\ \ #
3!:
' ''. \ l>
15
LJU~ I~v"y I
r.
1M3 ~-<!,_,~
f'\ \//.j' \
\,1'/
I, / / Z
j V.,--'" / . ; \
'F" c:
21°! ,...
l>
170
:S:~
l>
'"0
!lie:.....,.)
ro
..j::::I.
I
195
175
r 35
-< ~........., 30
(M7)
NO c.:n
UfO •
'-J N~
........
I __ 210
'-J 0..,... 35
.~
,---... ,...-....,., .~
~
.,
SFENA.
48-60V5
PARTS LIST
ITEM CODE PER
123lt567 ASS
2 - 1A 2802lt0105000 GALVANOMETERS,ASSY RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
1B 880008260105G GALVANOMETERS,ASSY RF
SUPSDS ITEM 1A
SEE 3lt-25-2lt-01
FOR NHA
5A lt8-38-20-21 .PLATE 2
ATTACHING PARTS
lOA 2229ltCA025012 .SCREW,MACH.SST 2
BIND.H.M2.5X12
15A 2229ltCA025016 .SCREW,MACH.SST 2
BIND.H.M2.5X16
***
20A lt8-60V3-20-11 .SUPPORT,CONNECTOR
ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK M2.5X12
***
30A lt8-60-20-2lt .SUPPORT,CONNECTOR 5
ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK M2.5X16
***
ltOA lt8-60V7-1ltO .GALVANOMETER,SLOW-FAST NP 1A
ASSY
- ltOB lt8-60V7-1ltOM1 .GALVANOMETER,SLOW-FAST NP 1B
ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
lt5A 22293CA012005 .SCREW,MACH.SST 2
FIL.H.FLAT M1.2X5
***
- 50A lt8-60V7-1ltO-1lt •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY ltOA 1
- 50B lt860v71401ltM1 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
40B 1
lt8-60V7-1ltO-1ltM1
MADE BY VF6306
POST SB lt8-60V5-3lt-010 R
55A CM5M ••• CONNECTOR VF3950 1
- 56A 1-352-009 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 50A 1
- 56B S352-29 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 50B 1
- 57A 2-902-180 •••• LABEL 56A 1
- 578 S902-267 •••• LABEL 568 1
- 58A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR 1
60A 48-60V7-1ltO-12 •• POINTER,SLOW-FAST 1

34-25-24
Page 1002-1
NOV 4/85
SFENA+

48-60Y5 ('
PARTS LIST
FIGURE
ITEM
CODE PER
(
1234567 ASS
2 65A 48-60-120-14 •• NUTPLATE
ATTACHING PARTS
70A 22294UH016005 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP
BIND.H.M1.6X5
***
75A 48-60-80 .GALVANOMETER,PITCH ASSY NP 1A
SUPSD BY ITEM 75B
- 75B 48-60-80M1 .GALVANOMETER,PITCH ASSY NP 1A
SUPSDS ITEM 75A
- 75C 48-60-80M2 .GALVANOMETER,PITCH ASSY NP 1B
ATTACHING PARTS
(
FIL.H.FLAT M1.2X5
***
- 85A 48-60-80-14 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 75AB
- 85B 48-60-80-14M1 •• GALVANOMETRE,ASSY .75C
POST SB 48-60V5-34-010
90A CM5M ••• CONNECTOR VF3950
- 91A 1-352-010 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 85A
- 91B S352-30 ••• GALVANOMETRE NP 85B
- 92A 2-902-181 •••• LABEL 91A
- 92B S902-267 •••• LABEL 91B
- 93A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR

95A 48-60-80-12 •• POINTER,PITCH 75A
SUPSD BY ITEM 95B
- 95B 48-60-80-12M1 •• POINTER,PITCH 75BC
SUPSDS ITEM 95A
100A 1-352-005 •• NUTPLATE
ATTACHING PARTS
105A 23117CA016 •• WASHER,FLAT SST
DIA 1.6
110A 22294UH016004 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 2
BIND.H.M1.6X4
***
115A 48-60V1-100 .GALVANOMETER,YAW ASSY NP
-115B 48-60V1-100M1 .GALVANOMETER,YAW ASSY NP 1B
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M1.2X5
***
-125A 48-60-80-14 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 115A
-125B 48-60-80-14M1 •. GALVANOMETRE,ASSY 1 15B
130A CM5M ..• CONNECTOR VF3950

-131A 1-352-010 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 125A
-131B S352-30 .•• GALVANOMETRE NP 125B
-132A 2-902-181 •••• LABEL 131A
Item not illustrated

34- 25-24
Page 1002-2
NOV 4/85
SFENA+

( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
/

ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
2 -132B S902-267 •••• LABEL 131B

-133A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR
135A 48-60V1-100-12 •• POINTER,YAW 1
140A 1-352-005 •• NUTPLATE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
DIA 1.6
BIND.H.M1.6X4
***
155A 48-60V1-120 .GALVANOMETER,GLIDE ASSY NP 1A 1
-155B 48-60V1-120M1 .GALVANOMETER,GLIDE ASSY NP 1B 1
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M1.2X5
***
-165A 48-60V1-120-14 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 155A 1
-165B 4860V112014M1 •• GALVANOMETRE,ASSY 155B 1
ORDER OVERLGTH MPN
48-60V1-120-14M1
MADE BY VF6306
POST SB 48-60V5-34-010
-171A 1-352-002 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 165A 1
-171B S352-28 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 165B 1
-172A 2-902-179 •••• LABEL 171A 1
-172B S902-267 •••• LABEL 171B 1
-173A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR 1
175A 48-60V1-l20-12 •• POINTER,GLIDE 1
l80A 48-60-120-14 •• NUTPLATE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M1.6X5
***
190A 48-60V7-00-11 .SPACER 2
195A 48-60V1-130 .GALVANOMETER,LOCALIZER NP 1A 1
ASSY
-195B 48-60V1-130M1 .GALVANOMETRE,LOCALIZER NP 1B
ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M1.2X5
***
-205A 48-60V1-120-14 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 195A 1
-205B 48-60V1-130-14 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 195B 1
POST SB 48-60V5-34-010
\
\

34-25-24
Page 1002-3
NOV 4/85
SFENA~

48-60Y5 (
PARTS LIST
FIGURE
ITEM
CODE PER
(
1234567 ASS
2 210A CM5M ••• CONNECTOR VF3950 1
-211 B S352-31 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 205B 1
-212A 2-902-179 •••• LABEL 211 A 1
-212B S902-267 •••• LABEL 211 B 1
-213A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR 1
215A 48-60V1-130-12 •• POINTER,LOCALIZER 1
220A 48-60-120-14 •• NUTPLATE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.Ml.6X5
*** (
J
230A 48-60-90 .GALVANOMETER,ROLL ASSY NP 1A \
SUPSD BY ITEM 230B

-230B 48-60-90M1 .GALVANOMETER,ROLL ASSY NP lA
SUPSDS ITEM 230A
-230C 48-60-90M2 .GALVANOMETER,ROLL ASSY NP 1B
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT Ml.2X5
***
-240A 48-60-90-14 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 230AB (
-240B 48-60-90-14M1 •• GALVANOMETER,ASSY 230C
POST SB 48-60V5-34-010
-246B S352-27 ••• GALVANOMETER NP 240B 1
-247A 2-902-178 •••• LABEL 246A 1
-247B S902-267 •••• LA BEL 246B 1
-248A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR 1
250A 48-60-90-12 •• POINTER,ROLL 230A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 250B
-250B 48-60-90-12M1 •• POINTER,ROLL 230BC 1
SUPSDS ITEM 250A
255A 1-352-005 •• NUTPLATE 1
ATTACHING PARTS
DIA 1.6
BIND.H.M1.6X4
***
270A 48-60-00-18 .PLATE,INSULATOR 1B 6

34-25-24
Page 1002-4
NOV 11/85
." ._ . . SFENA~

(
48-60V5
PARTS LIST
FIGURE UN.
USAGE PER
ITEM PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE CODE ASS
2 -2478 S902·261 •••• L~8EL 2468 1 R

·.248A 2-902-182 •••• PROTECTOR 1 R
250A 48-60-90-12 •• POINTER.R0L.L 230A 1
SU~SO BY ITEM 250B
.250B 48.60-90-12M1 •• POI~TERtROL.L 23GBe; 1 R
SUPSOS IT!M 250A.
2SSA 1-352-005 • tlNUTPl.ATE . 1 R
.ATTACHING PARTS
26'OA 23111CA016 ••WAsH.!R.rLAT SST 1 R
DJA 1.6
.•..
265A 22294UH016004 •• SCR~WtMACH.ARCAP 2 R
,
• J NO. H'.MI. 6"4
'
210A 48-60-00-18 .PLAT~tINSULATOR 18 6
-Item not illustrated

34- 25-2<4 "
Page 1002-5·
JUN 1/82
SFENA~
c
48-60V5 (
I
34-25-24
Panel Page 1003-0
Figure 3 JUN 1/82
SFENA+
( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
\: FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN
ITEM CODE PER
1234561 ASS
3 - lA 280250101000 PANEL RF
SUPSD BY ITEM lB
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
lB 280250150002D PANEL RF
SUPSDS ITEM lA
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
5A 48-60V1-10 .FACE,FRONT ASSY NP lA
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
5B 48-60V5-10 .FACE,FRONT ASSY NP
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
lOA 48-60Vl-l0-12 •• MASK,DIAL
ATTACHING PARTS
15A 48-50Vl-l0-11 •. SCREW 3
***
20A 48-60Vl-l0-62 •• LEVEL,BALL ASSY 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 20B
- 20B 48-60Vl-l0-13 .• LEVEL,BALL ASSY 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 20A
ATTACHING PARTS
25A 48-60Vl-l0-63 •• SCREW 2
***
30A 48-60-10-16 •• DIFFUSER,LIGHT 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 30B
- 30B 48-60Vl-l0-12 •. DIFFUSER,LIGHT 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 30A
35A 48-60Vl-l0-34 •• LIGHT,DH WARNING R
PRE SB 48-60V5-34-015
- 35B 48-60V5-10-19 •• LIGHT,DH WARNING 5B R
POST SB 48-60V5-34-015
ATTACHING PARTS
40A 48-60Vl-l0-64 .• SCREW 2 R
PRE SB 48-60V5-34-015
***
- 40B 48-60V5-10-11 .•• SCREW 35B 2 R
POST SB 48-60V5-34-oi5
- 41A 23203UJOO12 .•• CIRCLIP,BRONZE 35B 2 R
BERYL.ALLOY DIA 1.2
POST SB 48-60V5-34-015
- 42A 48-60Vl-l0-34 •.• LIGHT,DH WARNING 35B R
POST SB 48-60V5-34-015
- 43A 48-60V5-10-18 ••• SHIM 35B R
POST SB 48-60V5-34-015
45A 48-60Vl-l0-65 .. BOARD,PRINTED CIRCUIT R
PRE SB 48-60V5-34-015
LA .... P<; - uSE 'l.("2.-\iDI-Dlo
(
34-25-24
Page 1003-1
NOV 4/85
SFENA+

48-60Y5 (
PARTS LIST
FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN (
ITEM CODE PER

1234567 ASS
3 - 45B 48-60V5-10-16 •.. BOARD,PRINTED CIRCUIT 1 R

POST SB 48-60V5-34-015
ATTACHING PARTS
50A 22293UH016005 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP R
FIL.H.FLAT M1.6X5
PRE SB 48-60V5-34-015
***
- 50B 22291UH016005 .• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP R
FLAT H.90CSK M1.6X5
POST SB 48-60V5-34-015
- 52A 48-60V5-10-20 • .BULB 2 R
55A 48-60V1-10-60 •• HOLDER,LAMP ASSY 5A 10 (
60A 715 • •. BULB VF0022 1
?:::)b Y ( DELETED GE715
OPT SEE TABLE
65A 48-60Vl-10-36 •• PLUNGER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
70A 23203UJ032 .• CIRCLIP,BRONZE
BERYL.ALLOY DIA 3.2
***
75A 48-60V3-10-27 •• SPRING 1
80A 100E01-4 •• LENS VF0214 5A 1 ('
SUPSD BY ITEM 80B
- 80B 100E01-6 · .LENS VF0214 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 80A
85A 83 • .BULB VF0214
DELETE L555-14-83
OPT SEE TABLE
90A 120VC01 •• BODY,WARNING LIGHT VF0214 1
95A VC 116 ••• NUT,WARNING LIGHT VF0214 2
100A 48-60-10-44 • .GLASS 1
105A 48-38-'10-20 •• SPRING 2
110A 48-60Vl-l0-13 •• BEZEL,ASSY 1
ATTACHING PARTS
115A BCQ1CQ040008U •• SCREW,MACH.SST 4
PAN H.M4X8
***
120A 48-60V1-10-66 ••• BULB 2
MODIFIED FROM PN
715 MADE BY VF0022
125A 48-60-10-17 • .SPACER 4

130A 48-60V1-10-42 •• DELETED
130B 1-431-024 •• SOLENOID,FD FLAG ASSY 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 130A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-001
ATTACHING PARTS

34-25-24
Page 1003-2
NOV 4/85
SFENA.

( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
3 135A 22294UH016003 .• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 2

BIND.H.M1.6X3
***
140A 1-431-031 ••• DELETED
145A 48-60V1-10-33 •.• DELETED
150A 48-60V1-10-40 •• DELETED
150B 1-431-021 •• SOLENOID,LOC FLAG ASSY 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 150A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-001
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M1.6X3
***
160A 1-431-029 ••• DELETED
165A 48-60V1-10-18 ••• DELETED
170A 48-60V7-10-11 •• DIAL,ROLL ASSY 1
175A MINIB51 ••• TERMINAL,FEEDTHROUGH VF0984 16
DELETE B51
180A 48-60-10-28 • .SUPPORT 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 180B
-180B 48-60V5-10-11 •• SUPPORT 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 180A
ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK Ml.6X5
***
190A lSX1T · .MICROSWITCH VF1907 5A 1
-190B lSX1T • .MICROSWITCH VF1907 5B 2
ATTACHING PARTS
195A 22294UH020008 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 5A 2
BIND.H.M2X8
-195B 22294UH020008 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 4
BIND.H.M2X8
***
200A JX41 •• BLADE,ACTUATING VF1907
205A 48-60Vl-l0-38 .• DELETED
205B 1-431-026 •• SOLENOID,FD2 FLAG ASSY 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 205A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-001
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M1.6X5
***
215A 1-431-028 .•• DELETED
220A 48-60V1-10-30 .•• DELETED
225A 48-60-10-49 • • SPACER 2
34-25-24
Page 1003-3
NOV 4185'
SFENA~
48-60Y5 (
PARTS LIST
FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN (

ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
3 230A 48-60V1-10-37 •• DELETED

230B 1-431-022 •• SOLENOID,G FLAG ASSY 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 230A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-001
ATTACHING PARTS

2
BIND.H.M1.6X6
***
240A 1-431-028 ••. DELETED
245A 48-60V1-10-28 ..• DELETED
250A 48-60-10-45 •• SPACER 2
255A 48-60-10-50 • • STOP 1 (
260A 48-60V1-10-39 •• DELETED
260B 1-431-025 •• SOLENOID,GS FLAG ASSY 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 260A
POST SB 48-60V5-34-001
ATTACHING PARTS
265A 22294UH016003 •. SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 2
BIND.H.M1.6X3
***
270A 1-431-029 ••• DELETED
275A 48-60V1-10-16
-280A CK05BX153K
••• DELETED
•• CAPACITOR,FIXED V96095 5A 1
f
15NF POM10PCT 50V
OPT SEE TABLE
-280B CK05BX153M •• CAPACITOR,FIXED V96095 5B 2
15NF POM20PCT 50V
OPT SEE TABLE
-285A CK05BX223M •. CAPACITOR,FIXED V96095 5
22NF POM20PCT 50V
DELETE CK05BX223K
OPT SEE TABLE
-290A 1N4148 • • DIODE VF4601 5
OPT SEE TABLE
295A 00701NOIR • • SEAL VF3239 5B AR
POST SB 48-60V5-34-002

34-25-24
Page 1003-4
NOV 4/85
(
(
FENA
COMPONE: MAINTENANCE
48-60V5
~
MANUAL
(~~:~
lTB5), \
60 55 \
50 \
.~~
~105 110 115
(
10
\
'"
100
(
45
40
20
. 34-25-24
Roll Fork Page 1004-0
Figure :5S Y SEP 15/73
SFENA.
( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
I
f FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
4 - 1A 280450103000 YOKE RF
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
5A 48-60V2-30 .FORK,ROLL ASSY 1
lOA 48-60-30-11 •• FORK,ASSY 1
15A 48-60Vl-30-11 • .MASK,ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M1.6X4
***
25A 48-38-30-22 • .SPACER 2
30A 48-38-30-21 • .SPACER 2
35A 48-38-30-19 •• HOLDER,SHAFT ASSY 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 35B
- 35B 48-38-30-19Ml •• HOLDER,SHAFT ASSY
SUPSDS ITEM 35A
ATTACHING PARTS
40A 22298CA025010 •• SCREW,MACH.SST 2
HEX.SOCK.H.M2.5Xl0
SUPSD BY ITEM 40B
- 40B 402619025100 .• SCREW,MACH.STL CD 2
PLT.HEX.SOCK.H
M2.5Xl0
SUPSDS ITEM 40A
***
45A 48-60Vl-30-15 •• STOP
ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK M2.5X6
***
55A 48-38-30-28 •• PLATE 2
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.Ml.6X3
***
65A 48-38-30-20 • . CLAMP 2
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.Ml.6X3
***
75A 48-38-30-17 · • PLATE 2
ATTACHING PARTS
80A 22291UH016004 .. SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 4
FLAT H.90CSK M1.6X4
***
85A 48-38-30-23 •. STRIPS,TERMINAL 2

34-25-24
Page 1004-1
NOV 4/85 .
SFENA.

48-60V5
(
PARTS LIST
FIGURE
ITEM
CODE PER
(
1234567 ASS
ATTACHING PARTS
4 90A 22294UH016003 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP

4
BIND.H.M1.6X3
***
95A 48-60-30-12 •• WHEEL,GEAR
ATTACHING PARTS

BIND.H.M2X6
SUPSD BY ITEM 100B
-100B 22294CA020006 •. SCREW,MACH.SST 3
BIND.H.M2X6
SUPSDS ITEM 100A
\
105A 500000630000H
***
•• BALL BEARING R
DELETE WX5ZZPH21
ATTACHING PARTS
1 10A 48-38-30-24 •. WASHER 1
115A 1800-16 •• CIRCLIP,STL DIA 4.19 VK0745 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 115B
***
-115B AM1800-18 •• CIRCLIP,STL DIA 4.19 VK0745
120A 48-38-30-15---
SUPSDS ITEM 115A
•• CLAMP
(
3
ATTACHING PARTS
125A 222g4UH020006 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 3
BIND ..H. M2X6
130A 48-60-30-21
***
•• BALL BEARING
MODIFIED FROM PN
3TWL37-46PL06 MADE BY
V78118

34-25-24
Page 1004-2
NOV 4/85
(
SFENA~

48-60V5 (
34-25-24
Drum Page 1005-0
Figure 5 MAY 25/77
SFENA.
48-60Y5 (
PARTS LIST
FIGURE
ITEM
CODE PER
(
1234567 ASS
5 75A 48-38-40-35 •• SPRING 1

80A 500000710000H •• BALL BEARING 2 R
DELETE WFAX3-32PH21
ATTACHING PARTS
85A 48-38-40-31 • .SPACER 5A
SUPSD BY ITEM 85B
- 85B 48-60-40-50 • . WASHER 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 85A
86A 48-60-40-51 • • WASHER, SP RING 5B 1
gOA 1500-56DIN1-5 •• CIRCLIP,BRONZE VK0745 1
BERYL.ALLOY DIA 1.5
DELETE 23203UJ032
*** (
95A 48-60-40-15 •. DISC,FINGER HOLDING 1
100A 48-60-40-17 • • BODY 1
105A 48-60-40-14 · • WHEEL, GEAR 1
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M2X5
***
115A 48-60-40-26 • • RING ,"
ATTACHING PARTS
•• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP
(
120A 222g4UH016004 3
BIND.H.Ml.6X4
***
125A 500000620000Y • • BALL B"EARING R

DELETE WFR188PH21
ATTACHING PARTS
130A 7103-0060U060H •• CIRCLIP,BRONZE VF2600 2
BERYL.ALLOY DIA 6
SUPSD BY ITEM 130B
-130B 853006-09 •• CIRCLIP,STL CD PLT VF0349 5B 2
DIA 6
SUPSDS ITEM 130A
-130C 853006-70 .• CIRCLIP,BRONZE VF0349 5B 2 R
BERYL.ALLOY DIA 6
DELETE 8530006-70
***
135A 08M28D1F • . MOTOR VF0054 5A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 135B
OPT SEE TABLE
-135B 08M28plFA • . MOTOR VF0054 5B
SUPSDS ITEM 135A
OPT SEE TABLE
140A 48-27-42-29 •• CLAMP 3
ATTACHING PARTS

34-25-24
Page 1005-2
NOV 4/85
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
( FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
5 145A 22293UH016005 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 3

FIL.H.FLAT Ml.6X5
***
150A 12VOBRCT4KN5K34 •• TRANSOLVER VF0054 1
OPT SEE TABLE
155A 26VOBRCT4PSOK •• TRANSOLVER VF0054
OPT SEE TABLE
160A 4B-32-24-57 • • CLAMP 6
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT Ml.6x5
***
170A 48-27-42-30 •• SEGMENT,ADJUSTMENT 2
ATTACHING PARTS
175A 403819014030 •. SCREW,MACH.STL CD 4
HEX.SOCK.Ml.4X3
DELETE 2-108-011
***
lBOA 48-60-40-22 • • CLAMP 2
ATTACHING PARTS
l85A 22293UH016005 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 2
FIL.H.FLAT Ml.6X5
***
190A 48-60-40-44 •• WHEEL,GEAR 1
-195A 48-60-40-23 • • WHEEL, GEAR 1
200A 48-38-40-25 •• SPRING 2
205A 4B-3B-40-26 •• WHEEL,GEAR 2
210A 48-60-40-49 •• SUPPORT,ASSY 1
215A 48-60-40-52 • • WASHER 5B 1

34-25-24
Page 1005-3
NOV 4/85
SFENA.

48-60Y5 (
.(
l
20 25 30
(TB2)
10 15
('
34-25-24
Frame Page 1006-0
Figure 6 MAY 25/77
SFENA.

( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST
i FIGURE PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE USAGE UN
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
6 - 1A 280520105000 FRAME RF
SUPSD BY ITEM 1B
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
lB 280520105002N FRAME RF
SUPSDS ITEM lA
SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
5A 4B-60V5-20 .CHASSIS,ASSY lA
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
5B 4B-60V5-20M2 .CHASSIS,ASSY
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
lOA 4B-60-20-36 •• CHASSIS,ASSY 1
15A 4B-60-20-22 •• CLAMP,ASSY 1
ATTACHING PARTS
17A BCQ1CQ040008U •• SCREW,MACH.SST 1
PAN H.M4XB
***
20A 2-420-023 •• HOLDER,BRUSH 1
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M1.6X5
***
30A 48-60-20-14 •• PLATE,GUARD 1
35A OBM2BD1F •• MOTOR VF0054 5A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 35B
OPT SEE TABLE
- 35B OBM2BP1FA •• MOTOR VFOO54 5B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 35A
OPT SEE TABLE
40A 4B-27-42-29 •• CLAMP 3
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M1.6X6
***
50A 26VOBRCT4PSOK •• TRANSOLVER VF0054
OPT SEE TABLE
55A 12VOBRCT4KN5K34 •• TRANSOLVER VF0054 1
OPT SEE TABLE
60A 4B-3B-20-1B •• CLAMP 6
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M1.6X4
***
70A 4B-27-42-30 •• SEGMENT,ADJUSTMENT 2
ATTACHING PARTS

34-25-24
( Page 1006-1
NOV 4/B5
SFENA+
48...,60V5 (
PA.RTS LIST
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
6 75A 403819014030 •• SCREW,MACH.STL CD 4
HEX.SOCK.M1.4X3
DELETE 2-108-011
***
- 80A
85A
48-60-20-12
48-60-20-30
• . WHEEL, GEAR
• .WHEEL,GEAR
1
1
90A 48-32-23-29 • • SPRING 2
95A 48-32-23-22 · . WHEEL, GEAR 2
100A 48-60-40-22 •. CLAMP 2
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT Ml.6X5 {
\
***
110A K19205C13A •• INDICATOR,ELAPSED TIME
V82227
ATTACHING PARTS
BIND.H.M2X3
***
120A 48-60-20-17 •• SUPPORT,HOUR METER

ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M2.5X6 {"
***
130A 2N5050 •• TRANSISTOR VF4597 4
OPT SEE TABLE
ATTACHING PARTS

8
BIND.H.M2X8
***
140A 57-19-00-11 •• BUSHING,INSULATOR 8

TEFLON
DELETE 1405
OPT SEE TABLE
145A 5X •• LUG,SOLDERING VF0368 4
DELETE 321-019
OPT SEE TABLE
150A A0766 •• WASHER,INSULATING V24229 4
155A 48-60-20-20 •• CLAMP,ASSY 2
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M2.5X3
165A 48-60-20-21
***
•• CLAMP,ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M2.5X3
34-25-24
Page 1006-2
NOV 4/85
SFENA+
( 48-60V5
PARTS LIST

ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
***
6 175A 48-60-20-18 .. CLAMP,ASSY
ATTACHING PARTS
FIL.H.FLAT M2.5X3
***
185A 48-38-20-13 •• CLAMP 4
ATTACHING PARTS
190A 2-103-044 •• SCREW,MACH.STL.CD 3
PLT.FLAT H.90CSK
M2.5X15
195A 2-164-034 •• SCREW,MACH.STL CD
PLT.BIND.H.M2.5X15
***
-200A 48-60V5-20-11 •• HARNESS,WIRING ASSY 5A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 200B
-200B 48-60V5-20-11M1 •• HARNESS,WIRING ASSY 5B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 200A
ATTACHING PARTS
-205A 22293CA012005 •• SCREW,MACH.SST 12
FIL.H.FLAT M1.2X5
***
-210A CM5F ••• CONNECTOR VF3950 6
215A A2NOIR •• DELETED
220A A3NOIR •• DELETED
225A RNF100-3-16 •• DELETED
230A KYNAR3-64 .• DELETED
235A KYNAR3-32 •• DELETED

34-25-24
Page 1006-3
NOV 4/85
SFENA.
48-60V5
100
25
50
~105
130 90
~
(R 8)
(
5
70
(J 3)
(J 6)
,"
/>~-~_/~:J,
34-25-24
Unit, Electronic Assy Page 1007-0
Figure 7 MAY 25/77
SFENA.

48-60V5
PARTS LIST

ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
7 - lA 48-60V5-70 UNIT,ELECTRONIC ASSY RF

SEE 34-25-24-01
FOR NHA
5A 48-60V1-70-13 .SUB-ASSY,ELECTONIC
PREWIRED
SUPSD BY ITEM 5B
5B 48-60V10-70-10 .SUB-ASSY,ELECTRONIC NP 1
PREWIRED
SUPSDS ITEM 5A
10A 48-60-50 •• BOX,ELECTRONIC ASSY NP 1
15A 2-307-032" ••• GUIDE 10
20A 48-60-50-16 ••• GUIDE NP 1
25A 48-60-50-38 ••• GUIDE NP 1
ATTACHING PARTS
30A SIMSPFN2X48INOX ••• SCREW,TAPPING SST VF1701 20
H.82CSK SIZE 2 LGTH
4.8
DELETE SPTG2X4-8EDF
•••
- 35A 4-02-3-0003NOIR ••• LINING,U BOARD
DELETE 4-02-3-003
NP AR
40A 159-365 •• TRANSFORMER

ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK M2X12
•••
50A 159-364 •• TRANSFORMER 1
ATTACHING PARTS
- 55A 22291UH020012 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP
FLAT H.90CSK M2X12
4
•••
60A 20-40SF •• CONNECTOR VF3950 3
ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK M2X12
It • •
70A CM5F •• CONNECTOR VF3950 2

ATTACHING PARTS
FLAT H.90CSK Ml.2X6
•••
80A 48-60-70-85 •• SUPPORT,CONNECTOR 2
85A 48-60-70-80 •• BOARD,MOTHER ASSY NP 5A 1
SUPSD BY ITEM 85B
85B 48-60-70-80Ml •• BOARD,MOTHER ASSY NP 5B 1
SUPSDS ITEM 85A

34-25-24
Page 1007':'1
NOV 4/85
SFENA+
48-60V5
PARTS LIST ,t#1

(,
ITEM CODE PER
1234567 ASS
ATTACHING PARTS
7 90A 22293UH020005 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 7
FIL.H.FLAT M2X5
FLAT H.90CSK Ml.6X4
100A 22431UH016 •• NUT,HEX.ARCAP Ml.6 3
105A 22294UH025006 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 5A 8
BIND.H.M2.5X6
SUPSD BY ITEM 105B
-105B 22294UH025005 •• SCREW,MACH.ARCAP 5B 8

BIND.H.M2.5X5
SUPSDS ITEM 105A
ll0A 22431UH025 •• NUT,HEX.ARCAP M2.5 1
***
l15A 5l9C •• LUG,SOLDERING VF0368 1
OPT SEE TABLE
l20A RCMS02K3-2l0UF •• RESISTOR,FIXED VF1621 4
210 OHMS POM1PCT 1/8W
DELETE NA50K210UF
OPT SEE TABLE
121A NK3K5Kl1F •• RESISTOR,FIXED VF2663 5B 1
5.11KOHMS POM1PCT
1/20W
OPT SEE TABLE
122A 48-60-70-86 •• PLATE,INSULATOR 5B 2
123A 48-60-00"':18 •• PLATE,INSULATOR 5B 2
l25A RCMS02K3-210UF .RESISTOR,FIXED VF1621 1
210 OHMS POM1PCT l/8W
DELETE NA50K210UF
OPT SEE TABLE
130A NK3K1KF • RES ISTOR, F";IXED VF2663

lKOHM POM1PCT l/20W
DELETE NA50K1KF
OPT SEE TABLE
135A M8HZ .DIODE VF4759 1

34-25-24
Page 1007-2
NOV 4/85
SFENA~
('
48-60V5
DESIGr~ATION I PART tl0DIF. AMENDMENT TO)OLOGICAL ATA 100

NU~1BER STATUS STATUS RE~ERENCE NU~1BER
ATTITUDE DIRECTOR
48-60V5
* rn J K L N Q S T U W Y UWT 34-25-24
ICATOR
PCB TITLE
DOUBLE SERVO AMPLI 157-887V1 * NO A3 34-09-04
II
157-887V3 NO # II
34-23-48
TRIPLE SERVO AMPLI 157-904•• M1 H2 H3 A7 34-09-05
II
157-904V3 NO $ II II
+15V POWER SUPPLY

157-1020 Al
34-09-03
. +15V PO~JER SUPPLY
157-1021 A2
34-09-06
( I FAILURE DETECTION 157-1022V1 A4i
34-09-18
SERVO AMPLI FI ER 157-1023V3 A5:
34-09-19
DOUBLE FAIL.DETECTION 157-1024 •• M1 t12 t'13 ~14 A6
34-09-10
DOUBLE FAIL.DETECTION 157-1025 •• 1"11 r·12 A8
34-09-08
DOUBLE FAIL. DETECTION 157-1026 •• ~11 f12 r~3 M4 A9:
34-09-09
SERVO AMPLI. 157 -1027•• rn Ali)
34-09-11
SltHTCHING 157-1028V3•• M1 All
34-09-12
SWITCHING 157 -1029V1 A1;~ 34-09-20
SWITCHING, +5V P.S. 157-1030V3 AL3
34-09-13
( TEST 157-1098 NO An
34-09-15
*
LOGIC
II
MECHANICAL IMPROVE
157-1098V~
157-1099Vl. •
NO #
M1 I;1~)
"
34-09-16
MENTS • •
( * Only applicable for ADI 4B-60V5 (without modif. M1)

# Only applicable for ADI 48-60V5tU (with modif. rn)
$ Only applicable for ADI with amendment W but without amendment T
t applicable
Note Amendments N, 0, P, R. V, X and Z not assigned.
(
{
Detai1led Breakdown of the ADI
Figure 3 34-25-24
( INTRO Page 3
APR 15/81
~fENA~
(' 48-60V5
6 3
8
Index Number Dimensions

I
21
1
254 + 0.4
2
230 + 0.4
(
3
28 +" 0.4
4
10.3 +" 0.4
5
3.1 +" 0.2
6
5.5 +" 0.1
2
7
Angle Vision 18°
8
25°
5 9
8.5 + 0.4
4
10
8 + 0.4
(
REAR VIEW ALONG f 11
0 "+ 0.4
14
12
11 "+ 0.4
9
15 13
60 +" 0.4
14
R 20.7 + 0.1
15
126.3 +" 0.3
16
33.2 +" 0.4
1 ---) \
17
18
19
20
22.5
44.6
128.5
126.3
"+ 0.4
+" 0.4
"+ 0.2
+" 0.3
( 13
21
126.3 + 0.3
----
11
--
U
-IE17-i
J - '18
vr
, - .
\' X'?;L
12
Connector .MS_24 264.R.18_B31.PNx/

Connector _MS 24264-R22-B55'P8X ~
( 34-25-24
Overall Dimensions
Pages 17/18
Figure 5
AUG 16/73
SFENA~

( 48-60V5
( 7
\
14
13
(~'1rt\\.) ~ ~1 "-~~II ~ I
(
f~
~d
6
( I II 15 ";;-1l 10 ~
6?/
.I~ ~ KEY
1
2
3
4
5
Bezel
Glass
Leafsprings
Front Face Dial Mask
Ball Level
( 8
6 Lighting Lamp Holder
7 Roll 1 Assembly
8 Spacer
9 Electro-magnet fiG"
10 Electro-magnet "FD"
12 Electro-magnet "G/S"
13 Electro-magnet "LOC"
3 14 "ATTn Comparison Warning Light
15 "DH" Warnin9 Light
16 "OH" Warnin9 Liqht Lamps
19 17 Annunc "FD2"
18 Pushbutton
19 Coil Spring
SIS 2 Microswitches
(
( 34-25-24
Front Face Assembly Pages 25/26
Figure 7 FEB 15/75
SFENA<t1
(
48-60V5
17
KEY
1
Spherical Display Drum
//' 2
Display Drum Shaft
( /./.,<: 4 4 Support
5 Uotor
//// 6 Gear Wheel
1 / // 16 7 Comparison Transolver
~ //'34 \.------.l:/ 8 Servo Transolver
/ < 1/
/' '
9 Anti-Backlash Gear
/ ~ 10 Body
/ 11 End Plate
12 End Cover
(' -20 13 Ball Bearing
12 14 Ball Bearing
15 Circlip
16 Ball Bearing
17 Finger-Holding Disc
18 Secondary Shaft
19 Pinion
14 20 Finger
21 Rectangular Plates
22 Coil Spring
( 34 Circlip
(
Spherical Display Drum Assembly
34-25-24
Pages 29/30
Figure 8 AUG 16/73
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
K:i:Y
C 1
2
3
Chassis
Chassis Extension Legs 6
Transistors 5
4 Insulating Plates
5
6
Support Posts
Cutouts for the passing through of
~~L ~ .\ 17
Galvanometer Pointers
7 Sleeve
8 Roll Fork
9 Hour Meter (Elapsed Time Indicator)

10 Shaft
11 Ball Bearing
12 Circlip
13 Guard Plate
14 Ball Bearing
21
15 Clamps
14
( \ \ ~,\ II I ~\ \ \ ~ \F / - ' :.1 "\. 20
1
32
( ~~ 2
i
9 ~~
( 16 Gear Wheel ~3
17 Driving Motor
18 Gear
19 Servo Transolver
20 Comparison Transolver
21 Gear Wheel
28 22 Spring
23 Anti-backlash Gear
24 Clamp
25 Slip Ring Assembly
26 Electrical Brush Holder
27 Terminal Strips
28 Shaft Holder
29 Stop
30 Spacer
( 31 Spacer
31 Mask
( 34-25-24
Chassis Assembly/Roll Fork Assembly Pages 33/34
Figure 9 AUG 16/73
SFENA~
( 4S-60V5
(, KEY
1
Yaw Galvanometer
3
Glide Slope Galvanometer
4
Roll Galvanometer
5
Localizer Galvanometer
6
Pitch Galvanoweter 10
7
Fast Slow Galvanometer
8
Galvanometer Pointer Shaft
9
Insulating Bracket
10
Small Attachment Plate
11
Permanent Magnet
12
Moving Coil
13
Moving Element Spindle
14
Electrical Receptacle Connector
c 15
16
17
Electrical Plug Connector

Conn~ctor Mounting Plate
Insulatin9 Cleats
(
16
.\ 'I 11
12
11
.rlIfJIfZ' 3
(
Flight Director (Te'ndency Indications),
< Slow Fast, Glide-Slope and

34-25-24
Localizer Galvanometers
Pages 37/38
Figure 10
AUG 16/73
SFENA<t7
( 48-60V5
KEY
1 Electronic Unit 17 Electric~l Connector Support
2 Printed-Circuit Board 18 Electrical Connector
..., Electrical Connector 13~
.) Printed-Circuit Board 19
4 Printed-Circuit Board 20 Transformer
5 Printed-Circuit Board 21 Transformer
6 Printed-Circuit Board 22 Printed-C Board L
7 Printed-Circuit Board 23 Printed-Circuit Board f
I ,
8 Printed-Circuit Board 24 Electrical Connectors
9 Printed-Circuit Board 25 Spacers 11 10 9
10 Printed-Circuit Board 26 Printed-Circuit Boar~ 8 7
11 Printed-Circuit Board 27 Printed-Circuit Boarc 6
12 Insulati Sheet 28 Printed-Circuit Board
13 Insulating Sheet 29 Electrical Connectors 12
( 14 Guides 30 Distribution Printed-Circuit Board
15 "Mother" board 31 "Mother" Board and-Distributor
16 Aperture Board Assembly
I ~.)jt"" 14
31
----------------~
30 --
15 /
16
24
~.l--12
/
28
(
34-25-24
( Electronic Unit Pages 41/42
Fi gu re 11 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
....
COMMANDS GLIDE SLOpE AND LOC ALiZE R

.... INFORMATION
FD::! FD r ~
F~/\~ ~S
LOC
ANNUNCIATOR FLAG 'tAW PITCH ROLL FLAG LOC'
t t ~
t t ~
~ M6 ~
_ ~M5 rlM2 M3 M7
6 6 OS3 DS4
+l
_f-'=---~ \V=,[ 0=r[
OS7 I DS6
G krf ic: .:
A6I r A7 n --J----t-+~-_______.
I I A8l I A12
,-------o~---+-------::t -
----,
I
tf * h~ II
(
I~
/\
....---'---.
I
-4-1
!l'i
~
u I
'"
i
I tlJ '"~
~
I .-\ -
~IIIA1O
.!\ •
I
I
I
~~~~~----------------~-+---r---------1---------------------J
I I
rr-::t.:-::::-:::!:::o «
~
~lJ-1JJ ~
(
I
~1~.:J
powJ
i?
r---:-t-,
'V
1 lor VAllO GS ""liD
lDC NOT TUNEO
~'='J
[02 fO
INPUT "'PUT
ANNUN VALID
INPUT INPUT
~ "0"' "."W.
L _ ~. L_
( Block Diagram of the Flight Director Assembly

and of the ILS Information Channels Pages 45/46
34-25-24
Figure 13 DEC 5/77
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
COMMANDS
FO:! FD
.... GLIDE SLOPE AND lOCAliZER
INFORMATION
ANNUNCIATOR
t
FLAG
~
r YAW PITCH '"
ROll lOC
HAG r1c, 'G S L02'
t M5
~M2 t t
~ ~
6 0t DS3 DS4
+i
'-'=--~
_ A
\V=,' +
rlM3
'-V= =rt:
DS7
(
J DS6
t M6
G :,-t G
M7
(
1--,
-A61 I -k-i A7 11~ I 1
h, ! A12
.,.
-+
.,. I
(
I t *I
~. I
I
~Il ~ '"
~
:i'
····l
/
--~
H
~
COMMANO
SWITCHING
l
I I
.1
i
........--'---. ..----J.----. I
PDWrn I
M ~
i
r ::I
II CO~~~OSJ
CIRCUITS
I '"
~
~1~o~~~~--~~--____________~_____
(
,-Til
I I
~2_--Lt~~
rv I
I fO!
AIINUN
\~PUT
fO
\/AliO
\~PUl
IOC NOl TUNEO lor VALID
Url~U r
h S "110
'~l':.JT
IL L-_~
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
~ LIS-=E~
/
( Block Diagram of the Flight Director Assembly 34-25-24

and of the ILS Information Channels Pages 45/46
Figure 13 DEC 5/77
SFENA~
( 48-60V5 .;
./
JV'----("'j__- - - - - - ,
ROll COMPARISON PITCH COMPARISON / . ATT VALID
COS SIN
,J vI .J ~ lc ~ lc
J1 J2
234567 --- 10 --1l.3J~B~-!.~
Plh +18Vm,h
C2
52
~:::o
83
II I ~
"' "
VOHUGHT! (%J I D58 • I ~h
Plh
1
I] 54~ IN~6~~~~~N t- ~~r td"~
ROll
Ii
DH ,~ - ~ 5 ATTITUDE
rEST
... ~'i' INFORMATION
055 -===--
I
COMPARISON '" 10
ANAMORPHIC 82 =
+15VhOC
WARNING
53 ATT B1 II CIRCUIT
~ e
, 10 16
51 1 L L II J4
( v .'" 1--J501059rQ) r(2) :0) 0516

13
~
. ; CHASSIS
GROUNO
A4
M9 Rli
,
,./ "
- .. + laVin! h
CRIO :;'CR9
+15VhOC
Plh
\l'"ll
-llvhoe
~I ~
16VAC 13 11
",/16VAC
( 400H, I.
21 II
n/ I I III . I U7"\LJ . II 4
RI
-1:-1 I
II I t fel I 1
Pth PIn
'L' ~j~J I 1
"-~ 51
Pin Plh ·15VhOC
Plh
86
,
._~ TO SWITCH 81
4 5 6 13 14 27 30 32 33 37 38 47 48 49 55 29 30 31
JY SPARE
YfFl' fFl'
,( ROll OATA INPUT
v
PITCH OATA INPUT
PUSHBUTTON
( Electro-Mechanical Diagram of tne 34-25-24

Horizon Assembly in A.D.I 48-60V5 (Sheet 1/2) Pages 57/58
Figure 19 DEC 5/77
SfENA~
( 48-60V5
\
ROLL COMPARISON
----~---- --~
SIN COS
PITCH COMPARISON
~.........
COS SIN
------- -----
INPUT
AT! VALID
... ~-------...
OUTPUT
11 , .1 rl ,J (1 t:lc
16 17 18 14 15 12 13
.r vI,J Me Me
1 2 3 4 5 6 1
~ r~-l /
--- 10 - 28
...:;:.--;-
OM 058
DH ROLL
ATTITUDE
INFORMATION
(A _
--- ------
=til
_
B3
Ptn
_~§-_IO
I
PITCH
ATTITUDE
INFORMATION
52
i•
II
II
TEST
Ptn
*
,FLAG
DSl
+illJlflth
54 ANAMORPHIC B2
COMPARISON j B1 CIRCUIT +llvhoe
WARNING I D55
ATT
53 II q> e J4
10 16
51 1-1--,------,-----, "\
D59~Q) ~Q)
LIGHTING
D516
( 0-5V
50 1-1_ - - - 1_ _--L-_----1 II II
+15VIlVC
13
~
CHASSIS
]
GROUND 14 11 15
"
A4
.F M9 Rli
' - - - - - -.......... +18VlOlh
CRIO .CR9
L _ _......:"::;;~f-4_ +IIVhOC
L _____-"""~ Plh
I----"'''~ -IIVhDC
11
16VAC
( 100H,
211 ~ ~ I
11
II
11
~;
L:n-". L ____ : :J
Plh PI. -IIVhOC~1....=:J ...
Plh
B4 B6
-=to TO SWITCH SI
6 13 14 27 30 32 33 31 38 47 48 49 55 26 21 28 25 29 30 31
SPARE \J.£ lifrfl' SPARE
ITl'
( ROll DATA INPUT PITCH DATA INPUT
PUSH8UITDN
( Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the 34-25-24

Horizon Assembly in A.D.l 48-60V5Ml (Sheet 2/2) Pages 58-1/2
Figure 19 APR 15/81
SFENA~
(' 48-60V5
----------------- ------------------
I fII
r M2 and M3 with tachome
ter compensation.
J8
VERTICAL
COMMAND BAR
-IIVIDe ~ ~
Ph
HORIZONTAL
COMMAND BAR
71_1~~,
I II
+18VInIlOC +18VinllOC
- y~
-G ~
"""T
1
+15VtOC
I
+15VIOC
+18V,nl IDe
+15VIOC Pit
+hillOC _ISVIOC
(' -,
J~ 4 1, ----,,;'}.{~ -r
PII j+SY10C
1 r4r--,Ts- t
J I I
+15VIOC 16
Pit +15VtDC_ _ -IIYIOe +15VIOC_ _ -IIVloe
04
1flf
-IIVIOC
A15
COMMANOS
1CRS.}
SAFETY
lOGIC
J--
~B
I
24> 1 SAfETY
lOGIC
CRtIl6~
B'''' ~
01 I OJ
4
li1flcl 11
231 0::--. RI
lOGIC
ot=-iCRrt0S
..
~ ~
CIRCUITS
+ 8>
R21 Co CI06 .. CIOI :
/
1.VAC
400Hz
! Rill 't; '10:
+15VtOC LEva +15VIOC
241 ~ DETECTOR
±15VIOC.
Rl1~1
" ±15VIOC. RI~!
,.
J1
1...-.-
..-----' r-
+15VIOC + IVIOC IR;:r . ±15VtOe

#
4
(
L 15 .-----.
ARIOI ARI
~
-IIVIDC
ARI
~ ~~1
LTI~
Z~)
~
I LJ Ilflf
[4.
A11 'W::::;", W"I ~:,

I-
~
L
TO YAW
CHANNEL
89-- _-=~~'~,-----------------
312 - 19 ;:. ------- 25 26 23 24 \ ; "
~ ~~1Y' II II I I J2
(
ANNUN
INPUT
FO YALIO
OUTPUT
~-
FO YAliO INPUT FO
--
+ .. +
FO PITCH CGMMANO INPUT
WEfLE~PI

I -f
Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the 34-25-24

( Pitch and Roll FD Channels Pages 63/64
Figure 20 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
( 48-60V5
GiS lOC
f
ADI with amendment T :
..............._
Diagram of galvanometers
M6 and M7 with t.Ichome
tar compensation~
I
,112 I.VlDe Pl1
II
· ii ~~I
::-- +6 A
056 057
I
~I
'+2HVlnll0C +78VLflIIDC
- 'B- - -e - _
- '"' -6 ---
+ISVIOC I +I>V10J
( J7
r
rl I I+15Vloe -IIVtOC
15 16 II
1
nT 10 II
0104
It~
r
5 I 1
I
~l
I I
LOGIC LOme 1
KI
I I
-I
01 0101 Kl
I""":
,
+15VtDC +15VIDC
R13 ,*,CR6 CH5 CRIIIIl~R113
CRM'I
/
J1 + I-::-P c+=-I + ~e105
e5 H11 C4 Ctn4 Rill • 'i&
it
AR1 LEVEL
DETECTOR
LEVEL ]
DEJECTOR
~ ~
L-J --.- I I
~±15VtOe ±15VtDC.. RI1~l
QI 03 04 05
Ij RIOS!I
~
I I
~
'I
I ....r'
k
±15VtOC c±15VtOC
( · I
4for . AR.!
R-~ ARlO!
4LlL LL~ ~ 11 13 10 19 16 J
+15VtOC
,~,~ ~
+15VtOC -15VIDe
PIt t-.:> t-Jo
L
Pft Pit
I ,!5J!,
35 34 '"" 12 ,I,!, I !I ' 8
I 1 ~ I I II I
12:'
I
+
+
~ ..,.. ;.. OUTPUT ~ ~~ OUTPUT
liiCiiATA GIS DEVIATION lDC TUNED
INPUT
I DEFlECTS RIGHT I
INPUT
I CEflFCTS DOWN I
~..../ I + NOT TUNED!
'-~
LOC VALID
GIS VALID
/
( Electro-Mechanical Diagram of the 34-25-24

ILS Receiver Assembly Pages 71/72
Fi gure 23 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
(
48-60V5 ROLL COMPARISON PITCH COMPARISON All VALID
!!! HII
---------~
SIN
..
1', r-
INPUT OUTPU T
\ ~
12 ...., ~ "z H C H C , r1 I ,,"I
, eHCHC ~ -t ,n
, 13 14 17 39 43 30 32 33 37 38 44 45 55 46 52 4J1 16 H 18 14 £5 12 13
4 5 6 7 -- 10,-{28
.--,-.--..,....-
\m'oo'oo\m\m'oo~\m\m\m\m\m\m\m'au . [ill TBU9.TBLl9.TBU
LQ!!J TBU4.TBU4.TBI.ll · I
I
I' t
I I I I I
TBUO. TBUO. TBU
TBU3.TBU3.TBI.1I
[EDTBU1.TBU1.TBI.IO TBUI.TBU5,T81.13
D58 • -.L 'I 83 Lill TBUI. TB3 .11.TBU
(A
OH LIGHT [
I
DH ROLL
ATTITUDE
'.'0'."'0. ~
im
=t I
_
81 ANAMORPHIC
COMPARISON
WARNING II CIRCUIT
,
~
11
<]> e J4
... ';; A13
157-1030V3
"-j~"::
LIGHTING
O·IV D516
I II 83 I TBU. TBU. TBU

TBLI. TBU. TB4.4
( NOTE: The alphanumeric identifications
-- in rectongles correspond to f"';";";'l
Plh
the termiM.~~:~T~~ Ex: Llli.J 13

:II I'lh
l..... --_la_
CHASSIS
GROUNO -I I]D ffi]
.) I
r A4
157-1022V1
TBU1~11
TBUO 00----t" S
M9 II R31
/
, ·~II II CR4 ~CR10 l::CR9
~
J1
II
'" ~ \-----J 10 Kl1

I
[ill II 13 13 .... ~_
ARI
400 He I Cl0 I •t 'I

Ai4l
----[£[J
\ -----.f-J 21 II ~
1-
I A14~
-Rl 157-1098
Bl II tl
lO-J
11
SPARE! 122
11 !
C4
L--.
L
Al0 I 011 I AS I C8 I E1SI K8
BI I 09 I OS I R8 I S9 I RlU I M4
TB1.l. TBU. TBU. TBU. TBU. TBU
TB1.a.TBU. TB3.a. TBU. TBU. TBU.TBU
g/
Ltrm
27
-!-
Pfh
47
~
49
-IIVh +IIVh
~ Y 1'1' Ie l' l' f
TBLII. TBua. TB3.n. TBLIa. TBU.TBI.S
1- '" '" '" "

~o--
-
~
48
ROll OATA INPUT PITCH DATA INPUT

I PUSH!JUTTON
(
Attitude Pointer and Indicator Lamps 34-25-24
Electrical Diagram for A.D.I 48-60V5 (Without tl1) Pages 129/130
SFENA<t7
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL DATe
(' 48-60V5
-=~::---
,I HORIZONTAL
COMMAND eAR
\ AOI with omt!l'l(~mt!tlt T VERTICAL YAW
.. A7.R20. A7,.Rl20 ond A7.R220 (u. filed fuisfa',

~ Golvanometel It2. M3 orld illS interr\ol diogrom is
(\ COMMAND eAR
0
,
91 ",c" b.la w ~
I,
--- -, _I~VIOC
~ ~ J
PI! • il~9""?'Wi>!ll;
014
~J
Ph
~
Pit
IJ14
-"\VIOC
/
J10
~OTE '''(' c'oh,o""j""'~·" at'... • "CCf,,:>'I!>
-~+G~;21 ~
~~-$'~
I +[; ,< It'C'O"ql<,S COtf('stlo"d '0
! ... ~ ·l':',.... ,,·O .. 0" TSI E. ~
A -
RJ (l " G).
i
-:k:- "".t CJ
~ G • ...J
m 01;
r--JEl ~ Jll
~ ': ~IOL
JIll • I
PIt
_1\Vloe
t::i =1 ~ -'--11;-- ~
+'IV.oe Pit -llv.Oe
(
-:-I--~ +-
-@!]
111
1'1 rir-418 TI\
7-----.
~
tl 1"
- ;.!OC 0, - '.,or
__ -IIVIOC 4-\SVIOe. ·-IIVIOC -lSI/tOe +II'TOC
l+I'Vloc
, 0104 '"'"l_ .:'
Jt5
0104
o
"-
SAfEly ------:-l SAfE TV
0101 1010J DIn] DIal SAfEh
I
lOGIC 1(-) lOGIC IOtIC
C;~~
~~I~S CR1IlIi~ ~ ;t- ~
~.R~'
I
t.;
CR6 RI
~~ ~
4J
~
.j:;;-i.~
~
+: f-::i:> '*"iC! • -
( RU C6
CI06
Rm '* tiC
R:~ ~-t
(I 1
;tcx:
+ISVtOC lfVH
DETECTOR
1 "'--l""£V'-[-l--.
DE TECTOR
+15VtOC lhEl
01 T[ClOR
+1\VtOC
-r
~
-r RI14/
±I>VIOC--,. :'lSVtOC. Rl~~
~ 1 ----1
A4; ~,
r /'
I--------.
ARc
~ ~ ::t-...; "DC
• Ai"
! I\VIDe. !ll( I MlOI ~~ ARl01
( ,...------.
~
A7
~
-I,Vlae -I,V!I)C
A6
ARl
157-904 157-1024
I AS L-
~25 !"L _ _ _..;.U~ 14 10
~----
71 101 lsi
ze -- GI\
ZI/>
l,nm UflUfl GI4
+IIV,OC
JI,
l'i'
1 -'SVIOC
PI'
Olll M9"!- 4
kill [ill-- ~[ill]t=rm

MI~l!
IID--,25 26
, I!~-
1314 "R 9 S
I I
+
I '-!l
+ ,
mCRAB
( 10 ROll tOMMAND IN.PUT
IDEIlECTS R"-;HTI
fa PilCH C&M"'ANO INPUT
!DIIlICTS 'JPI IOHlECTS RIGHI
( Tendancy Bars-Electric Diagram 34-25-24
(Sheet 2/2) Pages 133/134
Figure 102 NOV 2/79
SFENA~ e'
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MJ~ij4l;:~
( 48-60V5
--"~-.---...;;-------
ADI ""lfh Dmendrnent T :
~ A)'R20, Alo..R12 and Al0~R122 art' {i ••d
Gol"Onorne1f'f "'6,14.1 ortd M8 ,tite,nol diagram
gi ven bf!low :
i:"
f.:Jj~tor'
I'
h
,.,.
J 13
GI41- IIVI OC
o
o
~
GLIDE
C}-=-' PH
-.i-lill ~
J12
W': I +1:"V!O(
loe
a.:::':.
p •• I
i - I- - - - I I C) .-r-- ~
[ $M6l
NOTE Th~ alohofll.lmenc Idt'l'Illhcnlions
If' u"CI~n9Ies
":'Rib~~~
M~
10 A I
ITE1
~
,he l(,t""lools on
057
r9T~"'"
+G
<D
G:t
il
cII:.-_
83
G 056
~
8 'IJ
-G
Q)
RI
r
R
G-J
----~ GI,U HH I ;lMI R'
( []]}--J --EJ
~ rm--1 ~
J7
kill \ t-Gill
.illJ~6
'l-I --r: ,........Q.....
\
mJ--
,,]'r-io I'
--to
lE l~
I..'ill.J
-L 14
I
10
l
I
t!J
"' IIVIDe
R,
( l'
+ H +:~
(4
CRIM'
ot-=-f+
CI04 ;
Clc-, RII ,~CIO\
,...
Rill
~ ~I
LEVEl LEV£l
OETECTOR
l' II
I
---r-- I
......,.03
~I ~
04~.....\-.._~_ _ _~
J\
Rt' Rt~
'!: IIViDC
A. _ R.1Y
1
• j
4- I
H~ f-+t--~---II---+
:!:I\VIDC~ I ___...,~R~~ljt _:t.'IVioe
A
~
(
4
'----
B II
~ ~
'I 14 I I., I
-I~l __ 14 III
A10
157-1027 =--_-::>-1 ~ 18
A12 157-1029VI
t
J 16
t 1\ 6 ., J
l-fEil1 f-ITO
~J
(]}[]
-1)V1D(
~
+I§V'DC "ISV'OC
[ill ~'±oo 8m rmj PC±mJ t-uD P~ ~

20 11 22 1 11 10
J2/ 1 11
;
I I I I! •
~ OUIPUT . ~
G S DE VIATION .:!L 1J'\jl;
..
r1\l!'Jt ,
INPUT INPoT \.. INPU1 ./ • 1>.;,' , :\'.,
'---~
'OEfl(CTS KIGHT, 'Olflfr1, DOWN. OC V4110
G S VALID
Peripheral Pointers-Electric Diagr~~ 34-25-24

(Sheet 2/2) Pages 137/138
Figure 103 NOV. 2/79
SFENA~
(
ROLL COMPARISON PITCH COMPARISON An VALID
48-60V5 ~
1! H! !I
-.-~~~-.
":>I~· !O~ OUTPUT

+ -
\
~
12
• 13 14 17 39 43 30 32
"'"
33 37 38 44 45 55 46 52
~
"
I
x y
16 ij 18 f4
z H C
(5
H
Y§
C
I IL
x
1 2
d", I''t
zHCHC
3 4 5 6 7
J2
\ID\m\ID'rro'rn\m~'rn\m\m\m'm\m\m\m [illT61.19,T63.1S,TB5.7 I •• T61.10, T63.10, T65. B
"""""'I-~
I I I I I I I
[Q[] T61.14, T63.14, T65.ll T6Ul, T63.1l,T65.11
C3 []I] T61.11,T63.11,TB5.1O T61.15,T63.15,T65.13
QillT6UI,T6l1I,TB5.9
• ...l 83
~
'I
+...--129 ROLL
[ill] I
ATTITUDE
,",O,.",ON ~~ _
ANAMORPHIC
COMPARISON
1~54 81 CIRCUIT
WARNING
~---153
11
q> e , J4
(
'""""I
0·5V
J 51
50
D516
I Pfh 6l I T61.4, T61.5, T6U
T63.5,T64.l, TBU
13
~~::2":: Plh
a..:....
CHASSIS
GROUND --I 36
r A4
157-1022Vl
A3
157-887Vl
T6Ul []D-----i 15
T6UO~16
M9 Rli
+15VhOC
C8
J1 Pfh R8
'
-15VhOC
16VAC
~120 I I I Kll
[ill
n
400H, ( CIO I .I " I II -4--{
(
~211ub
I
III
I II
I
rA14"'~1-rn+
et--I
CJ C4
et--I ..
KI
11 rl 11:U J3
, -A Cl RI Rl
SPARE 1122
1 --~ JCI +
----,Vl _I_ l
'l
Pfh .-------.
AID I 011 I A6 I C8 I E161 KB
,
85 I 09 I 06 I RB I S9 I RIO I M4
T6U, T61.l, TBl.l, TBl,l, TB4.1, TBU
T61.8,T61.9, T6U, T6l.9, T6U, T6U, TBU
L((
27 47 49 25
TBUI, T61.1B, T63.I1, T6l.IB, T6U,T65.6 -=-~ TO SWITCH 51
-- 48
~ ~Tt 11/ Ix Iv I' SPARE ~

Pfh -15Vh + 15Vh
ROll DATA INP'JT PITCH DATA INPUT
PJSH6UTTON
/
(
Attitude Pointer and Indicator Lamps 34-25-24
Electrical Diagram for A.D_I 48-60V5M1 Pages 149/150
SFENA<t1
( 4S-60V5
REMOVAL OF ASSEMBLIES REMOVALS OF COMPONENTS
"
I PR()TECTIVE HOUSING I
•
Disconnect the wires :from distribution

printed circuit board
~
I ELECTRONIC UNIT ~ -{: Guides
Transformers T1 and T2
.........
PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARDS Al to A15
( - 25-way brush assy
I :+:
CHAS SIS ASS Y I NOTE:
-
)- Motor B1
Sy nc hr 0 s B3 and B11
- Transistors Q1 to Q4
........
The c has sis components' can be removed
Elapsed time indicator M9
- Cab 1 e Harness
POINTERS AND GALVANOMETERS M2,3,5,6~7,S on 1y aft e r the e 1 e c t ron i I: un i t has bee n
moved aside.
- Front face dial mask
- Glass
- Disconnect the wires from
- "DH" and "ATTI! warning lights,
electromagnets, and microswitch

~-
I I )- - Electromagnets OSl to OS7
"A TT and "0 H war ni ng 1 i g h t s
II
OS5 and DSS

II
FRONT FACE ASSY .. - TEST pushbutton
(
JL - Microswitch Sl
- Roll dial assy
- Ball level indicator
Disconnect the power supply wires
- Roll mask
+
~)~
Motor B2
Synchros B5 and B6
SPHERICAL DISPLAY DRUM ASSY Driving gear wheel
Ball bearings
Anamorphic device
25-way brush assy on chassis
I
-Printed wiring boards
__ - Stop
__________________.__________________________+I~..
[FoRI< ASSylt - - - - - - - - Ball bearings
( - Gear wheel
( 34-25-24
Disassembly Block Diagram Pages 203/204
Figure 201 DEC 5/77
~r-t:I'\IA ~
c 48-60V5
( - Printed wiring - 25-way brush assy

~---------------------------
- Electromagnets OSl to )S7
- Mctor B2 - "ATT" and "DH" warning
boards - Motor Bl - Sjnchros B5 and B6 lights DS5 and DS8 - Guides
- Stop - Synchros B3 and B4 - Driving gear wheel - TEST pushbutton - Transformers
COMPONENTS - Ball bearing - Transistors 01 to 04
- Driving gear - Elap. time indic. M9 - Ball bearings - Microswitch Sl Tl and T2
wheel - Cable Harness - Ar:amorphic device - Roll dial assy
- Ball level indicator
.......r ~ ........ ........

.......
ASSIES ASSEMBLED
INDIVIDUALLY
l IFORK ASSyl
•
ICHASSIS ASSyl
,
ISPHERICI\L DISPLAY [)RU~1 Assvl IFRONT FACE ASSV] ELECTRONIC UNIT
......
ll.djUstin g the
(
ADJUSTING ........ [
synchros
to zero
YAW GALVANOMETER Msi
f Adj us t· ng the ro 11 synchros .to zero ~
Y Connec~ing the wires of fork assy

a~d spherical display drum assy
I
CONNECTING ~ Connecting the wires of chassis U I

THE WIRES ~ assy and front face assy ~
(
:r
Connecting the wires of chassis assy and
distribution printed circuit board
.......
POINTERS M,2,3,5,6,7,8 AND GALVANOMETERS M,2,3,5,t),],8]
PRI NTED CIRCuiTS BOAR~
I PROTECTIVE HOUSING]
(
( 34-25-24
Assembly Block Diagram Pages 603/604

Figure 601 DEC 5/77
~r-t:I~A~
COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAl
c TB2
48-60V5
TBl OUTPUT WIRES
-----....~
E14 Orange
B5 White 2
TB3
B5
B3
B3
Blue
Green
Yellow
3
4
5
--------
OUTPUT WIRE
2 White
I
Black
Rl4 Brown 6 3 Blue
25-Way brush Assy 4 Green B2
A14 Grey 7
AID Purple 8 5 Ye 11 ow Red
AID Black 9 6 Brown Red
S 13 Red 10 7 Grey Yellow
£15 Orange II 8 Purple ~ clue
S 11
A13
White
Blue
12
13
9 Black
10 Red
:Ii
.....Jg
clack
(
A13
D 11
D11
( 11
Green
Yellow
Brown
14
15
16
II Orange
12 \>jhite
Orange
- 11
.....It
Grey 17
ell Purple 18 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 I TB3
P9 Black 19
(9 Red 20
J 11 Orange 21
N9 Wh He 22
/
I 10 Blue 23
OlD Green 24
J9 Yellow 25
-
Slip rin
I
13 Blue Red/White
14 Green
(
I
15 Ye 11 ow
16 Brown
Elcck/White
17 Grey Ye11ow/Hhite------ - _ _-'

18 Purple
19 Black Black
20 ....! Red
21 Orange ...J Yellow/Whit,2-------,
22 White Blue/I-Jhite
23 Blue Blue
24 Green Brack/Whi te
25 Yellow Yellow
/
B5
( Wiring Diagram Related to 34-25-24

the Fork Assembly Pages 607/608
Figure 603 DEC 5/77
~r-t:I'IA~
( 48-60V5
81
Micro-switch
82 .,--; GIS
( Micro·switch / /
A
\Lightin g .
J13
GIS
galva.
CJ11
(
E.Q1 < B.02..
BOI ~,..
J8 ROLL galva.
A
/
3/16 white sleeve
15mm length
with nylon thread B

J12 LOCALIZER galva. Cable
B.03
E03 -
~:::;:p.l
"l c
bundles
e.03
WIRING TO ::;OMPONENTS WIRING TO DISTRIBUTION
(
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD D
J9
JlO
YAW
galva. 1/16 transparent sleeve
5mm length WIRING TO CONNECTOR
B
3/64 transparent sleeve
~~-<--- Dmm length
LOC D c Connector 01.C.
~--
/ FD2 flag
(
34-25-24
Cable Harness on the Chassis Pages 613(614
Figure 606 DEC 5(77
SFENA~
('
48-60V5
DH WARNING LIGHT ATT WARNING LIGHT

OSB
TB1-CI: ~
T811Z -------=LU--UL-U COMPONENT
COMPONENT REFERENCE DESIGNATION AT
OUTPUT WIRE DISTRIBUTION PRINTED
OS5
COLOUR WIRING BOARD
TBI-CJ
- ------------1...,
..
TBI-S4
_..o---------~
G electromagnet Red 013
TB1-C5
.....-------~ r - - - - -.....~ TBI- MI6 Black 05
, . . - - - -__ TBI-M)
TBI-14
- - - - - - - - - - TBI-05
~ ti -\--: TBI-013
G/S electromagnet Red M16
LIGHTING
OSIZ Black M7
( ® ® ® ®
FD2 electromagnet Red M16
Black N2
I \,\
LOC electromagnet Red
Black
M16
L2
(
,
,
FD electromagnet Red M16
/
\ ' ) Black K3
\, I Microswitch 51 B1
E14
S1~
OS)
/'
Microswitch 52 R3
~~--
TB1-Bl M12
( TBI-EI4 : !o" ---:::'I61M16 ..
., Wife _; : TBI-MI6
:~~"-----
j TBHZ ATT warning light C1
TBl-RJ
TBI-MIZ
\ \'-...,
----------~-~~~~-=~
: _ c _ I I
n /7 / :
TBI-MI6
D:J.---~------ TBI-K3
12
MICROSWITCH DH warning light C3

S4
Lamp ci rcui t C5
14
( Connecting the Wires of Chassis Assembly 34-25-24

and Front Face Assembly Pages 625/626
Figure 610 NOV 2/79
SFENA~
48-60V5
@. ~
QTY
\A
FIGURE PART NUMBER DESIGNATION PER ASSY
DIMENSIONS
UTILIZATION
A 48-60-04-664 Electronic box 2

Length: 162mm This tool is used to
support Wid th 10mm maintain the electronic
box tilted when the
chassis-fork sub-assem
blies are under repair
B 48-60-04-535 Pin 1 Length: 50mm This wrench permits
wrench Wi d th · 30mm tightening the ATT warn
ing light attaching nut
o
C 48-60-04-627M1 Front face 1 Length: 128mm This prot~ction plate
protection Wi d th ·· 128mm permits storing the
plate front face assembly by
placing it on the four
feet of this plate
D 48-60-04-615 Bearing puller 1 Length: 45mm This puller permits re
Wi d th 23mm moving the bearing from
the fork arm
E 48-60-04-652 Adjusting seg 1 Length: 70mm This wrench is used to
ment attaching Wi d th 7mm secure the synchro ad
wrench justing segments
F 48-60-04-617 Guard 1 Length: 47mm This tool protects the
Wi d th · 16mm fork slip-ring when the

G
fork is being repaired

Length: 30mm This extractor is used
b
G 48-50-04-632 Extractor 1
Wi d th ·· 30mm to remove the PIC boards
from the upper compart
ment
H Length: 49mm These extractors are
Wi d th ·· 47mm used to remove the PIC
48-60-04-679 Extractor 1 boards from the lower
J Length: 30mm compartment: H when the
H
Wi d th · 40mm PIC boards are assembled,
\J when they are disass~
ciated. Q~
/ J
34-25-24
Tooling Pages 903/904
SFENA~
48-60V5
c___
NUt~BER
FIGURE PART NUMBER DESIGNATION PER ASSY DH1ENSIONS UTILIZATION
-----
---
A 48-60-04-619 Fork storage 1 Height: 60mm This tool is used on the o

support dia · 120mm one hand to maintain the
fork arms upwards when
repair is carrie~ out on
the terminal strips and
on the other hand to
store the fork
---
B 48-60-04-618 Guard 1 Height: 24mm This guard is used to

dia ·· 8mm protect the 5-way slip-
ring assembly on the
drums fitted wit~ atti- A
tude presetting galvano
meters.
C 48-60-04-611 Spherical 1 Thi c k . : 10mm This tool perm1t~ align
display drum dia :66.5mm 1ng the synchro electri
mechanical cal zero with the dis
section ad play drum mechanicai B
justing tool zero I
D 48-60-04-496 Adjusting 1 Length: 84mm This tool is used to ad

wrench width · 13mm just the synchro~
----
E 48-60-04-626 Guard 1 Length: 118mm This guard is to be used

Wi d th : on the display drum
123.8mm fork- galvanometer as
Height: sembly during the dis
123.8mm tribution printed board
wiring or, wiring removal
----- ----
-
o / o
Tooling
34-25-24
Pages 905/906
SFENA~
48-60V5
(
QTY
FIGURE I PART NUMBER I DESIGNATION PER ASSYI DIMENSIONS UTILIZATI:JN
A 48-60-04-614IFork concen 1 Dia. 130mmlThis tool permits check-
4
tricity check Height: 53mm
ing the fork gear wheel
support as for concentricity
sembly in
cludes :
(I)Support
(2)Pinion
(3)Screw
(4)Type 353-2
COMPAC Dial
Gauge
i
B 48-60-04-665IGalvanometer 1 Length: 140mmiThis tool permits immo
pointer lock Width: 28mm

bilizing the galvanome
ing support ter pointers in t~e po
sition selected b~ the
operator I
/
C 48-60-04-612IDrum storage 1 Width : 80mm This tool permits storing
support Leng th : 99mm

the drum after re:moval
Height: 60mm
from the instrum~nt
~
D 48-60-04-6251"Gauthier" 1 Includes This tool is to be
,__....... rl ""0
feed- th rough 2 tools :
placed on a support
terminals ins
tallation tool
(I)Upper
bushing:
dia. 3.5mm
arm to ins tall the
feed-through terminals.
n
(2)Lower
bushing:
di a. 4mm
Special Tools: supports. Gauthier feed 34-25-24

through terminal installation tools Pages 909/910
SFENA~
(
48-60V5
f r
QTY
FIGURE PART NUMBER DESIGNATION PER ASSY DIMENSIONS UTILIZATION
A 48-60-04-628 Sighting tool 1 Length: 858mm Used to observe the ins

Width · 176mm trument under a 18° angle.
Height: 338mm
(
B 48-60-04-635 Switching unit 2 Length: 330mm This unit permits perform
Width ·· 195mm ing measurement with the
Height: 80mm modules removed from the
instrument.
I C 48-60-04-678 Module adapter 1 This adapt~r permits
~
(25 pin) connecting the instrument
to the switching unit.
D 48-60-04-680 Module adapter 1 This adapter permits

(23 pin) connecting the instrument
to the switching unit.
'-- ' - - ------- -
--
_c _ _ _
--
B
S2 • sa.
IjII
,~
s" :n
1'; ff
...
e•
I
l'
t!;, 10 ~,II
~
I
'l
=" If!
' \
C
.
0
I~ ~J ~
/
Special tools: sight, switching un, 34-25-24

( module adapter Pages 911/912

Attitude Director Indicator - 48-60V5, 48-60V5M1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Attitude Director Indicator - 48-60V5, 48-60V5M1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

, :~:S

ATIITUDE DIRECTOR INDICATOR

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST

COMPONENT MAINTfHANCE MANUAL

Page removed 1111 ~ Page ,eplaced but not modified

List of Effective pages

Special Toois, Fixtures

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

List of Effective Pages )

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Numerical Index (Alpha) )

REV. REVISION INSErtTION REV. REVISION INSERTION

~IST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SUBJECT ' DATE SUBJECT PAGE

I 11 us t rat ;0 Ii s, ' ~---,-----,--'~~~""--.

... ..~ ·tr~-~­ ~;i\Ar,;tj~i~!~::m~

Record of Tem­ ' . . INTRa •.,'1. APR 15/81 ' '

, Record ~~~Servi~~~ Descrip~ion

LEP, "'1 JAN 15/99*

LEP, , JAN 15/99* ll·"h .• ,.',,,, DEC .' 5/77

* indicates pages modified, deleted or inserted by last revision '34-25-24.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

45 DEC 5/77 '106 DEC 5/77

* indicates pages modified, deleted or inserted by last revision 34-25-24

SUBJECT PAGE DATE SUBJECT PAGE DATE

129 APR 15/81 218 DEC 5/77

134 Blank '-~~ .

135 NOV 2/79 Cleaning 301 DEC 5/77 '.

136 NOV 2/79 302 Blank

204 Blank 612 DEC 5/77

206 DEC 5/77 '.614 Blank 1

* indicates pages modified, deleted or inser_:~ by last revision .34-25-24

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

640 905 APR 15/81

641 . JUN30/77 906 Blaok

650 APR 15/81 Pa.ge -

651 JUN 30/77 le~ r,f y

652 NOV 2/79 ~~~ 1

657 NOV 2/79 6 JUN 1/8? ~'O L:

.660 JUN 30/77

661 JUN 30/77

662 . 1: : ~ ; ~.: ,', .' -; ­ :'~;i i pille n t

w indic2tes p~ges modified, deleted or inserted by lest revision -34-25-24

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Parts Li st 1001-0 MAY 25/77

1002-0 MAY 25/77

. 1002-2 NOV 4/85

1002-3 NOV 4/85

1002-4 NOV 4/85

1003-0 JUN 1/82

1003-1 NOV 4/65

1003-2 NOV 4/85

1003-3 NOV 4/85

1003-.4 NOV 4/85

1004-0 SEP 15/73

1004-1 NOV 4/85

1004-2 NOV 4/85

1005-0 MAY 25/77

* indicates pages mOdified. deleted or inserted by last revision 34-25-24

RECORD OF SERVICE BULLETINS

48-60V5­ without MAY 1977 Use of standard manufactured

48-60V5­ amdt K DEC 1975 Improving the sealing of the

COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

... ..~ ·tr~-~ ~;i\Ar,;tj~i~!~::m~

Record of Tem ' . . INTRa •.,'1. APR 15/81 ' '

, Record ~Servi~ Descrip~ion

662 . 1: : ~ ; ~.: ,', .' -; :'~;i i pille n t

48-60V5 without MAY 1977 Use of standard manufactured

48-60V5 amdt K DEC 1975 Improving the sealing of the

48-60V5 amdt S JUN 1977 Replacement of module 157-904M1

superimposed on the conventional display components of a spheri

- on the LH-side, an red Comparison Warning Light (15) indi

Because of the slope of the instrument panel on which the Attitude

The drum freedom of motion in pitch is limited by a mechani